6.1 Physical Non-Synchronized Random Access Procedure

Release 13 45 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.
0 (2019-06)
6 Random access procedure

If the UE is configured with a SCG, the UE shall apply the procedures described in this clause for both MCG and SCG
- When the procedures are applied for MCG, the terms 'secondary cell', 'secondary cells' , 'serving cell', 'serving
cells' in this clause refer to secondary cell, secondary cells, serving cell, serving cells belonging to the MCG
respectively.
- When the procedures are applied for SCG, the terms 'secondary cell', 'secondary cells', 'serving cell', 'serving
cells' in this clause refer to secondary cell, secondary cells (not including PSCell), serving cell, serving cells
belonging to the SCG respectively. The term 'primary cell' in this clause refers to the PSCell of the SCG
Prior to initiation of the non-synchronized physical random access procedure, Layer 1 shall receive the following
information from the higher layers:
- Random access channel parameters (PRACH configuration and frequency position)
- Parameters for determining the root sequences and their cyclic shifts in the preamble sequence set for the
primary cell (index to logical root sequence table, cyclic shift ( N CS ), and set type (unrestricted or restricted set))
6.1 Physical non-synchronized random access procedure

From the physical layer perspective, the L1 random access procedure encompasses the transmission of random access
preamble and random access response. The remaining messages are scheduled for transmission by the higher layer on
the shared data channel and are not considered part of the L1 random access procedure. A random access channel
occupies 6 resource blocks in a subframe or set of consecutive subframes reserved for random access preamble
transmissions. The eNodeB is not prohibited from scheduling data in the resource blocks reserved for random access
channel preamble transmission.
The following steps are required for the L1 random access procedure:
- Layer 1 procedure is triggered upon request of a preamble transmission by higher layers.
- A preamble index, a target preamble received power (PREAMBLE_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER), a

corresponding RA-RNTI and a PRACH resource are indicated by higher layers as part of the request.
- For a BL/CE UE, a number of PRACH repetitions for preamble transmission attempt is also indicated by higher
layers as part of the request. For a non-BL/CE UE or for a BL/CE UE with the PRACH coverage enhancement
level 0/1/2, a preamble transmission power PPRACH is determined as
PPRACH = min{ PCMAX,c (i ) , PREAMBLE_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER + PLc }_[dBm], where
PCMAX,c (i ) is the configured UE transmit power defined in [6] for subframe i of serving cell c and PLc is
the downlink path loss estimate calculated in the UE for serving cell c . For a BL/CE UE, PPRACH is set to
PCMAX,c (i ) for the highest PRACH coverage enhancement level 3.
- A preamble sequence is selected from the preamble sequence set using the preamble index.
- A single preamble is transmitted using the selected preamble sequence with transmission power P PRACH on the
indicated PRACH resource. For a BL/CE UE, the single preamble is transmitted for the number of PRACH
repetitions for the associated PRACH coverage enhancement level as indicated by higher layers.
- For non-BL/CE UEs, detection of a PDCCH with the indicated RA-RNTI is attempted during a window
controlled by higher layers (see [8], subclause 5.1.4). If detected, the corresponding DL-SCH transport block is
passed to higher layers. The higher layers parse the transport block and indicate the 20-bit uplink grant to the
physical layer, which is processed according to subclause 6.2.
- For BL/CE UEs, detection of a MPDCCH with DCI scrambled by RA-RNTI is attempted during a window
controlled by higher layers (see [8], subclause 5.1.4). If detected, the corresponding DL-SCH transport block is
passed to higher layers. The higher layers parse the transport block and indicate the Nr-bit uplink grant to the
physical layer, which is processed according to subclause 6.2.
3GPP
Release 13 46 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
6.1.1 Timing
For the L1 random access procedure, a non-BL/CE UE's uplink transmission timing after a random access preamble
transmission is as follows.
a) If a PDCCH with associated RA-RNTI is detected in subframe n, and the corresponding DL-SCH transport
block contains a response to the transmitted preamble sequence, the UE shall, according to the information in the
response, transmit an UL-SCH transport block in the first subframe n  k1 , k1  6 , if the UL delay field in
subclause 6.2 is set to zero where n  k1 is the first available UL subframe for PUSCH transmission, where for TDD
serving cell, the first UL subframe for PUSCH transmission is determined based on the UL/DL configuration (i.e., the
parameter subframeAssignment) indicated by higher layers. The UE shall postpone the PUSCH transmission to the
next available UL subframe after n  k1 if the field is set to 1.
b) If a random access response is received in subframe n, and the corresponding DL-SCH transport block does not
contain a response to the transmitted preamble sequence, the UE shall, if requested by higher layers, be ready to
transmit a new preamble sequence no later than in subframe n  5 .
c) If no random access response is received in subframe n, where subframe n is the last subframe of the random
access response window, the UE shall, if requested by higher layers, be ready to transmit a new preamble
sequence no later than in subframe n  4 .
For the L1 random access procedure, a BL/CE UE's uplink transmission after a random access preamble transmission is
as follows.
a) If a MPDCCH with associated RA-RNTI is detected and the corresponding DL-SCH transport block reception
ending in subframe n contains a response to the transmitted preamble sequence, the UE shall, according to the
information in the response, transmit an UL-SCH transport block in the first subframe n  k1 , k1  6 , if the UL
delay field in subclause 6.2 is set to zero where the subframe n  k1 is the first available UL subframe for
PUSCH transmission, where for TDD serving cell, the first UL subframe for PUSCH transmission is determined
based on the UL/DL configuration (i.e., the parameter subframeAssignment) indicated by higher layers.
When the number of Msg3 PUSCH repetitions,  , as indicated in the random access response, is greater than
1, the subframe n  k1 is the first available UL subframe in the set of BL/CE UL subframes. The UE shall
postpone the PUSCH transmission to the next available UL subframe after n  k1   , if the UL delay field is
set to 1.
When the number of Msg3 PUSCH repetitions,  , as indicated in the random access response, is equal to 1, the
subframe n  k1 is the first available UL subframe for PUSCH transmission determined by k1  6 for FDD
and the parameter subframeAssignment for TDD. The UE shall postpone the PUSCH transmission to the next
available UL subframe after n  k1   , if the UL delay field is set to 1.
b) If a random access response is received and its reception ends in subframe n, and the corresponding DL-SCH
transport block does not contain a response to the transmitted preamble sequence, the UE shall, if requested by
higher layers, be ready to transmit a new preamble sequence no later than in subframe n  5 .
c) If the most recent PRACH coverage enhancement level for the UE is 0 or 1,
- if no random access response is received in subframe n, where subframe n is the last subframe of the random
access response window, the UE shall, if requested by higher layers, be ready to transmit a new preamble
sequence no later than in subframe n  4 .
If the most recent PRACH coverage enhancement level for the UE is 2 or 3,
- if no MPDCCH scheduling random access response is received in subframe n, where subframe n is the last
subframe of the random access response window, the UE shall, if requested by higher layers, be ready to
transmit a new preamble sequence no later than in subframe n  4 ;
- if an MPDCCH with associated RA-RNTI is detected and the corresponding DL-SCH transport block
reception ending in subframe n cannot be successfully decoded, the UE shall, if requested by higher layers,
be ready to transmit a new preamble sequence no later than in subframe n  4 .
3GPP
Release 13 47 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
In case a random access procedure is initiated by a "PDCCH order" in subframe n for non-BL/CE UEs, or "PDCCH
order" reception ending in subframe n for BL/CE UEs, the UE shall, if requested by higher layers, transmit random
access preamble in the first subframe n  k2 , k2  6 , where a PRACH resource is available.
If a UE is configured with multiple TAGs, and if the UE is configured with the carrier indicator field for a given serving
cell, the UE shall use the carrier indicator field value from the detected "PDCCH order" to determine the serving cell for
the corresponding random access preamble transmission.
6.2 Random Access Response Grant

The higher layers indicate the Nr-bit UL Grant to the physical layer, as defined in 3GPP TS 36.321 [8].
This is referred to the Random Access Response Grant in the physical layer.
If BL/CE UE then
- If the most recent PRACH coverage enhancement level for the UE is 0 or 1, the contents of the Random Access
Response Grant are interpreted according to CEModeA.
- If the most recent PRACH coverage enhancement level for the UE is 2 or 3, the contents of the Random Access
Response Grant are interpreted according to CEModeB.
- The content of these Nr bits starting with the MSB and ending with the LSB are given in Table 6-2 for
CEmodeA and CEmodeB:
where N NB =  N RB / 6 and N NB  log 2 ( N NB ) 

UL index
-
Table 6-2: Random Access Response Grant Content field size
DCI contents CEmodeA CEmodeB

Msg3 PUSCH index
narrowband index
N NB 2
Msg3 PUSCH Resource
4 3
allocation
Number of Repetitions for
2 3
Msg3 PUSCH
MCS 3 0
TBS 0 2
TPC 3 0
CSI request 1 0
UL delay 1 0
Msg3/4 MPDCCH
2 2
narrowband index
index
Zero padding 4- N NB 0
Total Nr-bits 20 12
- For CEmodeB, the Msg3 PUSCH narrowband index indicates the narrowband to be used for first subframe of
Msg3 PUSCH transmission as given in Table 6.2-A.
- NBRAR given in Table 6.2-A and Table 6.2-B is the narrow band used for first subframe of MPDCCH for
Random Access Response and is determined by higher layer parameter mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r13 if
only one narrowband is configured, otherwise, it is determined by Table 6-2-E.
3GPP
Release 13 48 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 6.2-A: Msg3 PUSCH Narrowband Value for CEmodeB.
Value of 'Msg3 narrowband index' Msg3 PUSCH Narrowband

'00' NBRAR mod N NB
'01' NBRAR  1 mod N NB
- The Msg3/4 MPDCCH narrowband index indicates the narrowband used for first subframe of MPDCCH
configured by Temporary C-RNTI and/or C-RNTI during random access procedure as given in Table 6.2-B. The
number of downlink narrowbands is given by N NB2 =  N RB / 6 .
DL
Table 6.2-B: Msg3/4 MPDCCH Narrowband Value for CEmodeA and CEmodeB.
Value of 'Msg3/4 MPDCCH narrowband index' Msg3/4 MPDCCH Narrowband

'00' NBRAR mod N NB 2
'01'  NBRAR  1 mod N NB2
'10'  NBRAR  2 mod N NB 2
'11'  NBRAR  3 mod N NB2
- The repetition number field in the random access response grant configured by higher layers indicates the
repetition level for the initial transmission of Msg3 PUSCH as given in Table 6.2-C for CEmodeA and Table
6.2-D for CEmodeB, where
- Y A is determined by higher layer parameter pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-r13 if it is signaled,

otherwise Y A = 8,
- YB is determined by higher layer parameter pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-r13 if it is signaled,

otherwise YB = 512.
Table 6.2-C: Msg3 PUSCH Repetition Level Value for CEmodeA.
Value of 'Repetition number' Msg3 PUSCH Repetition level

'00' YA / 8
'01' YA / 4
'10' YA / 2
'11' YA
3GPP
Release 13 49 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 6.2-D: Msg3 PUSCH Repetition Level Value for CEmodeB.
Value of 'Repetition number' Msg3 PUSCH Repetition level

'000' YB / 128 
'001' YB / 64
'010' YB / 32
'011' YB /16
'100' YB / 8
'101' YB / 4
'110' YB / 2
'111' YB
Table 6.2-E: Narrowband ( NBRAR ) for MPDCCH RAR.
Mapped Preamble Index NBRAR

First narrowband configured by
mod( Preamble Index, 2 )=0 high layer parameter mpdcch-
NarrowbandsToMonitor-r13
Second narrowband configured by
mod( Preamble Index, 2 )=1 high layer parameter mpdcch-
NarrowbandsToMonitor-r13
- The resource allocation field is interpreted as follows:
- For CEmodeA, insert one most significant bit with value set to '0', and interpret the expanded resource
allocation using UL resource allocation type 0 within the indicated narrowband.
- For CEmodeB, interpret the resource allocation using UL resource allocation type 2 within the indicated
narrowband.
- The truncated modulation and coding scheme field is interpreted such that the modulation and coding scheme
corresponding to the Random Access Response grant is determined from MCS indices 0 through 7 for
CEmodeA in Table 8.6.1-1
The truncated TBS field is interpreted such that the TBS value corresponding to the Random Access Response grant is
determined from TBS indices 0 through 3 for CEmodeB in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1
else,
- Nr=20, and the content of these 20 bits starting with the MSB and ending with the LSB are as follows:
- Hopping flag – 1 bit
- Fixed size resource block assignment – 10 bits
- Truncated modulation and coding scheme – 4 bits
- TPC command for scheduled PUSCH – 3 bits
- UL delay – 1 bit
- CSI request – 1 bit
- The UE shall use the single-antenna port uplink transmission scheme for the PUSCH transmission corresponding
to the Random Access Response Grant and the PUSCH retransmission for the same transport block.
- The UE shall perform PUSCH frequency hopping if the single bit frequency hopping (FH) field in a
corresponding Random Access Response Grant is set as 1 and the uplink resource block assignment is type 0,
otherwise no PUSCH frequency hopping is performed. When the hopping flag is set, the UE shall perform
PUSCH hopping as indicated via the fixed size resource block assignment detailed below.
3GPP
Release 13 50 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- The fixed size resource block assignment field is interpreted as follows:
- UL
if N RB  44
- Truncate the fixed size resource block assignment to its b least significant bits, where
 
b  log 2 N RBUL

 N RB
UL
  , and interpret the truncated resource block assignment according to the rules
1 / 2
for a regular DCI format 0
- else
- Insert b most significant bits with value set to '0' after the NUL_hop hopping bits in the fixed size resource block
assignment, where the number of hopping bits NUL_hop is zero when the hopping flag bit is not set to 1, and is



defined in Table 8.4-1 when the hopping flag bit is set to 1, and b   log 2 N RB UL

 N RB
UL
 
 1 / 2  10  , and

interpret the expanded resource block assignment according to the rules for a regular DCI format 0
- end if
- The truncated modulation and coding scheme field is interpreted such that the modulation and coding scheme
corresponding to the Random Access Response grant is determined from MCS indices 0 through 15 in Table
8.6.1-1.
- The TPC command  msg2 shall be used for setting the power of the PUSCH, and is interpreted according to
Table 6.2-1.
end if
Table 6.2-1: TPC Command  msg2 for Scheduled PUSCH
TPC Command Value (in dB)

0 -6
1 -4
2 -2
3 0
4 2
5 4
6 6
7 8
In non-contention based random access procedure, the CSI request field is interpreted to determine whether an aperiodic
CQI, PMI, RI, and CRI report is included in the corresponding PUSCH transmission according to subclause 7.2.1. In
contention based random access procedure, the CSI request field is reserved.
The UL delay applies for TDD, FDD and FDD-TDD and this field can be set to 0 or 1 to indicate whether the delay of
PUSCH is introduced as shown in subclause 6.1.1. A BL/CE UE interpreting the contents of the random access
response according to CEModeB shall follow the description of UL delay field set to 0.
7 Physical downlink shared channel related procedures

If the UE is configured with a SCG, the UE shall apply the procedures described in this clause for both MCG and SCG
unless stated otherwise
- When the procedures are applied for MCG, the terms 'secondary cell', 'secondary cells', 'serving cell', and
'serving cells' in this clause refer to secondary cell, secondary cells, serving cell or serving cells belonging to the
MCG respectively unless stated otherwise. The terms 'subframe' and 'subframes' refer to subframe or subframes
belonging to MCG.
- When the procedures are applied for SCG, the terms 'secondary cell', 'secondary cells', 'serving cell' and 'serving
cells' in this clause refer to secondary cell, secondary cells (not including the PSCell), serving cell, serving cells
belonging to the SCG respectively unless stated otherwise. The term 'primary cell' in this clause refers to the
PSCell of the SCG. The terms 'subframe' and 'subframes' refer to subframe or subframes belonging to SCG
3GPP
Release 13 51 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
If a UE is configured with a LAA Scell, the UE shall apply the procedures described in this clause assuming frame
structure type 1 for the LAA Scell unless stated otherwise.
For FDD, there shall be a maximum of 8 downlink HARQ processes per serving cell.
For FDD-TDD and primary cell frame structure type 1, there shall be a maximum of 8 downlink HARQ processes per
serving cell.
For TDD and a UE not configured with the parameter EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 for any serving cell,, if the UE
is configured with one serving cell, or if the UE is configured with more than one serving cell and the TDD UL/DL
configuration of all the configured serving cells is the same, the maximum number of downlink HARQ processes per
serving cell shall be determined by the UL/DL configuration (Table 4.2-2 of [3]), as indicated in Table 7-1.
For TDD, if a UE is configured with more than one serving cell and if the TDD UL/DL configuration of at least two
configured serving cells is not the same, or if the UE is configured with the parameter EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12
for at least one serving cell, or for FDD-TDD and primary cell frame structure type 2 and serving cell frame structure
type 2, the maximum number of downlink HARQ processes for a serving cell shall be determined as indicated in Table
7-1, wherein the "TDD UL/DL configuration" in Table 7-1 refers to the DL-reference UL/DL configuration for the
serving cell (as defined in subclause 10.2).
For FDD-TDD and primary cell frame structure type 2 and serving cell frame structure type 1, the maximum number of
downlink HARQ processes for the serving cell shall be determined by the DL-reference UL/DL configuration for the
serving cell (as defined in subclause 10.2), as indicated in Table 7-2.
A BL/CE UE configured with CEModeB is not expected to support more than 2 downlink HARQ processes.
For TDD and a BL/CE configured with CEModeA, the maximum number of downlink HARQ processes for a serving
cell shall be determined as indicated in Table 7-3.
The dedicated broadcast HARQ process defined in [8] is not counted as part of the maximum number of HARQ
processes for FDD, TDD and FDD-TDD.
Table 7-1: Maximum number of DL HARQ processes for TDD
TDD UL/DL configuration Maximum number of HARQ processes

0 4
1 7
2 10
3 9
4 12
5 15
6 6
Table 7-2: Maximum number of DL HARQ processes for FDD-TDD, primary cell frame structure type
2, and serving cell frame structure type 1
DL-reference UL/DL Maximum number of HARQ processes

Configuration
0 10
1 11
2 12
3 15
4 16
5 16
6 12
3GPP
Release 13 52 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7-3: Maximum number of DL HARQ processes for TDD

(UE configured with CEModeA)
TDD UL/DL configuration Maximum number of HARQ processes

0 6
1 9
2 12
3 11
4 14
5 16
6 8
7.1 UE procedure for receiving the physical downlink shared

channel
Except the subframes indicated by the higher layer parameter mbsfn-SubframeConfigList or by mbsfn-
SubframeConfigList-v12x0 or by laa-SCellSubframeConfig of serving cell c , a UE shall
- upon detection of a PDCCH of the serving cell with DCI format 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C, or 2D
intended for the UE in a subframe, or
- upon detection of an EPDCCH of the serving cell with DCI format 1, 1A, 1B, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C, or 2D intended
for the UE in a subframe
decode the corresponding PDSCH in the same subframe with the restriction of the number of transport blocks defined
in the higher layers.
For BL/CE UEs , the higher layers indicate the set of BL/CE DL subframes according to fdd-
DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR [11].
A BL/CE UE shall upon detection of a MPDCCH with DCI format 6-1A, 6-1B, 6-2 intended for the UE, decode the
corresponding PDSCH in one more BL/CE DL subframes as described in subclause 7.1.11, with the restriction of the
number of transport blocks defined in the higher layers.
For the purpose of decoding PDSCH containing SystemInformationBlockType2, a BL/CE UE shall assume that
subframes in which SystemInformationBlockType2 is scheduled are non-MBSFN subframes.
If a UE is configured with more than one serving cell and if the frame structure type of any two configured serving cells
is different, then the UE is considered to be configured for FDD-TDD carrier aggregation.
Except for MBMS reception, the UE is not required to monitor PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the SI-RNTI on the
PSCell.
A UE may assume that positioning reference signals are not present in resource blocks in which it shall decode PDSCH
according to a detected PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the SI-RNTI or P-RNTI with DCI format 1A or 1C intended
for the UE.
A UE configured with the carrier indicator field for a given serving cell shall assume that the carrier indicator field is
not present in any PDCCH of the serving cell in the common search space that is described in subclause 9.1. Otherwise,
the configured UE shall assume that for the given serving cell the carrier indicator field is present in PDCCH/EPDCCH
located in the UE specific search space described in subclause 9.1 when the PDCCH/EPDCCH CRC is scrambled by C-
RNTI or SPS C-RNTI.
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the SI-RNTI, the UE shall decode the
PDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH according to any of the combinations defined in Table 7.1-1. The scrambling
initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these PDCCHs is by SI-RNTI.
3GPP
Release 13 53 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.1-1: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by SI-RNTI
DCI format Search Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to PDCCH

Space
DCI format 1C Common If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see
subclause 7.1.1), otherwise Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2).
DCI format 1A Common If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see
For BL/CE UE, for PDSCH carrying SystemInformationBlockType1-BR and SI-messages, the UE shall decode PDSCH
according to Table 7.1-1A. The scrambling initialization of PDSCH is by SI-RNTI.
Table 7.1-1A: PDSCH configured by SI-RNTI
Transmission scheme of PDSCH

If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the P-RNTI, the UE shall decode the
PDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH according to any of the combinations defined in Table 7.1-2.
The scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these PDCCHs is by P-RNTI.
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode MPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the P-RNTI, the UE shall decode
the MPDCCH and any corresponding PDSCH according to any of the combinations defined in Table 7.1-2A.
The scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these MPDCCHs is by P-RNTI.
The UE is not required to monitor PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the P-RNTI on the PSCell.
Table 7.1-2: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by P-RNTI

Space
subclause 7.1.1), otherwise Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
Table 7.1-2A: MPDCCH and PDSCH configured by P-RNTI
DCI format Search Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to MPDCCH

Space
Type1- If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see
6-2
common subclause 7.1.1), otherwise Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the RA-RNTI, the UE shall decode
the PDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH according to any of the combinations defined in Table 7.1-3. The
scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these PDCCHs is by RA-RNTI.
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode MPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the RA-RNTI, the UE shall decode
the MPDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH according to any of the combinations defined in Table 7.1-3A. The
scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these MPDCCHs is by RA-RNTI.
When RA-RNTI and either C-RNTI or SPS C-RNTI are assigned in the same subframe, the UE is not required to
decode a PDSCH on the primary cell indicated by a PDCCH/EPDCCH with a CRC scrambled by C-RNTI or SPS C-
RNTI.
3GPP
Release 13 54 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.1-3: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by RA-RNTI

Space
Table 7.1-3A: MPDCCH and PDSCH configured by RA-RNTI
DCI format Search Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to MPDCCH

Space
Type2- If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see
6-1A or 6-1B
common subclause 7.1.1), otherwise Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the G-RNTI or SC-RNTI, the UE
shall decode the PDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH according to any of the combinations defined in Table 7.1-4.
The scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these PDCCHs is by G-RNTI or SC-RNTI.
Table 7.1-4: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by G-RNTI or SC-RNTI

Space
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the SC-N-RNTI, the UE shall decode
the PDCCH according to the combination defined in table 7.1-4A.
Table 7.1-4A: PDCCH configured by SC-N-RNTI
DCI format Search

Space
DCI format 1C Common
The UE is semi-statically configured via higher layer signalling to receive PDSCH data transmissions signalled via
PDCCH/EPDCCH according to one of the transmission modes, denoted mode 1 to mode 10.
For a BL/CE UE, the UE is semi-statically configured via higher layer signalling to receive PDSCH data transmissions
signalled via MPDCCH according to one of the transmission modes: mode 1, mode 2, mode 6, and mode 9.
For LAA Scells, the UE is not expected to receive PDSCH data transmissions signalled via PDCCH/EPDCCH
according to transmission modes 5,6,7.
For frame structure type 1,
- the UE is not expected to receive PDSCH resource blocks transmitted on antenna port 5 in any subframe in
which the number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH with normal CP is equal to four;
- a non-BL/CE UE is not expected to receive PDSCH resource blocks transmitted on antenna port 5, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13 or 14 in the two PRBs to which a pair of VRBs is mapped if either one of the two PRBs overlaps in
frequency with a transmission of either PBCH or primary or secondary synchronization signals in the same
subframe;
- the UE is not expected to receive PDSCH resource blocks transmitted on antenna port 7 for which distributed
VRB resource allocation is assigned.
3GPP
Release 13 55 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- The UE may skip decoding the transport block(s) if it does not receive all assigned PDSCH resource blocks
except if it is capable of receiving the non-colliding PDSCH resource blocks in an assignment which partly
collides in frequency with a transmission of PBCH or primary synchronization signal or secondary
synchronization signal in the same subframes and that capability is indicated by pdsch-CollisionHandling [12]. If
the UE skips decoding, the physical layer indicates to higher layer that the transport block(s) are not successfully
decoded.
For frame structure type 2,
- the UE is not expected to receive PDSCH resource blocks transmitted on antenna port 5 in any subframe in
which the number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH with normal CP is equal to four;
- the UE is not expected to receive PDSCH resource blocks transmitted on antenna port 5 in the two PRBs to
which a pair of VRBs is mapped if either one of the two PRBs overlaps in frequency with a transmission of
PBCH in the same subframe;
- a non-BL/CE UE is not expected to receive PDSCH resource blocks transmitted on antenna port 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13 or 14 in the two PRBs to which a pair of VRBs is mapped if either one of the two PRBs overlaps in
frequency with a transmission of primary or secondary synchronization signals in the same subframe;
- with normal CP configuration, the UE is not expected to receive PDSCH on antenna port 5 for which distributed
VRB resource allocation is assigned in the special subframe with configuration #1 or #6;
- the UE is not expected to receive PDSCH on antenna port 7 for which distributed VRB resource allocation is
assigned;
- with normal cyclic prefix, the UE is not expected to receive PDSCH resource blocks transmitted on antenna port
5 in DwPTS when the UE is configured with special subframe configuration 9.
- The UE may skip decoding the transport block(s) if it does not receive all assigned PDSCH resource blocks
except if it is capable of receiving the non-colliding PDSCH resource blocks in an assignment which partly
collides in frequency with a transmission of PBCH or primary synchronization signal or secondary
synchronization signal in the same subframe and that capability is indicated by pdsch-CollisionHandling [12]. If
the UE skips decoding, the physical layer indicates to higher layer that the transport block(s) are not successfully
decoded.
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the C-RNTI, the UE shall decode the
PDCCH and any corresponding PDSCH according to the respective combinations defined in Table 7.1-5. The
scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these PDCCHs is by C-RNTI.
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode EPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the C-RNTI, the UE shall decode
the EPDCCH and any corresponding PDSCH according to the respective combinations defined in Table 7.1-5A. The
scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these EPDCCHs is by C-RNTI.
If a BL/CE UE is configured by higher layers to decode MPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the C-RNTI except for
random access procedure, the UE shall decode the MPDCCH and any corresponding PDSCH according to the
respective combinations defined in Table 7.1-5B. The scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these
MPDCCHs is by C-RNTI.
If a UE is configured with CEModeA, the UE shall decode MPDCCH DCI Format 6-1A. If the UE is configured with
CEModeB, the UE shall decode MPDCCH DCI Format 6-1B.
If the UE is configured with the carrier indicator field for a given serving cell and, if the UE is configured by higher
layers to decode PDCCH/EPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the C-RNTI, then the UE shall decode PDSCH of the
serving cell indicated by the carrier indicator field value in the decoded PDCCH/EPDCCH.
When a UE configured in transmission mode 3, 4, 8, 9 or 10 receives a DCI Format 1A assignment, it shall assume that
the PDSCH transmission is associated with transport block 1 and that transport block 2 is disabled.
When a UE is configured in transmission mode 7, scrambling initialization of UE-specific reference signals

corresponding to these PDCCHs/EPDCCHs is by C-RNTI.
The UE does not support transmission mode 8 if extended cyclic prefix is used in the downlink.
3GPP
Release 13 56 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
When a UE is configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, in the downlink subframes indicated by the higher layer
parameter mbsfn-SubframeConfigList or by mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v12x0 or by laa-SCellSubframeConfig of
serving cell c except in subframes for the serving cell
- indicated by higher layers to decode PMCH or,
- configured by higher layers to be part of a positioning reference signal occasion and the positioning reference
signal occasion is only configured within MBSFN subframes and the cyclic prefix length used in subframe #0 is
normal cyclic prefix,
the UE shall upon detection of a PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the C-RNTI with DCI format 1A/2C/2D intended for
the UE or, upon detection of an EPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the C-RNTI with DCI format 1A/2C/2D intended for
the UE, decode the corresponding PDSCH in the same subframe.
A UE configured in transmission mode 10 can be configured with scrambling identities, nID DMRS,i
, i  0,1 by higher
layers for UE-specific reference signal generation as defined in subclause 6.10.3.1 of [3] to decode PDSCH according
to a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the C-RNTI with DCI format 2D intended for the UE.
3GPP
Release 13 57 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.1-5: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by C-RNTI
Transmission Transmission scheme of PDSCH

DCI format Search Space
mode corresponding to PDCCH
Common and
DCI format 1A Single-antenna port, port 0 (see subclause 7.1.1)
Mode 1 UE specific by C-RNTI
DCI format 1 UE specific by C-RNTI Single-antenna port, port 0 (see subclause 7.1.1)
Common and
DCI format 1A Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
DCI format 1 UE specific by C-RNTI Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
Common and
UE specific by C-RNTI
Mode 3
Large delay CDD (see subclause 7.1.3) or Transmit
DCI format 2A UE specific by C-RNTI
diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
Common and
Mode 4
Closed-loop spatial multiplexing (see subclause 7.1.4)or
DCI format 2 UE specific by C-RNTI
Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
Common and
DCI format 1D UE specific by C-RNTI Multi-user MIMO (see subclause 7.1.5)
Common and
Mode 6
Closed-loop spatial multiplexing (see subclause 7.1.4)
DCI format 1B UE specific by C-RNTI
using a single transmission layer
If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-
Common and
DCI format 1A antenna port, port 0 is used (see subclause 7.1.1),
otherwise Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-
Common and
DCI format 1A antenna port, port 0 is used (see subclause 7.1.1),
otherwise Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
Mode 8
Dual layer transmission, port 7 and 8 (see subclause
DCI format 2B UE specific by C-RNTI 7.1.5A) or single-antenna port, port 7 or 8 (see
subclause 7.1.1)
- Non-MBSFN subframe: If the number of PBCH
antenna ports is one, Single-antenna port, port
0 is used (see subclause 7.1.1), otherwise
Common and UE specific by Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
DCI format 1A
C-RNTI
- MBSFN subframe: Single-antenna port, port 7
Mode 9 (see subclause 7.1.1)
Up to 8 layer transmission, ports 7-14 (see subclause

7.1.5B) or single-antenna port, port 7, 8, 11, or 13 (see
DCI format 2C UE specific by C-RNTI subclause 7.1.1) if UE is configured with higher layer
parameter dmrs-tableAlt, single-antenna port, port 7 or
8 (see subclause 7.1.1) otherwise
- Non-MBSFN subframe: If the number of PBCH
antenna ports is one, Single-antenna port, port
0 is used (see subclause 7.1.1), otherwise
Common and UE specific by Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
DCI format 1A
C-RNTI
- MBSFN subframe: Single-antenna port, port 7
Mode 10 (see subclause 7.1.1)
Up to 8 layer transmission, ports 7-14 (see subclause

7.1.5B) or single-antenna port, port 7, 8, 11, or 13 (see
DCI format 2D UE specific by C-RNTI subclause 7.1.1) if UE is configured with higher layer
parameter dmrs-tableAlt, single-antenna port, port 7 or
8 (see subclause 7.1.1) otherwise
3GPP
Release 13 58 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.1-5A: EPDCCH and PDSCH configured by C-RNTI
Transmission Search
DCI format Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to EPDCCH
mode Space
UE specific
by C-RNTI
Mode 1
UE specific
DCI format 1 Single-antenna port, port 0 (see subclause 7.1.1)
by C-RNTI
UE specific
by C-RNTI
Mode 2
UE specific
DCI format 1 Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
by C-RNTI
UE specific
by C-RNTI
Mode 3
UE specific Large delay CDD (see subclause 7.1.3) or Transmit diversity (see subclause
DCI format 2A
by C-RNTI 7.1.2)
UE specific
by C-RNTI
Mode 4
UE specific Closed-loop spatial multiplexing (see subclause 7.1.4)or Transmit diversity
DCI format 2
by C-RNTI (see subclause 7.1.2)
UE specific
by C-RNTI
Mode 5
UE specific
DCI format 1D Multi-user MIMO (see subclause 7.1.5)
by C-RNTI
UE specific
by C-RNTI
Mode 6
UE specific Closed-loop spatial multiplexing (see subclause 7.1.4) using a single
DCI format 1B
by C-RNTI transmission layer
If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is
UE specific
DCI format 1A used (see subclause 7.1.1), otherwise Transmit diversity (see subclause
by C-RNTI
Mode 7 7.1.2)
UE specific
by C-RNTI
If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is
UE specific
DCI format 1A used (see subclause 7.1.1), otherwise Transmit diversity (see subclause
by C-RNTI
Mode 8 7.1.2)
UE specific Dual layer transmission, port 7 and 8 (see subclause 7.1.5A) or single-
DCI format 2B
by C-RNTI antenna port, port 7 or 8 (see subclause 7.1.1)
- Non-MBSFN subframe: If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one,
Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see subclause 7.1.1), otherwise
UE specific Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
DCI format 1A
by C-RNTI
- MBSFN subframe: Single-antenna port, port 7 (see subclause 7.1.1)
Mode 9
Up to 8 layer transmission, ports 7-14 (see subclause 7.1.5B) or single-
UE specific antenna port, port 7, 8, 11, or 13 (see subclause 7.1.1) if UE is configured with
DCI format 2C
by C-RNTI higher layer parameter dmrs-tableAlt, single-antenna port, port 7 or 8 (see
subclause 7.1.1) otherwise
- Non-MBSFN subframe: If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one,
Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see subclause 7.1.1), otherwise
UE specific Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
DCI format 1A
by C-RNTI
- MBSFN subframe: Single-antenna port, port 7 (see subclause 7.1.1)
Mode 10
Up to 8 layer transmission, ports 7-14 (see subclause 7.1.5B) or single-
UE specific antenna port, port 7, 8, 11, or 13 (see subclause 7.1.1) if UE is configured with
DCI format 2D
by C-RNTI higher layer parameter dmrs-tableAlt, single-antenna port, port 7 or 8 (see
subclause 7.1.1) otherwise
3GPP
Release 13 59 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.1-5B: MPDCCH and PDSCH configured by C-RNTI
Transmission Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to

mode MPDCCH
6-1A Type0-Common
Mode 1 Single-antenna port, port 0 (see subclause 7.1.1)
6-1A or 6-1B UE specific by C-RNTI
6-1A Type0-Common
Mode 2 Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
6-1A or 6-1B UE specific by C-RNTI
6-1A Type0-Common Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)

Mode 6
Closed-loop spatial multiplexing (see subclause 7.1.4) using a
6-1A UE specific by C-RNTI
single transmission layer
If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-antenna
6-1A Type0-Common port, port 0 is used (see subclause 7.1.1), otherwise Transmit
diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
6-1A UE specific by C-RNTI Single-antenna port, port 7 or 8 (see subclause 7.1.1)

Mode 9
6-1B UE specific by C-RNTI Single-antenna port, port 7 (see subclause 7.1.1)
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the SPS C-RNTI, the UE shall
decode the PDCCH on the primary cell and any corresponding PDSCH on the primary cell according to the respective
combinations defined in Table 7.1-6. The same PDSCH related configuration applies in the case that a PDSCH is
transmitted without a corresponding PDCCH. The scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these PDCCHs
and PDSCH without a corresponding PDCCH is by SPS C-RNTI.
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode EPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the SPS C-RNTI, the UE shall
decode the EPDCCH on the primary cell and any corresponding PDSCH on the primary cell according to the respective
combinations defined in Table 7.1-6A. The same PDSCH related configuration applies in the case that a PDSCH is
transmitted without a corresponding EPDCCH. The scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these
EPDCCHs and PDSCH without a corresponding EPDCCH is by SPS C-RNTI.
If a UE configured with CEModeA is configured by higher layers to decode MPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the SPS
C-RNTI, the UE shall decode the MPDCCH on the primary cell and any corresponding PDSCH on the primary cell
according to the respective combinations defined in Table 7.1-6B. The same PDSCH related configuration applies in
the case that a PDSCH is transmitted without a corresponding MPDCCH. The scrambling initialization of PDSCH
corresponding to these MPDCCHs and PDSCH without a corresponding MPDCCH is by SPS C-RNTI.
When a UE is configured in transmission mode 7, scrambling initialization of UE-specific reference signals for PDSCH
corresponding to these PDCCHs/EPDCCHs and for PDSCH without a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH is by SPS C-
RNTI.
When a UE is configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, in the downlink subframes indicated by the higher layer
parameter mbsfn-SubframeConfigList or by mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v12x0 of serving cell c except in subframes for
the serving cell
- indicated by higher layers to decode PMCH or,
- configured by higher layers to be part of a positioning reference signal occasion and the positioning reference
signal occasion is only configured within MBSFN subframes and the cyclic prefix length used in subframe #0 is
normal cyclic prefix,
the UE shall upon detection of a PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the SPS C-RNTI with DCI format 1A/2C/2D, or
upon detection of a EPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the SPS C-RNTI with DCI format 1A/2C/2D, or for a configured
PDSCH without PDCCH intended for the UE, decode the corresponding PDSCH in the same subframe.
3GPP
Release 13 60 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
A UE configured in transmission mode 10 can be configured with scrambling identities, nID DMRS,i
, i  0,1 by higher
layers for UE-specific reference signal generation as defined in subclause 6.10.3.1 of [3] to decode PDSCH according
to a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the SPS C-RNTI with DCI format 2D intended for the UE.
For PDSCH without a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH, the UE shall use the value of nSCID and the scrambling
n 
identity of nIDSCID (as defined in subclause 6.10.3.1 of [3]) derived from the DCI format 2D corresponding to the
associated SPS activation for UE-specific reference signal generation.
Table 7.1-6: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by SPS C-RNTI

mode PDCCH
Common and
Common and
DCI format 1 UE specific by C-RNTI Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
Common and
DCI format 2A UE specific by C-RNTI Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
Common and
Mode 4
DCI format 2 UE specific by C-RNTI
Common and
Mode 5 DCI format 1A
Common and
Common and
Common and
DCI format 1A Single-antenna port, port 7(see subclause 7.1.1)
DCI format 2B UE specific by C-RNTI Single-antenna port, port 7 or 8 (see subclause 7.1.1)
Common and
Mode 9 Single-antenna port, port 7, 8, 11, or 13 (see subclause 7.1.1) if
DCI format 2C UE specific by C-RNTI UE is configured with higher layer parameter dmrs-tableAlt,
Single-antenna port, port 7 or 8, (see subclause 7.1.1) otherwise
Common and
Mode 10 Single-antenna port, port 7, 8, 11, or 13 (see subclause 7.1.1) if
DCI format 2D UE specific by C-RNTI UE is configured with higher layer parameter dmrs-tableAlt,
Single-antenna port, port 7 or 8, (see subclause 7.1.1) otherwise
3GPP
Release 13 61 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.1-6A: EPDCCH and PDSCH configured by SPS C-RNTI

mode EPDCCH
UE specific by
C-RNTI
Mode 1
UE specific by
C-RNTI
UE specific by
C-RNTI
Mode 2
UE specific by
C-RNTI
UE specific by
C-RNTI
Mode 3
UE specific by
C-RNTI
UE specific by
C-RNTI
Mode 4
UE specific by
C-RNTI
UE specific by
C-RNTI
UE specific by
C-RNTI
UE specific by
C-RNTI
Mode 7
UE specific by
C-RNTI
UE specific by
DCI format 1A Single-antenna port, port 7(see subclause 7.1.1)
C-RNTI
Mode 8
UE specific by
DCI format 2B Single-antenna port, port 7 or 8 (see subclause 7.1.1)
C-RNTI
UE specific by
C-RNTI
Mode 9 Single-antenna port, port 7, 8, 11, or 13 (see subclause 7.1.1) if UE is
UE specific by
DCI format 2C configured with higher layer parameter dmrs-tableAlt, Single-antenna
C-RNTI
port, port 7 or 8, (see subclause 7.1.1) otherwise
UE specific by
C-RNTI
Mode 10 Single-antenna port, port 7, 8, 11, or 13 (see subclause 7.1.1) if UE is
UE specific by
DCI format 2D configured with higher layer parameter dmrs-tableAlt, Single-antenna
C-RNTI
port, port 7 or 8, (see subclause 7.1.1) otherwise
Table 7.1-6B: MPDCCH and PDSCH configured by SPS C-RNTI
Transmission DCI Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to

Search Space
mode format MPDCCH
Mode 1 6-1A UE specific by C-RNTI Single-antenna port, port 0 (see subclause 7.1.1)
Mode 2 6-1A UE specific by C-RNTI Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
Mode 6 6-1A UE specific by C-RNTI Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
Mode 9 6-1A UE specific by C-RNTI Single-antenna port, port 7 or 8 (see subclause 7.1.1)
NOTE: For BL/CE UEs configured with transmission mode 6, and for DCI 6-1A mapped onto the UE specific
search space and with CRC scrambled by the SPS C-RNTI, the bits corresponding to TPMI information
for precoding and PMI information for precoding are set to zero.
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the Temporary C-RNTI and is not
configured to decode PDCCH with CRC scrambled by the C-RNTI, the UE shall decode the PDCCH and the
corresponding PDSCH according to the combination defined in Table 7.1-7. The scrambling initialization of PDSCH
corresponding to these PDCCHs is by Temporary C-RNTI.
If a UE is configured by higher layers to decode MPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the Temporary C-RNTI and is not
configured to decode MPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the C-RNTI during random access procedure, the UE shall
decode the MPDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH according to the combination defined in Table 7.1-8. The
scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these MPDCCHs is by Temporary C-RNTI.
3GPP
Release 13 62 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
If a UE is also configured by higher layers to decode MPDCCH with CRC scrambled by the C-RNTI during random
access procedure, the UE shall decode the MPDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH according to the combination
defined in Table 7.1-8. The scrambling initialization of PDSCH corresponding to these MPDCCHs is by C-RNTI.
Table 7.1-7: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by Temporary C-RNTI
DCI format Search Space Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to PDCCH

Common and
DCI format If the number of PBCH antenna port is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see
UE specific
1A subclause 7.1.1), otherwise Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
by Temporary C-RNTI
UE specific If the number of PBCH antenna port is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see
DCI format 1
by Temporary C-RNTI subclause 7.1.1), otherwise Transmit diversity (see subclause 7.1.2)
Table 7.1-8: MPDCCH and PDSCH configured by Temporary C-RNTI and/or C-RNTI during random
access procedure
DCI format Search Space Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to MPDCCH

If the number of PBCH antenna port is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see
DCI format 6-1A Type2-Common
If the number of PBCH antenna port is one, Single-antenna port, port 0 is used (see
DCI format 6-1B Type2-Common
The transmission schemes of the PDSCH are described in the following sub-subclauses.
7.1.1 Single-antenna port scheme

For the single-antenna port transmission schemes (port 0/5/7/8/11/13) of the PDSCH, the UE may assume that an eNB
transmission on the PDSCH would be performed according to subclause 6.3.4.1 of [3].
If the UE is not configured with higher layer parameter dmrs-tableAlt and in case an antenna port p  {7,8} is used, or
if the higher layer parameter dmrs-tableAlt is set to 1 and in case an antenna port p  {7,8} corresponding to one
codeword values 0-3 in Table 5.3.3.1.5C-2 [4] is used, the UE cannot assume that the other antenna port in the set
{7,8} is not associated with transmission of PDSCH to another UE.
If the UE is configured with higher layer parameter dmrs-tableAlt, and in case of single layer transmission scheme on
antenna port p {7,8,11,13} corresponding to one codeword values 4-11 in Table 5.3.3.1.5C-2 [4] is used, the UE
cannot assume that the other antenna ports in the set {7,8,11,13} is not associated with transmission of PDSCH to
another UE.
7.1.2 Transmit diversity scheme

For the transmit diversity transmission scheme of the PDSCH, the UE may assume that an eNB transmission on the
PDSCH would be performed according to subclause 6.3.4.3 of [3]
7.1.3 Large delay CDD scheme

For the large delay CDD transmission scheme of the PDSCH, the UE may assume that an eNB transmission on the
PDSCH would be performed according to large delay CDD as defined in subclause 6.3.4.2.2 of [3].
7.1.4 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme

For the closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission scheme of the PDSCH, the UE may assume that an eNB
transmission on the PDSCH would be performed according to the applicable number of transmission layers as defined
in subclause 6.3.4.2.1 of [3].
7.1.5 Multi-user MIMO scheme

For the multi-user MIMO transmission scheme of the PDSCH, the UE may assume that an eNB transmission on the
PDSCH would be performed on one layer and according to subclause 6.3.4.2.1 of [3]. The  power-offset dB value
signalled on PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 1D using the downlink power offset field is given in Table 7.1.5-1.
3GPP
Release 13 63 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.1.5-1: Mapping of downlink power offset field in DCI format 1D to the  power-offset value.
Downlink power offset field  power-offset [dB]

0 -10log10(2)
1 0
7.1.5A Dual layer scheme

For the dual layer transmission scheme of the PDSCH, the UE may assume that an eNB transmission on the PDSCH
would be performed with two transmission layers on antenna ports 7 and 8 as defined in subclause 6.3.4.4 of [3].
7.1.5B Up to 8 layer transmission scheme

For the up to 8 layer transmission scheme of the PDSCH, the UE may assume that an eNB transmission on the PDSCH
would be performed with up to 8 transmission layers on antenna ports 7 - 14 as defined in subclause 6.3.4.4 of [3].
If the UE is configured with higher layer parameter dmrs-tableAlt, and in case of dual layer transmission scheme on
antenna ports {7,8} or {11,13} corresponding to two codewords values 2-5 in Table 5.3.3.1.5C-2 [4] is used, the UE
cannot assume that the other antenna ports in the set {7,8,11,13} is not associated with transmission of PDSCH to
another UE.
7.1.6 Resource allocation

The UE shall interpret the resource allocation field depending on the PDCCH/EPDCCH DCI format detected. A
resource allocation field in each PDCCH/EPDCCH includes two parts, a resource allocation header field and
information consisting of the actual resource block assignment.
PDCCH DCI formats 1, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D with type 0 and PDCCH DCI formats 1, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D with type
1 resource allocation have the same format and are distinguished from each other via the single bit resource allocation
header field which exists depending on the downlink system bandwidth (subclause 5.3.3.1 of [4]), where type 0 is
indicated by 0 value and type 1 is indicated otherwise. PDCCH with DCI format 1A, 1B, 1C and 1D have a type 2
resource allocation while PDCCH with DCI format 1, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D have type 0 or type 1 resource allocation.
PDCCH DCI formats with a type 2 resource allocation do not have a resource allocation header field.
EPDCCH DCI formats 1, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D with type 0 and EPDCCH DCI formats 1, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D with
type 1 resource allocation have the same format and are distinguished from each other via the single bit resource
allocation header field which exists depending on the downlink system bandwidth (subclause 5.3.3.1 of [4]), where type
0 is indicated by 0 value and type 1 is indicated otherwise. EPDCCH with DCI format 1A, 1B, and 1D have a type 2
resource allocation while EPDCCH with DCI format 1, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D have type 0 or type 1 resource allocation.
EPDCCH DCI formats with a type 2 resource allocation do not have a resource allocation header field.
MPDCCH with DCI format 6-1A utilizes a type 2 resource allocation. Resource allocation for MPDCCH with DCI
format 6-1B is given by the Resource block assignment field as described in [4]. MPDCCH with DCI format 6-2
assigns a set of six contiguously allocated localized virtual resource blocks within a narrowband. Localized virtual
resource blocks are always used in case of MPDCCH with DCI format 6-1A, 6-1B, or 6-2.
A UE may assume, for any PDSCH transmission scheduled by a cell with physical cell identity given in NAICS-
AssistanceInfo-r12 and the PDSCH transmission mode belonging to transmissionModeList-r12 associated with the cell
except spatial multiplexing using up to 8 transmission layers in transmission mode 10, that the resource allocation
granularity and precoding granularity in terms of PRB pairs in the frequency domain are both given by N, where N is
given by the higher layer parameter resAllocGranularity-r12 associated with the cell. The first set of N consecutive
PRB pairs of the resource allocation starts from the lowest frequency of the system bandwidth and the UE may assume
the same precoding applies to all PRB pairs within a set.
For a BL/CE UE, the resource allocation for PDSCH carrying SystemInformationBlockType1-BR and SI messages is a
set of six contiguously allocated localized virtual resource blocks within a narrowband. The number of repetitions for
the PDSCH carrying SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is determined based on the parameter schedulingInfoSIB1-BR-
r13 configured by higher-layers and according to Table 7.1.6-1. If the value of the parameter schedulingInfoSIB1-BR-
r13 configured by higher-layers is set to 0, UE assumes that SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is not transmitted.
3GPP
Release 13 64 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.1.6-1: Number of repetitions for PDSCH carrying SystemInformationBlockType1-BR for

BL/CE UE.
Value of Number of
schedulingInfoSIB1- PDSCH
BR-r13 repetitions
0 N/A
1 4
2 8
3 16
4 4
5 8
6 16
7 4
8 8
9 16
10 4
11 8
12 16
13 4
14 8
15 16
16 4
17 8
18 16
19-31 Reserved
7.1.6.1 Resource allocation type 0

In resource allocations of type 0, resource block assignment information includes a bitmap indicating the Resource
Block Groups (RBGs) that are allocated to the scheduled UE where a RBG is a set of consecutive virtual resource
blocks (VRBs) of localized type as defined in subclause 6.2.3.1 of [3]. Resource block group size (P) is a function of
the system bandwidth as shown in Table 7.1.6.1-1. The total number of RBGs ( N RBG ) for downlink system bandwidth
DL
of N RB 
is given by N RBG  N RB
DL
 DL
/ P where N RB   DL
/ P of the RBGs are of size P and if N RB mod P  0 then one
DL
of the RBGs is of size N RB 
 P  N RB
DL

/ P . The bitmap is of size N RBG bits with one bitmap bit per RBG such that
each RBG is addressable. The RBGs shall be indexed in the order of increasing frequency and non-increasing RBG
sizes starting at the lowest frequency. The order of RBG to bitmap bit mapping is in such way that RBG 0 to RBG
N RBG  1 are mapped to MSB to LSB of the bitmap. The RBG is allocated to the UE if the corresponding bit value in
the bitmap is 1, the RBG is not allocated to the UE otherwise.
Table 7.1.6.1-1: Type 0 resource allocation RBG size vs. Downlink System Bandwidth
System Bandwidth RBG Size

DL
N RB (P)
≤10 1
11 – 26 2
27 – 63 3
64 – 110 4
In resource allocations of type 1, a resource block assignment information of size N RBG indicates to a scheduled UE
the VRBs from the set of VRBs from one of P RBG subsets. The virtual resource blocks used are of localized type as
defined in subclause 6.2.3.1 of [3]. Also P is the RBG size associated with the system bandwidth as shown in Table
3GPP
Release 13 65 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.1.6.1-1. A RBG subset p , where 0  p  P , consists of every P th RBG starting from RBG p . The resource
block assignment information consists of three fields [4].
The first field with log 2 ( P) bits is used to indicate the selected RBG subset among P RBG subsets.
The second field with one bit is used to indicate a shift of the resource allocation span within a subset. A bit value of 1
indicates shift is triggered. Shift is not triggered otherwise.
The third field includes a bitmap, where each bit of the bitmap addresses a single VRB in the selected RBG subset in
such a way that MSB to LSB of the bitmap are mapped to the VRBs in the increasing frequency order. The VRB is
allocated to the UE if the corresponding bit value in the bit field is 1, the VRB is not allocated to the UE otherwise. The
TYPE1
portion of the bitmap used to address VRBs in a selected RBG subset has size N RB and is defined as
TYPE1
N RB 
 N RB
DL
/P   log 2 ( P)  1
The addressable VRB numbers of a selected RBG subset start from an offset,  shift ( p) to the smallest VRB number
within the selected RBG subset, which is mapped to the MSB of the bitmap. The offset is in terms of the number of
VRBs and is done within the selected RBG subset. If the value of the bit in the second field for shift of the resource
allocation span is set to 0, the offset for RBG subset p is given by  shift ( p)  0 . Otherwise, the offset for RBG
subset p is given by  shift ( p)  N RB
RBG subset
( p)  N RB
TYPE1
, where the LSB of the bitmap is justified with the
RBG subset
highest VRB number within the selected RBG subset. N RB ( p) is the number of VRBs in RBG subset p and
can be calculated by the following equation,
  N DL  1   N DL  1 
  RB 2   P  P , p   RB  mod P
 P   P 
 DL
 N 1  N DL  1 
RBG subset
N RB ( p)    RB 2   P  ( N RB
DL
 1) mod P  1 , p   RB  mod P
  P 
  P 
 DL
  N RB  1   P  N DL  1 
, p   RB
 P2   mod P
    P 
Consequently, when RBG subset p is indicated, bit i for i  0,1, TYPE1

, NRB 1 in the bitmap field indicates VRB
number,
 i  shift ( p )  2
( p)    P  p  P   i  shift ( p )  mod P .
RBG subset
nVRB
 P 
For BL/CE UEs with resource allocation type 2 resource assignment,

DL
N RB  6 and N VRB
DL
 6 is used in the rest of
this subclause.
In resource allocations of type 2, the resource block assignment information indicates to a scheduled UE a set of
contiguously allocated localized virtual resource blocks or distributed virtual resource blocks. In case of resource
allocation signalled with PDCCH DCI format 1A, 1B or 1D, or for resource allocation signalled with EPDCCH DCI
format 1A, 1B, or 1D, one bit flag indicates whether localized virtual resource blocks or distributed virtual resource
blocks are assigned (value 0 indicates Localized and value 1 indicates Distributed VRB assignment) while distributed
virtual resource blocks are always assigned in case of resource allocation signalled with PDCCH DCI format 1C.
Localized VRB allocations for a UE vary from a single VRB up to a maximum number of VRBs spanning the system
DL
bandwidth. For DCI format 1A the distributed VRB allocations for a UE vary from a single VRB up to N VRB VRBs,
DL
where N VRB is defined in [3], if the DCI CRC is scrambled by P-RNTI, RA-RNTI, or SI-RNTI. With PDCCH DCI
format 1B, 1D with a CRC scrambled by C-RNTI, or with DCI format 1A with a CRC scrambled with C-RNTI, SPS C-
3GPP
Release 13 66 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
DL
RNTI or Temporary C-RNTI distributed VRB allocations for a UE vary from a single VRB up to N VRB DL
VRBs if N RB
DL
is 6-49 and vary from a single VRB up to 16 if N RB is 50-110. With EPDCCH DCI format 1B, 1D with a CRC
scrambled by C-RNTI, or with DCI format 1A with a CRC scrambled with C-RNTI, SPS C-RNTI distributed VRB
DL
allocations for a UE vary from a single VRB up to N VRB
DL
VRBs if N RB is 6-49 and vary from a single VRB up to 16 if
DL step
N RB is 50-110. With PDCCH DCI format 1C, distributed VRB allocations for a UE vary from N RB VRB(s) up to
N VRB / N RB   N RB
DL step step
VRBs with an increment step of N step
RB
, where N step
RB
value is determined depending on the
downlink system bandwidth as shown in Table 7.1.6.3-1.
Table 7.1.6.3-1: N RB
step
values vs. Downlink System Bandwidth
DL step
System BW ( N RB ) N RB
DCI format 1C
6-49 2
50-110 4
For PDCCH DCI format 1A, 1B or 1D, or for EPDCCH DCI format 1A, 1B, or 1D, or for MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A,
a type 2 resource allocation field consists of a resource indication value (RIV) corresponding to a starting resource block
( RBstart ) and a length in terms of virtually contiguously allocated resource blocks LCRBs . The resource indication value
is defined by

if ( LCRBs  1)  N RB / 2
DL
 then
RIV  N RB
DL
( LCRBs  1)  RB start
else
RIV  N RB
DL DL
( N RB  LCRBs  1)  ( N RB
DL
 1  RB start )
where LCRBs  1 and shall not exceed

DL
N VRB  RB start .
For PDCCH DCI format 1C, a type 2 resource block assignment field consists of a resource indication value (RIV)
step
corresponding to a starting resource block ( RBstart = 0 , N RB step
, 2N RB ,…, ( N VRB
DL step
/ N RB   1) N RB
step
) and a length in terms
step
of virtually contiguously allocated resource blocks ( LCRBs = N RB step
, 2N RB ,…, N VRB
DL step
/ N RB   N RB
step
).
The resource indication value is defined by:
  1)  NVRB
if ( LCRBs  /2 DL
 then
 DL ( LCRBs
RIV  NVRB   1)  RBstart

else
 DL ( NVRB
RIV  NVRB  DL  LCRBs
  1)  ( NVRB
 DL  1  RBstart
 )
where   LCRBs / N RB
LCRBs step
  RB start / N RB
, RBstart
step
 DL  NVRB
and NVRB
DL step
/ N RB . Here,
  1 and shall not exceed NVRB
LCRBs  DL  RBstart
 .
7.1.6.4 PDSCH starting position

This subclause describes PDSCH starting position for UEs that are not BL/CE UEs.
PDSCH starting position for BL/CE UEs is described in subclause 7.1.6.4A.
3GPP
Release 13 67 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
The starting OFDM symbol for the PDSCH of each activated serving cell is given by index l DataStart .
For a UE configured in transmission mode 1-9, for a given activated serving cell
- if the PDSCH is assigned by EPDCCH received in the same serving cell, or if the UE is configured to monitor
EPDCCH in the subframe and the PDSCH is not assigned by a PDCCH/EPDCCH, and if the UE is configured
with the higher layer parameter epdcch-StartSymbol-r11
l DataStart
- is given by the higher-layer parameter epdcch-StartSymbol-r11.
- else if PDSCH and the corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH are received on different serving cells
l DataStart
- is given by the higher-layer parameter pdsch-Start-r10 for the serving cell on which PDSCH is
received,
- Otherwise
l DataStart
- DL
is given by the CFI value in the subframe of the given serving cell when N RB  10 , and lDataStart
is given by the CFI value + 1 in the subframe of the given serving cell when DL
N RB  10 .
For a UE configured in transmission mode 10, for a given activated serving cell
- if the PDSCH is assigned by a PDCCH with DCI format 1C or by a PDCCH with DCI format 1A and with CRC
scrambled with P-RNTI/RA-RNTI/SI-RNTI/Temporary C-RNTI
l DataStart
- is given by the span of the DCI given by the CFI value in the subframe of the given serving cell
according to subclause 5.3.4 of [4].
- if the PDSCH is assigned by a PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 1A and with CRC scrambled with C-RNTI
and if the PDSCH transmission is on antenna ports 0 - 3
- if the PDSCH is assigned by EPDCCH received in the same serving cell
l DataStart
- is given by l EPDCCHStart for the EPDCCH-PRB-set where EPDCCH with the DCI format 1A was
received ( l EPDCCHStart as defined in subclause 9.1.4.1),
- else if PDSCH and the corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH are received on different serving cells
l DataStart
received.
- otherwise
l DataStart
- DL
is given by the CFI value in the subframe of the given serving cell when N RB  10 , and
l DataStart DL
is given by the CFI value+1 in the subframe of the given serving cell when N RB  10 .
- if the PDSCH is assigned by or semi-statically scheduled by a PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 1A and if the
PDSCH transmission is on antenna port 7
- if the value of the higher layer parameter pdsch-Start-r11 determined from parameter set 1 in table 7.1.9-1
for the serving cell on which PDSCH is received belongs to {1,2,3,4},
'
l DataStart
- is given by the higher layer parameter pdsch-Start-r11 determined from parameter set 1 in table
7.1.9-1 for the serving cell on which PDSCH is received.
- else,
- if PDSCH and the corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH are received on different serving cells,
3GPP
Release 13 68 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
'
lDataStart
received
- otherwise
'
lDataStart
- DL
l DataStart DL
is given by the CFI value + 1 in the subframe of the given serving cell when N RB  10 .
- if the subframe on which PDSCH is received is indicated by the higher layer parameter mbsfn-
SubframeConfigList-r11 determined from parameter set 1 in table 7.1.9-1 for the serving cell on which
PDSCH is received, or if the PDSCH is received on subframe 1 or 6 for the frame structure type 2,
- l DataStart  min( 2, l DataStart

'
),
- otherwise
lDataStart  lDataStart
'
- .
- if the PDSCH is assigned by or semi-persistently scheduled by a PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 2D,
- if the value of the higher layer parameter pdsch-Start-r11 determined from the DCI (according to subclause
7.1.9) for the serving cell on which PDSCH is received belongs to {1,2,3,4},
- '
lDataStart is given by parameter pdsch-Start-r11 determined from the DCI (according to subclause 7.1.9) for
the serving cell on which PDSCH is received
- else,
- if PDSCH and the corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH are received on different serving cells,
- '
lDataStart is given by the higher-layer parameter pdsch-Start-r10 for the serving cell on which PDSCH is
received
- Otherwise
- '
lDataStart
DL
l DataStart DL
is given by the CFI value+1 in the subframe of the given serving cell when N RB  10 .
- if the subframe on which PDSCH is received is indicated by the higher layer parameter mbsfn-
SubframeConfigList-r11 determined from the DCI (according to subclause 7.1.9) for the serving cell on
which PDSCH is received, or if the PDSCH is received on subframe 1 or 6 for frame structure type 2,
- l DataStart  min( 2, l DataStart

'
),
- otherwise
lDataStart  lDataStart
'
- .
7.1.6.4A PDSCH starting position for BL/CE UEs

The starting OFDM symbol for PDSCH is given by index l DataStart in the first slot in a subframe k and is determined
as follows
- for reception of SIB1-BR
- l DataStart  3 if N RB
DL
 10 for the cell on which PDSCH is received
- l DataStart  4 if N RB
DL
 10 for the cell on which PDSCH is received
3GPP
Release 13 69 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- else
'
- l DataStart is given by the higher layer parameter startSymbolBR
- if subframe k is a special subframe or configured as an MBSFN subframe, and if the BL/CE UE is

configured in CEModeA
- 
l DataStart  min 2, l DataStart
'

- else
- l DataStart  l DataStart
'
.
7.1.6.5 Physical Resource Block (PRB) bundling

A UE configured for transmission mode 9 for a given serving cell c may assume that precoding granularity is multiple
resource blocks in the frequency domain when PMI/RI reporting is configured.
For a given serving cell c, if a UE is configured for transmission mode 10
- if PMI/RI reporting is configured for all configured CSI processes for the serving cell c, the UE may assume that
precoding granularity is multiple resource blocks in the frequency domain,
- otherwise, the UE shall assume the precoding granularity is one resource block in the frequency domain.
If the UE is non-BL/CE UE, fixed system bandwidth dependent Precoding Resource block Groups (PRGs) of size P
partition the system bandwidth and each PRG consists of consecutive PRBs. The PRG size a UE may assume for a
DL
given system bandwidth is given by Table 7.1.6.5-1. If N RB mod P  0 then one of the PRGs is of size
DL
N RB 
 P N RB
DL

/ P . The PRG size is non-increasing starting at the lowest frequency. The UE may assume that the
same precoder applies on all scheduled PRBs within a PRG.
If the UE is a BL/CE UE, PRGs of size P =3 partition a narrowband with RB indices 0-2 in the narrowband in one
PRG and RB indices 3-5 in the narrowband in another PRG.
Table 7.1.6.5-1
System Bandwidth PRG Size ( P )

DL
( N RB ) (PRBs)
≤10 1
11 – 26 2
27 – 63 3
64 – 110 2
3GPP
Release 13 70 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.1.7 Modulation order and transport block size determination

To determine the modulation order and transport block size(s) in the physical downlink shared channel, the UE shall
first
- if the UE is a BL/CE UE
- if PDSCH is assigned by MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A

1
- read the 4-bit "modulation and coding scheme ( I MCS )" field in the DCI
The UE is not expected to receive a DCI format 6-1A indicating I MCS  15

1
-
- else if PDSCH is assigned by MPDCCH DCI format 6-2

1
- read the 3-bit "modulation and coding scheme ( I MCS )" field in the DCI
The UE is not expected to receive a DCI format 6-2 indicating I MCS  7

1
-
- else if PDSCH is assigned by MPDCCH DCI format 6-1B

1 1 1
- read the 4-bit "modulation and coding scheme ( I MCS )" field in the DCI and set I TBS = I MCS .
- else if PDSCH carries SystemInformationBlockType1-BR
- set I TBS to the value of the parameter schedulingInfoSIB1-BR-r13 configured by higher-layers
- otherwise
- read the 5-bit "modulation and coding scheme" field ( I MCS ) in the DCI
and second if the PDCCH DCI CRC is scrambled by P-RNTI, RA-RNTI, or SI-RNTI then
- for DCI format 1A:
1A
- set the Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 column indicator N PRB to NPRB from subclause 5.3.3.1.3 in [4]
- for DCI format 1C:
- use Table 7.1.7.2.3-1 for determining its transport block size.
else
- if the UE is a BL/CE UE
- if MPDCCH DCI CRC is scrambled by RA-RNTI for DCI format 6-1A

1A
- set the Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 column indicator N PRB to NPRB from subclause 5.3.3.1.12 in [4]
- else if PDSCH is assigned by MPDCCH DCI format 6-2
- use Table 7.1.7.2.3-1 for determining its transport block size.
- else if PDSCH carries SystemInformationBlockType1-BR
- use subclause 7.1.7.2.7 for determining its transport block size.
- else if PDSCH is assigned by MPDCCH DCI format 6-1B
- use subclause 7.1.7.2.6 for determining its transport block size.
- otherwise
3GPP
Release 13 71 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- set  to the total number of allocated PRBs based on the procedure defined in subclause 7.1.6.
N PRB
- if PDSCH is assigned by MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A, the repetition number field in the DCI indicates
PDSCH repetition level 1, and the transport block is transmitted in DwPTS of the special subframe in
frame structure type 2, then
- for special subframe configuration 9 with normal cyclic prefix:
- set the Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 column indicator

   0.375 , 1
N PRB  max  NPRB 
- for other special subframe configurations:
- set the Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 column indicator    0.75 , 1 ,

N PRB  max  N PRB 
- else, set the Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 column indicator  .
N PRB  N PRB
- otherwise
- set  to the total number of allocated PRBs based on the procedure defined in subclause 7.1.6.
N PRB
- if the transport block is transmitted in DwPTS of the special subframe in frame structure type 2, or is
transmitted in the subframes with the same duration as the DwPTS duration of a special subframe
configuration in frame structure type 3, then
- for special subframe configuration 9 with normal cyclic prefix or special subframe configuration 7 with
extended cyclic prefix:
- set the Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 column indicator

   0.375 , 1
N PRB  max  NPRB 
- for other special subframe configurations:
- set the Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 column indicator    0.75 , 1 ,

N PRB  max  N PRB 
- else, set the Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 column indicator  .
N PRB  N PRB
The UE may skip decoding a transport block in an initial transmission if the effective channel code rate is higher than
0.931, where the effective channel code rate is defined as the number of downlink information bits (including CRC bits)
divided by the number of physical channel bits on PDSCH. If the UE skips decoding, the physical layer indicates to
higher layer that the transport block is not successfully decoded. For the special subframe configurations 0 and 5 with
normal downlink CP or configurations 0 and 4 with extended downlink CP in frame structure type 2, or for subframes
with the same duration as the DwPTS duration of the special subframe configuration 0 and 5 in frame structure type 3,
with the special subframe configurations shown in Table 4.2-1 of [3], a non-BL/CE UE shall assume there is no PDSCH
transmission in DwPTS of the special subframe.
For frame structure type 2, a BL/CE UE shall assume PDSCH is dropped in a special subframe considered as BL/CE
DL subframe according to subclause 6.8B.1 of [3] in the following cases
- for PDSCH scheduled from UE-specific search space, Type0-MPDCCH common search space, Type1-
MPDCCH common search space or Type2-MPDCCH common search space, if an MPDCCH belonging to the
corresponding search space is dropped in the special subframe according to clause 9.1.5.
- if PDSCH carries SI messages.
7.1.7.1 Modulation order and redundancy version determination

1
For BL/CE UEs configured with CEModeA, I MCS is used in place of I MCS in the rest of this subclause.
3GPP
Release 13 72 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
The UE shall use Qm = 2 if the DCI CRC is scrambled by P-RNTI, RA-RNTI, SI-RNTI, or SC-RNTI, or if PDSCH is
assigned by MPDCCH DCI Format 6-1B, or if PDSCH carriers SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, or if PDSCH carries
BL/CE SI messages, otherwise,
- if the higher layer parameter altCQI-Table-r12 is configured, and if the PDSCH is assigned by a
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 1/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI,
- if the assigned PDSCH is transmitted only in the second slot of a subframe, the UE shall use I MCS and Table
7.1.7.1-1A to determine the modulation order ( Q m' ). The modulation order ( Qm ) used in the physical
downlink shared channel is set to Q m  Q m' ;
- otherwise, the UE shall use I MCS and Table 7.1.7.1-1A to determine the modulation order ( Qm ) used in the
physical downlink shared channel.
- else
- if the assigned PDSCH is transmitted only in the second slot of a subframe, the UE shall use I MCS and Table
7.1.7.1-1 to determine the modulation order ( Q m' ). The modulation order ( Qm ) used in the physical downlink
shared channel is set to Q m  Q m' ;
- otherwise, the UE shall use I MCS and Table 7.1.7.1-1 to determine the modulation order ( Qm ) used in the
physical downlink shared channel.
Table 7.1.7.1-1: Modulation and TBS index table for PDSCH
MCS Index Modulation Order Modulation Order TBS Index

I MCS Qm Q m' I TBS
0 2 2 0
1 2 2 1
2 2 2 2
3 2 2 3
4 2 2 4
5 2 4 5
6 2 4 6
7 2 4 7
8 2 4 8
9 2 4 9
10 4 6 9
11 4 6 10
12 4 6 11
13 4 6 12
14 4 6 13
15 4 6 14
16 4 6 15
17 6 6 15
18 6 6 16
19 6 6 17
20 6 6 18
21 6 6 19
22 6 6 20
23 6 6 21
24 6 6 22
25 6 6 23
26 6 6 24
27 6 6 25
28 6 6 26/26A
29 2 2
30 4 4 reserved
31 6 6
3GPP
Release 13 73 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.1.7.1-1A. Modulation and TBS index table 2 for PDSCH
MCS Index Modulation Order Modulation Order TBS Index

I MCS Qm Q m' I TBS
0 2 2 0
1 2 2 2
2 2 2 4
3 2 4 6
4 2 4 8
5 4 6 10
6 4 6 11
7 4 6 12
8 4 6 13
9 4 6 14
10 4 8 15
11 6 8 16
12 6 8 17
13 6 8 18
14 6 8 19
15 6 8 20
16 6 8 21
17 6 8 22
18 6 8 23
19 6 8 24
20 8 8 25
21 8 8 27
22 8 8 28
23 8 8 29
24 8 8 30
25 8 8 31
26 8 8 32
27 8 8 33/33A
28 2 2
29 4 4
30 6 6 reserved
31 8 8
For BL/CE UEs, the same redundancy version is applied to PDSCH transmitted in a given block of Nacc consecutive
subframes, if the PDSCH is not carrying SystemInformationBlockType1-BR or SI message. The subframe number of the
first subframe in each block of Nacc consecutive subframes, denoted as nabs,1 , satisfies nabs,1   mod Nacc  0 ,
where  0 for FDD and  2 for TDD. Denote i0 as the subframe number of the first downlink subframe
PDSCH
intended for PDSCH, given by n+x as defined in subclause 7.1.11. The PDSCH transmission spans N abs
consecutive subframes including non-BL/CE subframes where the PDSCH transmission is postponed. Note that BL/CE
subframe(s) refers to either BL/CE DL subframe(s) or BL/CE UL subframe(s). For the j th block of N acc consecutive
PDSCH
subframes within the set of N abs subframes, the redundancy version (rvidx) is determined according to Table
3GPP
Release 13 74 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.1.7.1-2 using rv   j  rv DCI mod 4 , where j  0,1,..., J PDSCH  1 and

 N abs
PDSCH
 ((i0   ) mod N acc ) 
J PDSCH
  . The J
PDSCH
blocks of subframes are sequential in time, starting
 N acc 
with j  0 to which subframe i0 belongs. For a BL/CE UE configured in CEModeA, N acc  1 and rv DCI is
determined by the 'Redundancy version' field in DCI format 6-1A. For a BL/CE UE configured with CEModeB, or a
BL/CE UE receiving PDSCH associated with P-RNTI, N acc  4 for FDD and N acc  10 for TDD, and rv DCI  0 .
Table 7.1.7.1-2: Redundancy version
Redundancy version Index

rvidx
rv
0 0
1 2
2 3
3 1
7.1.7.2 Transport block size determination

1
For BL/CE UEs configured with CEModeA, I MCS is used in place of I MCS in the rest of this subclause
If the DCI CRC is scrambled by P-RNTI, RA-RNTI, or SI-RNTI then
- for DCI format 1A or DCI format 6-1A:
- the UE shall set the TBS index ( I TBS ) equal to I MCS and determine its TBS by the procedure in subclause
7.1.7.2.1 for 0  I TBS  26 .
- for DCI format 1C and DCI format 6-2:
- the UE shall set the TBS index ( I TBS ) equal to I MCS and determine its TBS from Table 7.1.7.2.3-1.
else if the higher layer parameter altCQI-Table-r12 is configured, then
- for DCI format 1A with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI and for DCI format 1/1A/2/2A/2B/2C/2D with CRC
scrambled by SPS C-RNTI:
- for 0  I MCS  28 , the UE shall first determine the TBS index ( I TBS ) using I MCS and Table 7.1.7.1-1 except if
the transport block is disabled in DCI formats 2, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D as specified below. For a transport block
that is not mapped to more than single-layer spatial multiplexing, the TBS is determined by the procedure in
subclause 7.1.7.2.1.
- for 29  I MCS  31 , the TBS is assumed to be as determined from DCI transported in the latest
PDCCH/EPDCCH for the same transport block using 0  I TBS  33 . If there is no PDCCH/EPDCCH for the
same transport block using 0  I TBS  26 , and if the initial PDSCH for the same transport block is semi-
persistently scheduled, the TBS shall be determined from the most recent semi-persistent scheduling
assignment PDCCH/EPDCCH.
- In DCI formats 2, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D a transport block is disabled if I MCS  0 and if rvidx = 1 otherwise the
transport block is enabled.
- for DCI format 1/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI
- for 0  I MCS  27 , the UE shall first determine the TBS index ( I TBS ) using I MCS and Table 7.1.7.1-1A except
if the transport block is disabled in DCI formats 2, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D as specified below. When I MCS  27 ,
if the UE is scheduled by DCI formats 2C/2D and is configured with a33 in tbsIndexAlt, I TBS is 33A;
3GPP
Release 13 75 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
otherwise I TBS is 33. For a transport block that is not mapped to more than single-layer spatial multiplexing,
the TBS is determined by the procedure in subclause 7.1.7.2.1. For a transport block that is mapped to two-
layer spatial multiplexing, the TBS is determined by the procedure in subclause 7.1.7.2.2. For a transport
block that is mapped to three-layer spatial multiplexing, the TBS is determined by the procedure in subclause
7.1.7.2.4. For a transport block that is mapped to four-layer spatial multiplexing, the TBS is determined by
the procedure in subclause 7.1.7.2.5.
PDCCH/EPDCCH for the same transport block using 0  I MCS  27 .
else
- for 0  I MCS  28 , the UE shall first determine the TBS index ( I TBS ) using I MCS and Table 7.1.7.1-1 except if the
transport block is disabled in DCI formats 2, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D as specified below. When I MCS  28 , if the UE
is scheduled by DCI formats 2C/2D and is configured with a26 in tbsIndexAlt, I TBS is 26A; otherwise I TBS is
26. For a transport block that is not mapped to more than single-layer spatial multiplexing, the TBS is
determined by the procedure in subclause 7.1.7.2.1. For a transport block that is mapped to two-layer spatial
multiplexing, the TBS is determined by the procedure in subclause 7.1.7.2.2. For a transport block that is
mapped to three-layer spatial multiplexing, the TBS is determined by the procedure in subclause 7.1.7.2.4. For a
transport block that is mapped to four-layer spatial multiplexing, the TBS is determined by the procedure in
subclause 7.1.7.2.5.
PDCCH/EPDCCH for the same transport block using 0  I MCS  28 . If there is no PDCCH/EPDCCH for the
same transport block using 0  I MCS  28 , and if the initial PDSCH for the same transport block is semi-
persistently scheduled, the TBS shall be determined from the most recent semi-persistent scheduling assignment
PDCCH/EPDCCH.
The NDI and HARQ process ID, as signalled on PDCCH/EPDCCH/MPDCCH, and the TBS, as determined above,
shall be delivered to higher layers.
7.1.7.2.1 Transport blocks not mapped to two or more layer spatial multiplexing
For 1  N PRB  110 , the TBS is given by the ( I TBS , N PRB ) entry of Table 7.1.7.2.1-1.
Table 7.1.7.2.1-1: Transport block size table (dimension 34×110)
N PRB
I TBS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0 16 32 56 88 120 152 176 208 224 256
1 24 56 88 144 176 208 224 256 328 344
2 32 72 144 176 208 256 296 328 376 424
3 40 104 176 208 256 328 392 440 504 568
4 56 120 208 256 328 408 488 552 632 696
5 72 144 224 328 424 504 600 680 776 872
6 328 176 256 392 504 600 712 808 936 1032
7 104 224 328 472 584 712 840 968 1096 1224
8 120 256 392 536 680 808 968 1096 1256 1384
9 136 296 456 616 776 936 1096 1256 1416 1544
10 144 328 504 680 872 1032 1224 1384 1544 1736
11 176 376 584 776 1000 1192 1384 1608 1800 2024
12 208 440 680 904 1128 1352 1608 1800 2024 2280
13 224 488 744 1000 1256 1544 1800 2024 2280 2536
3GPP
Release 13 76 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
14 256 552 840 1128 1416 1736 1992 2280 2600 2856
15 280 600 904 1224 1544 1800 2152 2472 2728 3112
16 328 632 968 1288 1608 1928 2280 2600 2984 3240
17 336 696 1064 1416 1800 2152 2536 2856 3240 3624
18 376 776 1160 1544 1992 2344 2792 3112 3624 4008
19 408 840 1288 1736 2152 2600 2984 3496 3880 4264
20 440 904 1384 1864 2344 2792 3240 3752 4136 4584
21 488 1000 1480 1992 2472 2984 3496 4008 4584 4968
22 520 1064 1608 2152 2664 3240 3752 4264 4776 5352
23 552 1128 1736 2280 2856 3496 4008 4584 5160 5736
24 584 1192 1800 2408 2984 3624 4264 4968 5544 5992
25 616 1256 1864 2536 3112 3752 4392 5160 5736 6200
26 712 1480 2216 2984 3752 4392 5160 5992 6712 7480
26A 632 1288 1928 2600 3240 3880 4584 5160 5992 6456
N PRB
I TBS
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
0 288 328 344 376 392 424 456 488 504 536
1 376 424 456 488 520 568 600 632 680 712
2 472 520 568 616 648 696 744 776 840 872
3 616 680 744 808 872 904 968 1032 1096 1160
4 776 840 904 1000 1064 1128 1192 1288 1352 1416
5 968 1032 1128 1224 1320 1384 1480 1544 1672 1736
6 1128 1224 1352 1480 1544 1672 1736 1864 1992 2088
7 1320 1480 1608 1672 1800 1928 2088 2216 2344 2472
8 1544 1672 1800 1928 2088 2216 2344 2536 2664 2792
9 1736 1864 2024 2216 2344 2536 2664 2856 2984 3112
10 1928 2088 2280 2472 2664 2792 2984 3112 3368 3496
11 2216 2408 2600 2792 2984 3240 3496 3624 3880 4008
12 2472 2728 2984 3240 3368 3624 3880 4136 4392 4584
13 2856 3112 3368 3624 3880 4136 4392 4584 4968 5160
14 3112 3496 3752 4008 4264 4584 4968 5160 5544 5736
15 3368 3624 4008 4264 4584 4968 5160 5544 5736 6200
16 3624 3880 4264 4584 4968 5160 5544 5992 6200 6456
17 4008 4392 4776 5160 5352 5736 6200 6456 6712 7224
18 4392 4776 5160 5544 5992 6200 6712 7224 7480 7992
19 4776 5160 5544 5992 6456 6968 7224 7736 8248 8504
20 5160 5544 5992 6456 6968 7480 7992 8248 8760 9144
21 5544 5992 6456 6968 7480 7992 8504 9144 9528 9912
22 5992 6456 6968 7480 7992 8504 9144 9528 10296 10680
23 6200 6968 7480 7992 8504 9144 9912 10296 11064 11448
24 6712 7224 7992 8504 9144 9912 10296 11064 11448 12216
25 6968 7480 8248 8760 9528 10296 10680 11448 12216 12576
26 8248 8760 9528 10296 11064 11832 12576 13536 14112 14688
26A 7224 7736 8504 9144 9912 10296 11064 11832 12576 12960
N PRB
I TBS
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
0 568 600 616 648 680 712 744 776 776 808
1 744 776 808 872 904 936 968 1000 1032 1064
2 936 968 1000 1064 1096 1160 1192 1256 1288 1320
3 1224 1256 1320 1384 1416 1480 1544 1608 1672 1736
4 1480 1544 1608 1736 1800 1864 1928 1992 2088 2152
5 1864 1928 2024 2088 2216 2280 2344 2472 2536 2664
6 2216 2280 2408 2472 2600 2728 2792 2984 2984 3112
7 2536 2664 2792 2984 3112 3240 3368 3368 3496 3624
8 2984 3112 3240 3368 3496 3624 3752 3880 4008 4264
9 3368 3496 3624 3752 4008 4136 4264 4392 4584 4776
10 3752 3880 4008 4264 4392 4584 4776 4968 5160 5352
11 4264 4392 4584 4776 4968 5352 5544 5736 5992 5992
12 4776 4968 5352 5544 5736 5992 6200 6456 6712 6712
13 5352 5736 5992 6200 6456 6712 6968 7224 7480 7736
14 5992 6200 6456 6968 7224 7480 7736 7992 8248 8504
15 6456 6712 6968 7224 7736 7992 8248 8504 8760 9144
16 6712 7224 7480 7736 7992 8504 8760 9144 9528 9912
17 7480 7992 8248 8760 9144 9528 9912 10296 10296 10680
18 8248 8760 9144 9528 9912 10296 10680 11064 11448 11832
19 9144 9528 9912 10296 10680 11064 11448 12216 12576 12960
20 9912 10296 10680 11064 11448 12216 12576 12960 13536 14112
21 10680 11064 11448 12216 12576 12960 13536 14112 14688 15264
22 11448 11832 12576 12960 13536 14112 14688 15264 15840 16416
23 12216 12576 12960 13536 14112 14688 15264 15840 16416 16992
3GPP
Release 13 77 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
24 12960 13536 14112 14688 15264 15840 16416 16992 17568 18336
25 13536 14112 14688 15264 15840 16416 16992 17568 18336 19080
26 15264 16416 16992 17568 18336 19080 19848 20616 21384 22152
26A 13536 14112 15264 15840 16416 16992 17568 18336 19080 19848
N PRB
I TBS
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
0 840 872 904 936 968 1000 1032 1032 1064 1096
1 1128 1160 1192 1224 1256 1288 1352 1384 1416 1416
2 1384 1416 1480 1544 1544 1608 1672 1672 1736 1800
3 1800 1864 1928 1992 2024 2088 2152 2216 2280 2344
4 2216 2280 2344 2408 2472 2600 2664 2728 2792 2856
5 2728 2792 2856 2984 3112 3112 3240 3368 3496 3496
6 3240 3368 3496 3496 3624 3752 3880 4008 4136 4136
7 3752 3880 4008 4136 4264 4392 4584 4584 4776 4968
8 4392 4584 4584 4776 4968 4968 5160 5352 5544 5544
9 4968 5160 5160 5352 5544 5736 5736 5992 6200 6200
10 5544 5736 5736 5992 6200 6200 6456 6712 6712 6968
11 6200 6456 6712 6968 6968 7224 7480 7736 7736 7992
12 6968 7224 7480 7736 7992 8248 8504 8760 8760 9144
13 7992 8248 8504 8760 9144 9144 9528 9912 9912 10296
14 8760 9144 9528 9912 9912 10296 10680 11064 11064 11448
15 9528 9912 10296 10296 10680 11064 11448 11832 11832 12216
16 9912 10296 10680 11064 11448 11832 12216 12216 12576 12960
17 11064 11448 11832 12216 12576 12960 13536 13536 14112 14688
18 12216 12576 12960 13536 14112 14112 14688 15264 15264 15840
19 13536 13536 14112 14688 15264 15264 15840 16416 16992 16992
20 14688 14688 15264 15840 16416 16992 16992 17568 18336 18336
21 15840 15840 16416 16992 17568 18336 18336 19080 19848 19848
22 16992 16992 17568 18336 19080 19080 19848 20616 21384 21384
23 17568 18336 19080 19848 19848 20616 21384 22152 22152 22920
24 19080 19848 19848 20616 21384 22152 22920 22920 23688 24496
25 19848 20616 20616 21384 22152 22920 23688 24496 24496 25456
26 22920 23688 24496 25456 25456 26416 27376 28336 29296 29296
26A 20616 20616 21384 22152 22920 23688 24496 24496 25456 26416
N PRB
I TBS
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
0 1128 1160 1192 1224 1256 1256 1288 1320 1352 1384
1 1480 1544 1544 1608 1608 1672 1736 1736 1800 1800
2 1800 1864 1928 1992 2024 2088 2088 2152 2216 2216
3 2408 2472 2536 2536 2600 2664 2728 2792 2856 2856
4 2984 2984 3112 3112 3240 3240 3368 3496 3496 3624
5 3624 3752 3752 3880 4008 4008 4136 4264 4392 4392
6 4264 4392 4584 4584 4776 4776 4968 4968 5160 5160
7 4968 5160 5352 5352 5544 5736 5736 5992 5992 6200
8 5736 5992 5992 6200 6200 6456 6456 6712 6968 6968
9 6456 6712 6712 6968 6968 7224 7480 7480 7736 7992
10 7224 7480 7480 7736 7992 7992 8248 8504 8504 8760
11 8248 8504 8760 8760 9144 9144 9528 9528 9912 9912
12 9528 9528 9912 9912 10296 10680 10680 11064 11064 11448
13 10680 10680 11064 11448 11448 11832 12216 12216 12576 12960
14 11832 12216 12216 12576 12960 12960 13536 13536 14112 14112
15 12576 12960 12960 13536 13536 14112 14688 14688 15264 15264
16 13536 13536 14112 14112 14688 14688 15264 15840 15840 16416
17 14688 15264 15264 15840 16416 16416 16992 17568 17568 18336
18 16416 16416 16992 17568 17568 18336 18336 19080 19080 19848
19 17568 18336 18336 19080 19080 19848 20616 20616 21384 21384
20 19080 19848 19848 20616 20616 21384 22152 22152 22920 22920
21 20616 21384 21384 22152 22920 22920 23688 24496 24496 25456
22 22152 22920 22920 23688 24496 24496 25456 25456 26416 27376
23 23688 24496 24496 25456 25456 26416 27376 27376 28336 28336
24 25456 25456 26416 26416 27376 28336 28336 29296 29296 30576
25 26416 26416 27376 28336 28336 29296 29296 30576 31704 31704
26 30576 30576 31704 32856 32856 34008 35160 35160 36696 36696
26A 26416 27376 27376 29296 29296 29296 30576 30576 31704 32856
N PRB
I TBS
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
0 1416 1416 1480 1480 1544 1544 1608 1608 1608 1672
1 1864 1864 1928 1992 1992 2024 2088 2088 2152 2152
3GPP
Release 13 78 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
2 2280 2344 2344 2408 2472 2536 2536 2600 2664 2664
3 2984 2984 3112 3112 3240 3240 3368 3368 3496 3496
4 3624 3752 3752 3880 4008 4008 4136 4136 4264 4264
5 4584 4584 4776 4776 4776 4968 4968 5160 5160 5352
6 5352 5352 5544 5736 5736 5992 5992 5992 6200 6200
7 6200 6456 6456 6712 6712 6712 6968 6968 7224 7224
8 7224 7224 7480 7480 7736 7736 7992 7992 8248 8504
9 7992 8248 8248 8504 8760 8760 9144 9144 9144 9528
10 9144 9144 9144 9528 9528 9912 9912 10296 10296 10680
11 10296 10680 10680 11064 11064 11448 11448 11832 11832 12216
12 11832 11832 12216 12216 12576 12576 12960 12960 13536 13536
13 12960 13536 13536 14112 14112 14688 14688 14688 15264 15264
14 14688 14688 15264 15264 15840 15840 16416 16416 16992 16992
15 15840 15840 16416 16416 16992 16992 17568 17568 18336 18336
16 16416 16992 16992 17568 17568 18336 18336 19080 19080 19848
17 18336 19080 19080 19848 19848 20616 20616 20616 21384 21384
18 19848 20616 21384 21384 22152 22152 22920 22920 23688 23688
19 22152 22152 22920 22920 23688 24496 24496 25456 25456 25456
20 23688 24496 24496 25456 25456 26416 26416 27376 27376 28336
21 25456 26416 26416 27376 27376 28336 28336 29296 29296 30576
22 27376 28336 28336 29296 29296 30576 30576 31704 31704 32856
23 29296 29296 30576 30576 31704 31704 32856 32856 34008 34008
24 31704 31704 32856 32856 34008 34008 35160 35160 36696 36696
25 32856 32856 34008 34008 35160 35160 36696 36696 37888 37888
26 37888 37888 39232 40576 40576 40576 42368 42368 43816 43816
26A 32856 34008 34008 35160 36696 36696 36696 37888 37888 39232
N PRB
I TBS
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
0 1672 1736 1736 1800 1800 1800 1864 1864 1928 1928
1 2216 2280 2280 2344 2344 2408 2472 2472 2536 2536
2 2728 2792 2856 2856 2856 2984 2984 3112 3112 3112
3 3624 3624 3624 3752 3752 3880 3880 4008 4008 4136
4 4392 4392 4584 4584 4584 4776 4776 4968 4968 4968
5 5352 5544 5544 5736 5736 5736 5992 5992 5992 6200
6 6456 6456 6456 6712 6712 6968 6968 6968 7224 7224
7 7480 7480 7736 7736 7992 7992 8248 8248 8504 8504
8 8504 8760 8760 9144 9144 9144 9528 9528 9528 9912
9 9528 9912 9912 10296 10296 10296 10680 10680 11064 11064
10 10680 11064 11064 11448 11448 11448 11832 11832 12216 12216
11 12216 12576 12576 12960 12960 13536 13536 13536 14112 14112
12 14112 14112 14112 14688 14688 15264 15264 15264 15840 15840
13 15840 15840 16416 16416 16992 16992 16992 17568 17568 18336
14 17568 17568 18336 18336 18336 19080 19080 19848 19848 19848
15 18336 19080 19080 19848 19848 20616 20616 20616 21384 21384
16 19848 19848 20616 20616 21384 21384 22152 22152 22152 22920
17 22152 22152 22920 22920 23688 23688 24496 24496 24496 25456
18 24496 24496 24496 25456 25456 26416 26416 27376 27376 27376
19 26416 26416 27376 27376 28336 28336 29296 29296 29296 30576
20 28336 29296 29296 29296 30576 30576 31704 31704 31704 32856
21 30576 31704 31704 31704 32856 32856 34008 34008 35160 35160
22 32856 34008 34008 34008 35160 35160 36696 36696 36696 37888
23 35160 35160 36696 36696 37888 37888 37888 39232 39232 40576
24 36696 37888 37888 39232 39232 40576 40576 42368 42368 42368
25 39232 39232 40576 40576 40576 42368 42368 43816 43816 43816
26 45352 45352 46888 46888 48936 48936 48936 51024 51024 52752
26A 40576 40576 40576 40576 42368 42368 43816 43816 45352 45352
N PRB
I TBS
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
0 1992 1992 2024 2088 2088 2088 2152 2152 2216 2216
1 2600 2600 2664 2728 2728 2792 2792 2856 2856 2856
2 3240 3240 3240 3368 3368 3368 3496 3496 3496 3624
3 4136 4264 4264 4392 4392 4392 4584 4584 4584 4776
4 5160 5160 5160 5352 5352 5544 5544 5544 5736 5736
5 6200 6200 6456 6456 6712 6712 6712 6968 6968 6968
6 7480 7480 7736 7736 7736 7992 7992 8248 8248 8248
7 8760 8760 8760 9144 9144 9144 9528 9528 9528 9912
8 9912 9912 10296 10296 10680 10680 10680 11064 11064 11064
9 11064 11448 11448 11832 11832 11832 12216 12216 12576 12576
10 12576 12576 12960 12960 12960 13536 13536 13536 14112 14112
11 14112 14688 14688 14688 15264 15264 15840 15840 15840 16416
3GPP
Release 13 79 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
12 16416 16416 16416 16992 16992 17568 17568 17568 18336 18336
13 18336 18336 19080 19080 19080 19848 19848 19848 20616 20616
14 20616 20616 20616 21384 21384 22152 22152 22152 22920 22920
15 22152 22152 22152 22920 22920 23688 23688 23688 24496 24496
16 22920 23688 23688 24496 24496 24496 25456 25456 25456 26416
17 25456 26416 26416 26416 27376 27376 27376 28336 28336 29296
18 28336 28336 29296 29296 29296 30576 30576 30576 31704 31704
19 30576 30576 31704 31704 32856 32856 32856 34008 34008 34008
20 32856 34008 34008 34008 35160 35160 35160 36696 36696 36696
21 35160 36696 36696 36696 37888 37888 39232 39232 39232 40576
22 37888 39232 39232 40576 40576 40576 42368 42368 42368 43816
23 40576 40576 42368 42368 43816 43816 43816 45352 45352 45352
24 43816 43816 45352 45352 45352 46888 46888 46888 48936 48936
25 45352 45352 46888 46888 46888 48936 48936 48936 51024 51024
26 52752 52752 55056 55056 55056 55056 57336 57336 57336 59256
26A 45352 46888 46888 48936 48936 48936 51024 51024 51024 52752
N PRB
I TBS
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
0 2280 2280 2280 2344 2344 2408 2408 2472 2472 2536
1 2984 2984 2984 3112 3112 3112 3240 3240 3240 3240
2 3624 3624 3752 3752 3880 3880 3880 4008 4008 4008
3 4776 4776 4776 4968 4968 4968 5160 5160 5160 5352
4 5736 5992 5992 5992 5992 6200 6200 6200 6456 6456
5 7224 7224 7224 7480 7480 7480 7736 7736 7736 7992
6 8504 8504 8760 8760 8760 9144 9144 9144 9144 9528
7 9912 9912 10296 10296 10296 10680 10680 10680 11064 11064
8 11448 11448 11448 11832 11832 12216 12216 12216 12576 12576
9 12960 12960 12960 13536 13536 13536 13536 14112 14112 14112
10 14112 14688 14688 14688 14688 15264 15264 15264 15840 15840
11 16416 16416 16992 16992 16992 17568 17568 17568 18336 18336
12 18336 19080 19080 19080 19080 19848 19848 19848 20616 20616
13 20616 21384 21384 21384 22152 22152 22152 22920 22920 22920
14 22920 23688 23688 24496 24496 24496 25456 25456 25456 25456
15 24496 25456 25456 25456 26416 26416 26416 27376 27376 27376
16 26416 26416 27376 27376 27376 28336 28336 28336 29296 29296
17 29296 29296 30576 30576 30576 30576 31704 31704 31704 32856
18 31704 32856 32856 32856 34008 34008 34008 35160 35160 35160
19 35160 35160 35160 36696 36696 36696 37888 37888 37888 39232
20 37888 37888 39232 39232 39232 40576 40576 40576 42368 42368
21 40576 40576 42368 42368 42368 43816 43816 43816 45352 45352
22 43816 43816 45352 45352 45352 46888 46888 46888 48936 48936
23 46888 46888 46888 48936 48936 48936 51024 51024 51024 51024
24 48936 51024 51024 51024 52752 52752 52752 52752 55056 55056
25 51024 52752 52752 52752 55056 55056 55056 55056 57336 57336
26 59256 59256 61664 61664 61664 63776 63776 63776 66592 66592
26A 52752 52752 55056 55056 55056 55056 57336 57336 57336 59256
N PRB
I TBS
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
0 2536 2536 2600 2600 2664 2664 2728 2728 2728 2792
1 3368 3368 3368 3496 3496 3496 3496 3624 3624 3624
2 4136 4136 4136 4264 4264 4264 4392 4392 4392 4584
3 5352 5352 5352 5544 5544 5544 5736 5736 5736 5736
4 6456 6456 6712 6712 6712 6968 6968 6968 6968 7224
5 7992 7992 8248 8248 8248 8504 8504 8760 8760 8760
6 9528 9528 9528 9912 9912 9912 10296 10296 10296 10296
7 11064 11448 11448 11448 11448 11832 11832 11832 12216 12216
8 12576 12960 12960 12960 13536 13536 13536 13536 14112 14112
9 14112 14688 14688 14688 15264 15264 15264 15264 15840 15840
10 15840 16416 16416 16416 16992 16992 16992 16992 17568 17568
11 18336 18336 19080 19080 19080 19080 19848 19848 19848 19848
12 20616 21384 21384 21384 21384 22152 22152 22152 22920 22920
13 23688 23688 23688 24496 24496 24496 25456 25456 25456 25456
14 26416 26416 26416 27376 27376 27376 28336 28336 28336 28336
15 28336 28336 28336 29296 29296 29296 29296 30576 30576 30576
16 29296 30576 30576 30576 30576 31704 31704 31704 31704 32856
17 32856 32856 34008 34008 34008 35160 35160 35160 35160 36696
18 36696 36696 36696 37888 37888 37888 37888 39232 39232 39232
19 39232 39232 40576 40576 40576 40576 42368 42368 42368 43816
20 42368 42368 43816 43816 43816 45352 45352 45352 46888 46888
21 45352 46888 46888 46888 46888 48936 48936 48936 48936 51024
3GPP
Release 13 80 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
22 48936 48936 51024 51024 51024 51024 52752 52752 52752 55056
23 52752 52752 52752 55056 55056 55056 55056 57336 57336 57336
24 55056 57336 57336 57336 57336 59256 59256 59256 61664 61664
25 57336 59256 59256 59256 61664 61664 61664 61664 63776 63776
26 66592 68808 68808 68808 71112 71112 71112 73712 73712 75376
26A 59256 59256 59256 61664 61664 61664 63776 63776 63776 66592
N PRB
I TBS
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110
0 2792 2856 2856 2856 2984 2984 2984 2984 2984 3112
1 3752 3752 3752 3752 3880 3880 3880 4008 4008 4008
2 4584 4584 4584 4584 4776 4776 4776 4776 4968 4968
3 5992 5992 5992 5992 6200 6200 6200 6200 6456 6456
4 7224 7224 7480 7480 7480 7480 7736 7736 7736 7992
5 8760 9144 9144 9144 9144 9528 9528 9528 9528 9528
6 10680 10680 10680 10680 11064 11064 11064 11448 11448 11448
7 12216 12576 12576 12576 12960 12960 12960 12960 13536 13536
8 14112 14112 14688 14688 14688 14688 15264 15264 15264 15264
9 15840 16416 16416 16416 16416 16992 16992 16992 16992 17568
10 17568 18336 18336 18336 18336 18336 19080 19080 19080 19080
11 20616 20616 20616 21384 21384 21384 21384 22152 22152 22152
12 22920 23688 23688 23688 23688 24496 24496 24496 24496 25456
13 26416 26416 26416 26416 27376 27376 27376 27376 28336 28336
14 29296 29296 29296 29296 30576 30576 30576 30576 31704 31704
15 30576 31704 31704 31704 31704 32856 32856 32856 34008 34008
16 32856 32856 34008 34008 34008 34008 35160 35160 35160 35160
17 36696 36696 36696 37888 37888 37888 39232 39232 39232 39232
18 40576 40576 40576 40576 42368 42368 42368 42368 43816 43816
19 43816 43816 43816 45352 45352 45352 46888 46888 46888 46888
20 46888 46888 48936 48936 48936 48936 48936 51024 51024 51024
21 51024 51024 51024 52752 52752 52752 52752 55056 55056 55056
22 55056 55056 55056 57336 57336 57336 57336 59256 59256 59256
23 57336 59256 59256 59256 59256 61664 61664 61664 61664 63776
24 61664 61664 63776 63776 63776 63776 66592 66592 66592 66592
25 63776 63776 66592 66592 66592 66592 68808 68808 68808 71112
26 75376 75376 75376 75376 75376 75376 75376 75376 75376 75376
26A 66592 66592 66592 68808 68808 68808 71112 71112 71112 71112
N PRB
I TBS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
27 648 1320 1992 2664 3368 4008 4584 5352 5992 6712
28 680 1384 2088 2792 3496 4264 4968 5544 6200 6968
29 712 1480 2216 2984 3752 4392 5160 5992 6712 7480
30 776 1544 2344 3112 3880 4776 5544 6200 6968 7736
31 808 1608 2472 3240 4136 4968 5736 6456 7480 8248
32 840 1672 2536 3368 4264 5160 5992 6712 7736 8504
33 968 1992 2984 4008 4968 5992 6968 7992 8760 9912
33A 840 1736 2600 3496 4392 5160 5992 6968 7736 8760
N PRB
I TBS
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
27 7224 7992 8504 9144 9912 10680 11448 11832 12576 12960
28 7736 8504 9144 9912 10680 11064 11832 12576 13536 14112
29 8248 8760 9528 10296 11064 11832 12576 13536 14112 14688
30 8504 9528 10296 11064 11832 12576 13536 14112 14688 15840
31 9144 9912 10680 11448 12216 12960 14112 14688 15840 16416
32 9528 10296 11064 11832 12960 13536 14688 15264 16416 16992
33 10680 11832 12960 13536 14688 15840 16992 17568 19080 19848
33A 9528 10296 11448 12216 12960 14112 14688 15840 16416 17568
N PRB
I TBS
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
27 14112 14688 15264 15840 16416 16992 17568 18336 19080 19848
28 14688 15264 16416 16992 17568 18336 19080 19848 20616 21384
29 15840 16416 16992 17568 18336 19080 19848 20616 21384 22152
30 16416 16992 18336 19080 19848 20616 21384 22152 22920 23688
31 17568 18336 19080 19848 20616 21384 22152 22920 23688 24496
32 17568 19080 19848 20616 21384 22152 22920 23688 24496 25456
33 20616 21384 22920 23688 24496 25456 26416 27376 28336 29296
33A 18336 19080 19848 20616 22152 22920 23688 24496 25456 26416
3GPP
Release 13 81 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
N PRB
I TBS
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
27 20616 21384 22152 22920 22920 23688 24496 25456 25456 26416
28 22152 22152 22920 23688 24496 25456 26416 26416 27376 28336
29 22920 23688 24496 25456 26416 26416 27376 28336 29296 29296
30 24496 25456 25456 26416 27376 28336 29296 29296 30576 31704
31 25456 26416 27376 28336 29296 29296 30576 31704 31704 32856
32 26416 27376 28336 29296 29296 30576 31704 32856 32856 34008
33 30576 31704 32856 34008 35160 35160 36696 37888 39232 39232
33A 27376 27376 29296 29296 30576 30576 31704 32856 34008 35160
N PRB
I TBS
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
27 27376 27376 28336 29296 29296 30576 31704 31704 32856 32856
28 29296 29296 30576 30576 31704 32856 32856 34008 34008 35160
29 30576 31704 31704 32856 34008 34008 35160 35160 36696 36696
30 31704 32856 34008 34008 35160 36696 36696 37888 37888 39232
31 34008 35160 35160 36696 36696 37888 39232 39232 40576 40576
32 35160 35160 36696 37888 37888 39232 40576 40576 42368 42368
33 40576 40576 42368 43816 43816 45352 46888 46888 48936 48936
33A 35160 36696 36696 37888 39232 40576 40576 40576 42368 43816
N PRB
I TBS
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
27 34008 34008 35160 35160 36696 36696 37888 37888 39232 39232
28 35160 36696 36696 37888 39232 39232 40576 40576 42368 42368
29 37888 39232 39232 40576 40576 42368 42368 43816 43816 45352
30 40576 40576 42368 42368 43816 43816 45352 45352 46888 46888
31 42368 42368 43816 45352 45352 46888 46888 46888 48936 48936
32 43816 43816 45352 46888 46888 46888 48936 48936 51024 51024
33 51024 51024 52752 52752 55056 55056 57336 57336 59256 59256
33A 43816 45352 45352 46888 48936 48936 48936 51024 51024 52752
N PRB
I TBS
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
27 40576 40576 42368 42368 43816 43816 43816 45352 45352 46888
28 42368 43816 43816 45352 45352 46888 46888 46888 48936 48936
29 45352 45352 46888 46888 48936 48936 48936 51024 51024 52752
30 46888 48936 48936 51024 51024 51024 52752 52752 55056 55056
31 51024 51024 52752 52752 52752 55056 55056 55056 57336 57336
32 52752 52752 52752 55056 55056 57336 57336 57336 59256 59256
33 59256 61664 61664 63776 63776 63776 66592 66592 68808 68808
33A 52752 55056 55056 55056 57336 57336 57336 59256 59256 61664
N PRB
I TBS
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
27 46888 46888 48936 48936 48936 51024 51024 51024 52752 52752
28 48936 51024 51024 52752 52752 52752 55056 55056 55056 57336
29 52752 52752 55056 55056 55056 57336 57336 57336 59256 59256
30 55056 57336 57336 57336 59256 59256 59256 61664 61664 63776
31 59256 59256 59256 61664 61664 63776 63776 63776 66592 66592
32 61664 61664 61664 63776 63776 63776 66592 66592 66592 68808
33 71112 71112 71112 73712 75376 76208 76208 76208 78704 78704
33A 61664 61664 63776 63776 66592 66592 66592 68808 68808 68808
N PRB
I TBS
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
27 52752 55056 55056 55056 57336 57336 57336 59256 59256 59256
28 57336 57336 59256 59256 59256 61664 61664 61664 61664 63776
29 59256 61664 61664 61664 63776 63776 63776 66592 66592 66592
30 63776 63776 63776 66592 66592 66592 68808 68808 68808 71112
31 66592 68808 68808 68808 71112 71112 71112 73712 73712 73712
32 68808 71112 71112 71112 73712 73712 73712 75376 76208 76208
33 81176 81176 81176 81176 84760 84760 84760 87936 87936 87936
33A 71112 71112 71112 73712 75376 75376 76208 76208 78704 78704
3GPP
Release 13 82 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
N PRB
I TBS
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
27 59256 61664 61664 61664 63776 63776 63776 63776 66592 66592
28 63776 63776 66592 66592 66592 66592 68808 68808 68808 71112
29 66592 68808 68808 68808 71112 71112 71112 73712 73712 73712
30 71112 71112 73712 73712 75376 75376 76208 76208 78704 78704
31 75376 76208 76208 78704 78704 78704 81176 81176 81176 81176
32 78704 78704 78704 81176 81176 81176 84760 84760 84760 84760
33 90816 90816 90816 93800 93800 93800 93800 97896 97896 97896
33A 78704 81176 81176 81176 81176 84760 84760 84760 84760 87936
N PRB
I TBS
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110
27 66592 66592 68808 68808 68808 71112 71112 71112 71112 73712
28 71112 71112 73712 73712 73712 75376 75376 76208 76208 76208
29 75376 76208 76208 76208 78704 78704 78704 81176 81176 81176
30 78704 81176 81176 81176 81176 84760 84760 84760 84760 87936
31 84760 84760 84760 84760 87936 87936 87936 87936 90816 90816
32 87936 87936 87936 87936 90816 90816 90816 93800 93800 93800
33 97896 97896 97896 97896 97896 97896 97896 97896 97896 97896
33A 87936 87936 87936 90816 90816 90816 93800 93800 93800 97896
3GPP
Release 13 83 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.1.7.2.2 Transport blocks mapped to two-layer spatial multiplexing
For 1  N PRB  55 , the TBS is given by the ( I TBS , 2  N PRB ) entry of Table 7.1.7.2.1-1.
For 56  N PRB  110 , a baseline TBS_L1 is taken from the ( I TBS , N PRB ) entry of Table 7.1.7.2.1-1, which is then
translated into TBS_L2 using the mapping rule shown in Table 7.1.7.2.2-1. The TBS is given by TBS_L2.
Table 7.1.7.2.2-1: One-layer to two-layer TBS translation table
TBS_L1 TBS_L2 TBS_L1 TBS_L2 TBS_L1 TBS_L2 TBS_L1 TBS_L2

1544 3112 3752 7480 10296 20616 28336 57336
1608 3240 3880 7736 10680 21384 29296 59256
1672 3368 4008 7992 11064 22152 30576 61664
1736 3496 4136 8248 11448 22920 31704 63776
1800 3624 4264 8504 11832 23688 32856 66592
1864 3752 4392 8760 12216 24496 34008 68808
1928 3880 4584 9144 12576 25456 35160 71112
1992 4008 4776 9528 12960 25456 36696 73712
2024 4008 4968 9912 13536 27376 37888 76208
2088 4136 5160 10296 14112 28336 39232 78704
2152 4264 5352 10680 14688 29296 40576 81176
2216 4392 5544 11064 15264 30576 42368 84760
2280 4584 5736 11448 15840 31704 43816 87936
2344 4776 5992 11832 16416 32856 45352 90816
2408 4776 6200 12576 16992 34008 46888 93800
2472 4968 6456 12960 17568 35160 48936 97896
2536 5160 6712 13536 18336 36696 51024 101840
2600 5160 6968 14112 19080 37888 52752 105528
2664 5352 7224 14688 19848 39232 55056 110136
2728 5544 7480 14688 20616 40576 57336 115040
2792 5544 7736 15264 21384 42368 59256 119816
2856 5736 7992 15840 22152 43816 61664 124464
2984 5992 8248 16416 22920 45352 63776 128496
3112 6200 8504 16992 23688 46888 66592 133208
3240 6456 8760 17568 24496 48936 68808 137792
3368 6712 9144 18336 25456 51024 71112 142248
3496 6968 9528 19080 26416 52752 73712 146856
3624 7224 9912 19848 27376 55056 75376 149776
76208 152976 81176 161760 87936 175600 93800 187712
78704 157432 84760 169544 90816 181656 97896 195816
7.1.7.2.3 Transport blocks mapped for DCI Format 1C and DCI Format 6-2
The TBS is given by the I TBS entry of Table 7.1.7.2.3-1. For DCI Format 6-2, 0  I TBS  7 .
Table 7.1.7.2.3-1: Transport Block Size (TBS) table for DCI format 1C and DCI Format 6-2
I TBS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
TBS 40 56 72 120 136 144 176 208 224 256 280 296 328 336 392 488
I TBS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
TBS 552 600 632 696 776 840 904 1000 1064 1128 1224 1288 1384 1480 1608 1736
3GPP
Release 13 84 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.1.7.2.4 Transport blocks mapped to three-layer spatial multiplexing
Table 7.1.7.2.4-1: One-layer to three-layer TBS translation table

1032 3112 2664 7992 8248 24496 26416 78704
1064 3240 2728 8248 8504 25456 27376 81176
1096 3240 2792 8248 8760 26416 28336 84760
1128 3368 2856 8504 9144 27376 29296 87936
1160 3496 2984 8760 9528 28336 30576 90816
1192 3624 3112 9144 9912 29296 31704 93800
1224 3624 3240 9528 10296 30576 32856 97896
1256 3752 3368 9912 10680 31704 34008 101840
1288 3880 3496 10296 11064 32856 35160 105528
1320 4008 3624 10680 11448 34008 36696 110136
1352 4008 3752 11064 11832 35160 37888 115040
1384 4136 3880 11448 12216 36696 39232 119816
1416 4264 4008 11832 12576 37888 40576 119816
1480 4392 4136 12576 12960 39232 42368 128496
1544 4584 4264 12960 13536 40576 43816 133208
1608 4776 4392 12960 14112 42368 45352 137792
1672 4968 4584 13536 14688 43816 46888 142248
1736 5160 4776 14112 15264 45352 48936 146856
1800 5352 4968 14688 15840 46888 51024 152976
1864 5544 5160 15264 16416 48936 52752 157432
1928 5736 5352 15840 16992 51024 55056 165216
1992 5992 5544 16416 17568 52752 57336 171888
2024 5992 5736 16992 18336 55056 59256 177816
2088 6200 5992 18336 19080 57336 61664 185728
2152 6456 6200 18336 19848 59256 63776 191720
2216 6712 6456 19080 20616 61664 66592 199824
2280 6712 6712 19848 21384 63776 68808 205880
2344 6968 6968 20616 22152 66592 71112 214176
2408 7224 7224 21384 22920 68808 73712 221680
2472 7480 7480 22152 23688 71112 75376 226416
2536 7480 7736 22920 24496 73712
2600 7736 7992 23688 25456 76208
76208 230104 81176 245648 87936 266440 93800 284608
78704 236160 84760 254328 90816 275376 97896 293736
3GPP
Release 13 85 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.1.7.2.5 Transport blocks mapped to four-layer spatial multiplexing
Table 7.1.7.2.5-1: One-layer to four-layer TBS translation table

776 3112 2280 9144 7224 29296 24496 97896
808 3240 2344 9528 7480 29296 25456 101840
840 3368 2408 9528 7736 30576 26416 105528
872 3496 2472 9912 7992 31704 27376 110136
904 3624 2536 10296 8248 32856 28336 115040
936 3752 2600 10296 8504 34008 29296 115040
968 3880 2664 10680 8760 35160 30576 124464
1000 4008 2728 11064 9144 36696 31704 128496
1032 4136 2792 11064 9528 37888 32856 133208
1064 4264 2856 11448 9912 39232 34008 137792
1096 4392 2984 11832 10296 40576 35160 142248
1128 4584 3112 12576 10680 42368 36696 146856
1160 4584 3240 12960 11064 43816 37888 151376
1192 4776 3368 13536 11448 45352 39232 157432
1224 4968 3496 14112 11832 46888 40576 161760
1256 4968 3624 14688 12216 48936 42368 169544
1288 5160 3752 15264 12576 51024 43816 175600
1320 5352 3880 15264 12960 51024 45352 181656
1352 5352 4008 15840 13536 55056 46888 187712
1384 5544 4136 16416 14112 57336 48936 195816
1416 5736 4264 16992 14688 59256 51024 203704
1480 5992 4392 17568 15264 61664 52752 211936
1544 6200 4584 18336 15840 63776 55056 220296
1608 6456 4776 19080 16416 66592 57336 230104
1672 6712 4968 19848 16992 68808 59256 236160
1736 6968 5160 20616 17568 71112 61664 245648
1800 7224 5352 21384 18336 73712 63776 254328
1864 7480 5544 22152 19080 76208 66592 266440
1928 7736 5736 22920 19848 78704 68808 275376
1992 7992 5992 23688 20616 81176 71112 284608
2024 7992 6200 24496 21384 84760 73712 293736
2088 8248 6456 25456 22152 87936 75376 299856
2152 8504 6712 26416 22920 90816
2216 8760 6968 28336 23688 93800
76208 305976 81176 324336 87936 351224 93800 375448
78704 314888 84760 339112 90816 363336 97896 391656
7.1.7.2.6 Transport blocks mapped for BL/CE UEs configured with CEModeB
The UE shall set I TBS  I TBS

1
and determine its TBS by the procedure in subclause 7.1.7.2.1 for 0  I TBS  9 , and
N PRB = 4 or N PRB = 6.
3GPP
Release 13 86 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.1.7.2.7 Transport blocks mapped for BL/CE UEs SystemInformationBlockType1-BR
The TBS is given by the I TBS entry of Table 7.1.7.2.7-1.
Table 7.1.7.2.7-1: Transport block size (TBS) table for PDSCH carrying
SystemInformationBlockType1-BR
I TBS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
TBS N/A 208 208 208 256 256 256 328 328 328 504 504 504 712 712 712
I TBS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
TBS 936 936 936 Reserved
7.1.7.3 Redundancy Version determination for Format 1C

If the DCI Format 1C CRC is scrambled by P-RNTI or RA-RNTI, then
- the UE shall set the Redundancy Version to 0
Else if the DCI Format 1C CRC is scrambled by SI-RNTI, then
- the UE shall set the Redundancy Version as defined in [8].
7.1.8 Storing soft channel bits

For FDD, TDD and FDD-TDD, if the UE is configured with more than one serving cell or if the UE is configured with
a SCG, then for each serving cell, for at least K MIMO  min M DL_HARQ , M limit  transport blocks, upon decoding failure of a
code block of a transport block, the UE shall store received soft channel bits corresponding to a range of at least wk
wk 1 ,…, wmod( k nSB 1, Ncb ) , where:
  
N soft 
n SB  min  N cb ,   ,

 
 C  N DL
cells  K MIMO  min  M DL_HARQ , M 
limit 


wk , C , N cb , K MIMO , ,and M limit are defined in subclause 5.1.4.1.2 of [4].
MDL_HARQ is the maximum number of DL HARQ processes.
If the UE is configured with a SCG
- DL is the number of configured serving cells across both MCG and SCG.
Ncells
else
- DL is
Ncells the number of configured serving cells.
 is the maximum "Total number of soft channel bits" [12] among all the indicated UE categories [11] of this UE.
N soft
In determining k, the UE should give priority to storing soft channel bits corresponding to lower values of k. wk shall
correspond to a received soft channel bit. The range wk wk 1 ,…, wmod( k nSB 1, Ncb ) may include subsets not containing
received soft channel bits.
7.1.9 PDSCH resource mapping parameters

A UE configured in transmission mode 10 for a given serving cell can be configured with up to 4 parameter sets by
higher layer signaling to decode PDSCH according to a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 2D intended for
the UE and the given serving cell. The UE shall use the parameter set according to the value of the 'PDSCH RE
3GPP
Release 13 87 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location indicator' field (mapping defined in Table 7.1.9-1) in the detected PDCCH/EPDCCH
with DCI format 2D for determining the PDSCH RE mapping (defined in subclause 6.4 of [3]), and for determining
PDSCH antenna port quasi co-location (defined in subclause 7.1.10) if the UE is configured with Type B quasi co-
location type (defined in subclause 7.1.10). For PDSCH without a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH, the UE shall use
the parameter set indicated in the PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 2D corresponding to the associated SPS
activation for determining the PDSCH RE mapping (defined in subclause 6.4 of [3]) and PDSCH antenna port quasi co-
location (defined in subclause 7.1.10).
Table 7.1.9-1: PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator field in DCI format 2D
Value of 'PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator' field Description

'00' Parameter set 1 configured by higher layers
The following parameters for determining PDSCH RE mapping and PDSCH antenna port quasi co-location are
configured via higher layer signaling for each parameter set:
- crs-PortsCount-r11.
- crs-FreqShift-r11.
- mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11.
- csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11.
- pdsch-Start-r11.
- qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11.
To decode PDSCH according to a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 1A with CRC scrambled with C-RNTI
intended for the UE and the given serving cell and for PDSCH transmission on antenna port 7, a UE configured in
transmission mode 10 for a given serving cell shall use the parameter set 1 in table 7.1.9-1 for determining the PDSCH
RE mapping (defined in subclause 6.4 of [3]), and for determining PDSCH antenna port quasi co-location (defined in
subclause 7.1.10) if the UE is configured with Type B quasi co-location type (defined in subclause 7.1.10).
To decode PDSCH corresponding to detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 1A with CRC scrambled with SPS
C-RNTI and PDSCH without a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH associated with SPS activation indicated in
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 1A, a UE configured in transmission mode 10 for a given serving cell shall use the
parameter set 1 in table 7.1.9-1 for determining the PDSCH RE mapping (defined in subclause 6.4 of [3]), and for
determining PDSCH antenna port quasi co-location (defined in subclause 7.1.10) if the UE is configured with Type B
quasi co-location type (defined in subclause 7.1.10).
To decode PDSCH according to a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 1A intended for the UE on a given
serving cell and for PDSCH transmission on antenna port 0 – 3, a UE configured in transmission mode 10 for the given
serving cell shall determine the PDSCH RE mapping (as described in subclause 6.4 of [3]) using the lowest indexed
zero-power CSI-RS resource.
7.1.10 Antenna ports quasi co-location for PDSCH

A UE configured in transmission mode 8-10 for a serving cell may assume the antenna ports 7 – 14 of the serving cell
are quasi co-located (as defined in [3]) for a given subframe with respect to delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift,
average gain, and average delay.
A UE configured in transmission mode 1-9 for a serving cell may assume the antenna ports 0 – 3, 5, 7 – 30 of the
serving cell are quasi co-located (as defined in [3]) with respect to Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, and
delay spread.
A UE configured in transmission mode 10 for a serving cell is configured with one of two quasi co-location types for
the serving cell by higher layer parameter qcl-Operation to decode PDSCH according to transmission scheme
associated with antenna ports 7-14:
3GPP
Release 13 88 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- Type A: The UE may assume the antenna ports 0 – 3, 7 – 30 of a serving cell are quasi co-located (as defined in
[3]) with respect to delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, and average delay.
- Type B: The UE may assume the antenna ports 15 – 30 corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration
identified by the higher layer parameter qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 (defined in subclause 7.1.9) and the
antenna ports 7 – 14 associated with the PDSCH are quasi co-located (as defined in [3]) with respect to Doppler
shift, Doppler spread, average delay, and delay spread.
For a LAA Scell, the UE is not expected to be configured with quasi co-location type B.
7.1.11 PDSCH subframe assignment for BL/CE UE

A BL/CE UE shall upon detection of a MPDCCH with DCI format 6-1A/6-1B/6-2 intended for the UE, decode the
corresponding PDSCH in subframe(s) n+ki with i = 0, 1, …, N-1 according to the MPDCCH, where
- subframe n is the last subframe in which the MPDCCH is transmitted and is determined from the starting
subframe of MPDCCH transmission and the DCI subframe repetition number field in the corresponding DCI;
and
- subframe(s) n+ki with i=0,1,…,N-1 are N consecutive BL/CE DL subframe(s) where, x=k0<k1<…,kN-1 and the
value of N  n1, n2,nmax  is determined by the repetition number field in the corresponding DCI, where
n1, n2, nmax are given in Table 7.1.11-1, Table 7.1.11-2 and Table 7.1.11-3, respectively and subframe n+x is
the second BL/CE DL subframe after subframe n.
For BL/CE UEs, and for a PDSCH transmission starting in subframe n+k0 without a corresponding MPDCCH, the UE
shall decode the PDSCH transmission in subframe(s) n+ki with i = 0, 1, …, N-1, where
- subframe(s) n+ki with i=0,1,…,N-1 are N consecutive BL/CE DL subframe(s), where 0≤k0<k1<…,kN-1 and the
value of N  n1, n2,nmax  is determined by the repetition number field in the activation DCI, where
n1, n2, nmax are given in Table 7.1.11-1, Table 7.1.11-2 and Table 7.1.11-3, respectively.
If PDSCH carrying SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is transmitted in one narrowband in subframe n+ki, a BL/CE UE
shall assume any other PDSCH in the same narrowband in the subframe n+ki is dropped. If PDSCH carrying SI
message is transmitted in one narrowband in subframe n+ki, a BL/CE UE shall assume any other PDSCH not carrying
SystemInformationBlockType1-BR in the same narrowband in the subframe n+ki is dropped.
For single antenna port (port 0), transmit diversity and closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission schemes, if a
PDSCH is transmitted in BL/CE DL subframe n+ki and BL/CE DL subframe n+ki is configured as an MBSFN
subframe, a BL/CE UE shall assume that the PDSCH in subframe n+ki is dropped.
Table 7.1.11-1: PDSCH repetition levels (DCI Format 6-1A)
Higher layer parameter

'pdsch- n1, n2, n3, n4
maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA'
Not configured {1,2,4,8}
16 {1,4,8,16}
32 {1,4,16,32}
3GPP
Release 13 89 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.1.11-2: PDSCH repetition levels (DCI Format 6-1B)
Higher layer parameter

'pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB'
n1, n2,, n8
Not configured {4,8,16,32,64,128,256,512}
192 {1,4,8,16,32,64,128,192}
256 {4,8,16,32,64,128,192,256}
384 {4,16,32,64,128,192,256,384}
512 {4,16,64,128,192,256,384,512}
768 {8,32,128,192,256,384,512,768}
1024 {4,8,16,64,128,256,512,1024}
1536 {4,16,64,256,512,768,1024,1536}
2048 {4,16,64,128,256,512,1024,2048}
Table 7.1.11-3: PDSCH repetition levels (DCI Format 6-2)
2-bit "DCI subframe repetition number"

field in DCI Format 6-2
n1, n2,, n8
00 {1,2,4,8,16,32,64,128}
01 {4,8,16,32,64,128,192,256}
10 {32,64,128,192,256,384,512,768}
11 {192,256,384,512,768,1024,1536,2048}
3GPP
Release 13 90 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.2 UE procedure for reporting Channel State Information (CSI)

If the UE is configured with a PUCCH-SCell, the UE shall apply the procedures described in this clause for both
primary PUCCH group and secondary PUCCH group unless stated otherwise
- When the procedures are applied for the primary PUCCH group, the terms 'secondary cell', 'secondary cells',
'serving cell', and 'serving cells' in this clause refer to secondary cell, secondary cells, serving cell or serving cells
belonging to the primary PUCCH group respectively unless stated otherwise.
- When the procedures are applied for secondary PUCCH group, the terms 'secondary cell', 'secondary cells',
'serving cell' and 'serving cells' in this clause refer to secondary cell, secondary cells (not including the PUCCH-
SCell), serving cell, serving cells belonging to the secondary PUCCH group respectively unless stated otherwise.
The term 'primary cell' in this clause refers to the PUCCH-SCell of the secondary PUCCH group.
The time and frequency resources that can be used by the UE to report CSI which consists of Channel Quality Indicator
(CQI), precoding matrix indicator (PMI), precoding type indicator (PTI), CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI), and/or rank
indication (RI) are controlled by the eNB. For spatial multiplexing, as given in [3], the UE shall determine a RI
corresponding to the number of useful transmission layers. For transmit diversity as given in [3], RI is equal to one.
A non-BL/CE UE in transmission mode 8 or 9 is configured with or without PMI/RI reporting by the higher layer
parameter pmi-RI-Report.
A UE in transmission mode 10 can be configured with one or more CSI processes per serving cell by higher layers.
For a UE in transmission mode 10,
- If a UE is not configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, each CSI process is associated with a CSI-
RS resource (defined in subclause 7.2.5) and a CSI-interference measurement (CSI-IM) resource (defined in
subclause 7.2.6). A UE can be configured with up to two CSI-IM resources for a CSI process if the UE is
configured with CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 and CCSI,1 by the higher layer parameter csi-
SubFramePatternConfig-r12 for the CSI process.
- If the UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', each
CSI process is associated with a CSI-RS resource (defined in subclause 7.2.5) and a CSI-interference
measurement (CSI-IM) resource (defined in subclause 7.2.6). A UE can be configured with up to two CSI-IM
resources for a CSI process if the UE is configured with CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 and CCSI,1 by the higher
layer parameter csi-SubFramePatternConfig-r12 for the CSI process.
- If the UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', each
CSI process is associated with one or more CSI-RS resource (defined in subclause 7.2.5) and one or more CSI-
interference measurement (CSI-IM) resource (defined in subclause 7.2.6). Each CSI-RS resource is associated
with a CSI-IM resource by higher layers. For a CSI process with one CSI-RS resource, a UE can be configured
with CSI-IM resource for each CSI subframe sets if the UE is configured with CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 and
CCSI,1 by the higher layer parameter csi-SubFramePatternConfig-r12 for the CSI process.
For a UE in transmission mode 10, a CSI reported by the UE corresponds to a CSI process configured by higher layers.
Each CSI process can be configured with or without PMI/RI reporting by higher layer signalling.
If a UE is configured with a serving cell with frame structure 3, the UE is not required to update measurements for more
than 5 CSI processes in a subframe, in case the total number of serving cells is no more than 5. If a UE is configured
with more than 5 serving cells, and if the UE is configured with a serving cell with frame structure 3, the UE is not
required to update measurements for more than N y CSI processes in a subframe, where the value of N y is given by
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-r13.
For UE in transmission mode 9 and the UE configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, the term 'CSI process'
in this subclause refers to the CSI configured for the UE.
For a UE in transmission mode 9, and if the UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and,
- eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', each CSI process is associated with a CSI-RS resource (defined in subclause
7.2.5).
3GPP
Release 13 91 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', each CSI process is associated with one or more CSI-RS resource (defined in
subclause 7.2.5).
For a CSI process, and if a UE is configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and UE is not configured with higher layer
parameter pmi-RI-Report, and UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to
'CLASS B', and the number of CSI-RS antenna ports in at least one of the one or more configured CSI-RS resource is
more than one, the UE is considered to be configured without PMI reporting.
For a UE configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, UE is not expected to be configured with higher layer parameter
eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to ‘CLASS B’, and more than one CSI-RS resource configured, and the number
of CSI-RS resource configured with one antenna port is not equal to total number number of CSI-RS resources
associated with the CSI process.
A UE is configured with resource-restricted CSI measurements if the subframe sets C CSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured
by higher layers.
For a serving cell with frame structure type 1, a UE is not expected to be configured with csi-SubframePatternConfig-
r12.
CSI reporting is periodic or aperiodic.
A BL/CE UE configured with CEModeB is not expected to be configured with either aperiodic CSI or periodic CSI
reporting.
If the UE is configured with more than one serving cell, it transmits CSI for activated serving cell(s) only.
If a UE is not configured for simultaneous PUSCH and PUCCH transmission, it shall transmit periodic CSI reporting on
PUCCH as defined hereafter in subframes with no PUSCH allocation.
If a UE is not configured for simultaneous PUSCH and PUCCH transmission, it shall transmit periodic CSI reporting on
PUSCH of the serving cell with smallest ServCellIndex as defined hereafter in subframes with a PUSCH allocation,
where the UE shall use the same PUCCH-based periodic CSI reporting format on PUSCH.
A UE shall transmit aperiodic CSI reporting on PUSCH if the conditions specified hereafter are met. For aperiodic
CQI/PMI reporting, RI reporting is transmitted only if the configured CSI feedback type supports RI reporting.
Table 7.2-1: Void
In case both periodic and aperiodic CSI reporting would occur in the same subframe, the UE shall only transmit the
aperiodic CSI report in that subframe.
If the higher layer parameter altCQI-Table-r12 is configured and is set to allSubframes-r12,
- the UE shall report CQI according to Table 7.2.3-2.
Else if the higher layer parameter altCQI-Table-r12 is configured and is set to csi-SubframeSet1-r12 or csi-
SubframeSet2-r12,
- the UE shall report CQI according to Table 7.2.3-2 for the corresponding CSI subframe set configured by
altCQI-Table-r12
- the UE shall report CQI for the other CSI subframe set according to Table 7.2.3-1.
Else
- the UE shall report CQI according to Table 7.2.3-1.
For a non-BL/CE UE, when reporting RI the UE reports a single instance of the number of useful transmission layers.
For each RI reporting interval when the UE is configured in transmission modes 4 or when the UE is configured in
transmission mode 8, 9 or 10 with PMI/RI reporting, a UE shall determine a RI from the supported set of RI values as
defined in subclause 5.2.2.6 of [4] and report the number in each RI report. For each RI reporting interval when the UE
is configured in transmission mode 3, a UE shall determine RI as defined in subclause 5.2.2.6 of [4] in each reporting
interval and report the detected number in each RI report to support selection between transmit diversity and large delay
CDD.
3GPP
Release 13 92 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
For a UE configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, when reporting CRI the UE reports a single instance of a selected
CSI-RS resource. For each CRI reporting interval when a UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type,
and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and the number of configured CSI-RS resources is more than one for a CSI
process, the UE shall determine a CRI from the supported set of CRI values as defined in subclause 5.2.2.6 of [4] and
report the number in each CRI report, where CRI value 0 corresponds to the configured csi-RS-ConfigNZPId, first entry
of csi-IM-ConfigIdList, first entry of p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList, and
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc, and CRI value k (k>0) corresponds to the configured k-th entry of csi-RS-
ConfigNZPIdListExt, (k+1)-th entry of csi-IM-ConfigIdList, (k+1)-th entry of p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList,
and k-th entry of ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList.
For a non-BL/CE UE, when reporting PMI the UE reports either a single or a multiple PMI report. The number of RBs
DL
represented by a single UE PMI report can be N RB or a smaller subset of RBs. The number of RBs represented by a
single PMI report is semi-statically configured by higher layer signalling. A UE is restricted to report PMI, RI and PTI
within a precoder codebook subset specified by one or more bitmap parameter(s) codebookSubsetRestriction,
codebookSubsetRestriction-1, codebookSubsetRestriction-2, codebookSubsetRestriction-3 configured by higher layer
signalling.
For a UE configured in transmission mode 10 and the UE not configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type for
a CSI process, or for a UE configured in transmission mode 9 or 10 and the UE configured with higher layer parameter
eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured and except with higher layer
parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured and except with higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured for a CSI process, the bitmap parameter
codebookSubsetRestriction is configured for each CSI process and each subframe sets (if subframe sets CCSI,0 and
CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers) by higher layer signaling.
For a UE configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and for a CSI process and UE configured with higher layer
parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', the bitmap parameters codebookSubsetRestriction-1,
codebookSubsetRestriction-2 is configured for the CSI process and each subframe sets (if subframe sets CCSI,0 and
CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers) by higher layer signaling.
parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and higher layer
parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE, the bitmap parameter codebookSubsetRestriction-3 is
configured for the CSI process and each subframe sets (if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher
layers) by higher layer signaling.
parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and more than one CSI-RS resource configured, the
bitmap parameter codebookSubsetRestriction is configured for each CSI-RS resource of the CSI process and each
subframe sets (if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers) by higher layer signaling.
For a specific precoder codebook and associated transmission mode, the bitmap can specify all possible precoder
codebook subsets from which the UE can assume the eNB may be using when the UE is configured in the relevant
transmission mode. Codebook subset restriction is supported for transmission modes 3, 4, 5, 6 and for transmission
modes 8, 9 and 10 with PMI/RI reporting, and transmission mode 9 and 10 without PMI reporting. The resulting
number of bits for each transmission mode are given in Table 7.2-1b, Table 7.2-1d, Table 7.2-1e, and Table 7.2-1f. The
bitmap parameter codebookSubsetRestriction, codebookSubsetRestriction-1 or codebookSubsetRestriction-3 forms the
bit sequence a Ac 1 ,..., a3 , a2 , a1 , a0 where a0 is the LSB and a Ac 1 is the MSB and where a bit value of zero
indicates that the PMI and RI reporting is not allowed to correspond to precoder(s) associated with the bit. The bitmap
parameter codebookSubsetRestriction-2 forms the bit sequence bBc 1,...,b3 , b2 , b1, b0 where b0 is the LSB and bBc 1 is
the MSB and where a bit value of zero indicates that the PMI and RI reporting is not allowed to correspond to
precoder(s) associated with the bit. The association of bits to precoders for the relevant transmission modes are given as
follows:
1) Transmission mode 3
3GPP
Release 13 93 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
a) 2 antenna ports: bit a 1 ,   2 is associated with the precoder in Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 of [3] corresponding to
 layers and codebook index 0 while bit a0 is associated with the precoder for 2 antenna ports in subclause
6.3.4.3 of [3].
b) 4 antenna ports: bit a 1 ,   2,3,4 is associated with the precoders in Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 of [3]
corresponding to  layers and codebook indices 12, 13, 14, and 15 while bit a0 is associated with the
precoder for 4 antenna ports in subclause 6.3.4.3 of [3].
a) 2 antenna ports: see Table 7.2-1c
b) 4 antenna ports: bit a16( 1)ic is associated with the precoder for  layers and with codebook index ic in
Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 of [3].
3) Transmission modes 5 and 6
a) 2 antenna ports: bit aic is associated with the precoder for   1 layer with codebook index ic in Table
6.3.4.2.3-1 of [3].
b) 4 antenna ports: bit aic is associated with the precoder for   1 layer with codebook index ic in Table
6.3.4.2.3-2 of [3].
a) 2 antenna ports: see Table 7.2-1c
b) 4 antenna ports except with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured: bit a16( 1)ic is

associated with the precoder for  layers and with codebook index ic in Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 of [3],   1,2 .
c) 4 antenna ports with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured: bit a16( 1)i1 is

associated with the precoder for  layers (   {1,2} ) and codebook index i1 and bit a3216( 1)i2 is
associated with the precoder for  layers (  {1,2} ) and codebook index i2 . Codebook indices i1 and i2
are given in Table 7.2.4-0A or 7.2.4-0B, for  =1 or 2 respectively.
5) Transmission modes 9 and 10
a) 2 antenna ports except when a UE configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is
set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE for a CSI process: see Table 7.2-1c
b) 4 antenna ports except with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured or for a CSI

process the UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS
B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE: bit a16( 1)  ic is associated with the precoder for 
layers and with codebook index ic in Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 of [3].
c) 4 antenna ports with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured except when a UE

configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS
resource configured, and higher layer parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE for a CSI
process: bit a16( 1)i1 is associated with the precoder for  layers (   {1,2} ) and codebook index i1 and bit
a3216( 1)i2 is associated with the precoder for  layers (  {1,2,3,4} ) and codebook index i2 . Codebook
indices i1 and i2 are given in Table 7.2.4-0A, 7.2.4-0B, 7.2.4-0C or 7.2.4-0D, for  =1,2,3 or 4
respectively.
3GPP
Release 13 94 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
d) 8 antenna ports except when a UE configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is
set to 'CLASS A', or for when a UE configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type
is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE for a CSI process: bit a f 1( 1)  i1 is associated with the
precoder for  layers (  {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8} ) and codebook index i1 where f 1()  0,16,32,36,40,44,48,52 
and bit a53 g1( 1)  i2 is associated with the precoder for  layers (  {1,2,3,4} ) and codebook index i2
where g1()  0,16,32,48 . Codebook indices i1 and i2 are given in Table 7.2.4-1, 7.2.4-2, 7.2.4-3, 7.2.4-
4, 7.2.4-5, 7.2.4-6, 7.2.4-7, or 7.2.4-8, for  =1,2,3,4,5,6,7, or 8 respectively.
e) 8, 12, and 16 antenna ports and for a CSI process the UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-
Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A': bit aN 2O2 l  m is associated with the precoder based on the
quantity v l ,m l  0,1,..., N1O1  1 , m  0,1,..., N 2O2  1 and bit aN1O1N 2O2  1 is associated with the precoder
for  layers (  {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8} ). The quantity v l ,m is defined in subclause 7.2.4. Bit bg ( 1) i2 is
associated with the precoder for  layers (  {1,2,3,4} ) and codebook index i2 where g() is given in
Table 7.2-1g. Codebook index i2 is given in Table 7.2.4-10, 7.2.4-11, 7.2.4-12, 7.2.4-13, 7.2.4-14, 7.2.4-15,
7.2.4-16, or 7.2.4-17, for  =1,2,3,4,5,6,7, or 8 respectively.
f) 2, 4, or 8 antenna ports and for a CSI process the UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type,
and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE: bit a f ( 1)  i is associated with the precoder for 
c
layers and codebook index ic where   {1,2} and f ()   0,4  for 2 antenna ports,   {1,2,3,4} and
f ()  0,8,16,20  for 4 antenna ports, and  {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8} and f ()  0,16,32,48,56,57,58,59  for 8 antenna
ports. Codebook index ic is given in Table 7.2.4-18, 7.2.4-19, or 7.2.4-20, for 2, 4, or 8 antenna ports
respectively.
For a BL/CE UE, when reporting PMI the UE reports a single PMI report. A UE is restricted to report PMI within a
precoder codebook subset specified by a bitmap parameter codebookSubsetRestriction configured by higher layer
signalling. For a specific precoder codebook and associated transmission mode, the bitmap can specify all possible
precoder codebook subsets from which the UE can assume the eNB may be using when the UE is configured in the
relevant transmission mode. Codebook subset restriction is supported for transmission modes 6 and 9. The resulting
number of bits for each transmission mode is given in Table 7.2-1b. The bitmap forms the bit sequence
a Ac 1 ,..., a3 , a2 , a1 , a0 where a0 is the LSB and a Ac 1 is the MSB and where a bit value of zero indicates that the
PMI reporting is not allowed to correspond to precoder(s) associated with the bit. The association of bits to precoders
for the relevant transmission modes are given as follows:
- Transmission mode 6
- 2 antenna ports: bit aic is associated with the precoder for   1 layer with codebook index ic in Table
6.3.4.2.3-1 of [3].
6.3.4.2.3-2 of [3].
- Transmission mode 9
6.3.4.2.3-1 of [3].
- 4 antenna ports: bit aic is associated with the precoder for   1 layer and with codebook index ic in Table
6.3.4.2.3-2 of [3].
3GPP
Release 13 95 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2-1b: Number of bits in codebook subset restriction codebookSubsetRestriction bitmap for
applicable transmission modes
Number of bits Ac
2 antenna 8 antenna
4 antenna ports
ports ports
Transmission mode 3 2 4
64 with
Transmission mode 8 6 alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-
r12=TRUE configured, otherwise 32
96 with
Transmission modes 9
6 alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX- 109
and 10
r12=TRUE configured, otherwise 64
Table 7.2-1c: Association of bits in codebookSubSetRestriction bitmap to precoders in the 2 antenna

port codebook of Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 in [3]
Codebook index ic Number of layers 

1 2
0 a0 -
1 a1 a4
2 a2 a5
3 a3 -
Table 7.2-1d: Number of bits in codebook subset restriction codebookSubsetRestriction1 bitmap for
Number of bits Ac
and 10 N1O1N 2O2  8
Table 7.2-1e: Number of bits in codebook subset restriction codebookSubsetRestriction2 bitmap for
Value of codebookConfig Number of bits Ac

1 12
Transmission modes 9 2 56
and 10 3 56
4 56
Table 7.2-1f: Number of bits in codebook subset restriction codebookSubsetRestriction3 bitmap for
Number of bits Ac
2 antenna
4 antenna ports 8 antenna ports
ports
6 22 60
and 10
3GPP
Release 13 96 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2-1g: g() for a CSI process with eMIMO-Type set to 'CLASS A'
Value of codebookConfig g()
1 0,4,8,10 
2 0,16,32,48 
3 0,16,32,48 
4 0,16,32,48 
For a non-BL/CE UE, the set of subbands (S) a UE shall evaluate for CQI reporting spans the entire downlink system
bandwidth. A subband is a set of k contiguous PRBs where k is a function of system bandwidth. Note the last subband
DL
in set S may have fewer than k contiguous PRBs depending on N RB . The number of subbands for system bandwidth
DL
given by N RB 
is defined by N  N RB
DL

/ k . The subbands shall be indexed in the order of increasing frequency and
non-increasing sizes starting at the lowest frequency.
- For transmission modes 1, 2, 3 and 5, as well as transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 without PMI/RI reporting,
transmission mode 4 with RI=1, transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 with PMI/RI reporting and RI=1, and
transmission modes 9 and 10 without PMI reporting and RI=1, a single 4-bit wideband CQI is reported.
- For transmission modes 3 and 4, as well as transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 with PMI/RI reporting, and
transmission modes 9 and 10 without PMI reporting, CQI is calculated assuming transmission of one codeword
for RI=1 and two codewords for RI > 1.
- For RI > 1 with transmission mode 4, as well as transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 with PMI/RI reporting, and
transmission modes 9 and 10 without PMI reporting, PUSCH based triggered reporting includes reporting a
wideband CQI which comprises:
- A 4-bit wideband CQI for codeword 0
- A 4-bit wideband CQI for codeword 1
- For RI > 1 with transmission mode 4, as well as transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 with PMI/RI reporting, and
transmission modes 9 and 10 without PMI reporting, PUCCH based reporting includes reporting a 4-bit
wideband CQI for codeword 0 and a wideband spatial differential CQI. The wideband spatial differential CQI
value comprises:
- A 3-bit wideband spatial differential CQI value for codeword 1 offset level
- Codeword 1 offset level = wideband CQI index for codeword 0 – wideband CQI index for codeword 1.
- The mapping from the 3-bit wideband spatial differential CQI value to the offset level is shown in Table 7.2-
2.
Table 7.2-2 Mapping spatial differential CQI value to offset level
Spatial differential CQI value Offset level

0 0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 -4
5 -3
6 -2
7 -1
7.2.1 Aperiodic CSI Reporting using PUSCH

The term "UL/DL configuration" in this subclause refers to the higher layer parameter subframeAssignment unless
specified otherwise.
3GPP
Release 13 97 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
A non-BL/CE UE shall perform aperiodic CSI reporting using the PUSCH in subframe n+k on serving cell c , upon
decoding in subframe n either:
- an uplink DCI format [4], or
- a Random Access Response Grant,
for serving cell c if the respective CSI request field is set to trigger a report and is not reserved.
A BL/CE UE shall perform aperiodic CSI reporting using the PUSCH upon decoding either:
- an uplink DCI format [4], or
- a Random Access Response Grant,
for serving cell c if the respective CSI request field is set to trigger a report and is not reserved. The subframe(s) in
which the PUSCH carrying the corresponding aperiodic CSI reporting triggered by an UL DCI format is transmitted is
determined according to subclause 8.0.
If the CSI request field is 1 bit and the UE is configured in transmission mode 1-9 and the UE is not configured with
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 for any serving cell, a report is triggered for serving cell c , if the CSI request field is
set to '1'.
If the CSI request field is 1 bit and the UE is configured in transmission mode 10 and the UE is not configured with csi-
SubframePatternConfig-r12 for any serving cell, a report is triggered for a set of CSI process(es) for serving cell c
corresponding to the higher layer configured set of CSI process(es) associated with the value of CSI request field of '01'
in Table 7.2.1-1B, if the CSI request field is set to '1'.
If the CSI request field size is 2 bits and the UE is configured in transmission mode 1-9 for all serving cells and the UE
is not configured with csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 for any serving cell, a report is triggered according to the value
in Table 7.2.1-1A corresponding to aperiodic CSI reporting.
If the CSI request field size is 2 bits and the UE is configured in transmission mode 10 for at least one serving cell and
the UE is not configured with csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 for any serving cell, a report is triggered according to the
value in Table 7.2.1-1B corresponding to aperiodic CSI reporting.
If the CSI request field is 1 bit and the UE is configured with the higher layer parameter csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12
for at least one serving cell, a report is triggered for a set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI subframe set}-
pair(s) for serving cell c corresponding to the higher layer configured set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI
subframe set}-pair(s) associated with the value of CSI request field of '01' in Table 7.2.1-1C, if the CSI request field is
set to '1'.
If the CSI request field size is 2 bits and the UE is configured with the higher layer parameter csi-
SubframePatternConfig-r12 for at least one serving cell, a report is triggered according to the value in Table 7.2.1-1C
corresponding to aperiodic CSI reporting.
If the CSI request field size is 3 bits and the UE is not configured with the higher layer parameter csi-
SubframePatternConfig-r12 for any serving cell, a report is triggered according to the value in Table 7.2.1-1D
If the CSI request field size is 3 bits and the UE is configured with the higher layer parameter csi-
SubframePatternConfig-r12 for at least one serving cell, a report is triggered according to the value in Table 7.2.1-1E
For a given serving cell, if the UE is configured in transmission modes 1-9, the "CSI process" in Table 7.2.1-1B, Table
7.2.1-1C, Table 7.2.1-1D, and Table 7.2.1-1E refers to the aperiodic CSI configured for the UE on the given serving
cell. A UE is not expected to be configured by higher layers with more than 5 CSI processes in each of the 1 st and 2nd
set of CSI process(es) in Table 7.2.1-1B. A UE is not expected to be configured by higher layers with more than 5 CSI
processes and/or {CSI process, CSI subframe set}-pair(s) in each of the 1st and 2nd set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI
process, CSI subframe set}-pair(s) in Table 7.2.1-1C. A UE is not expected to be configured by higher layers with more
than one instance of the same CSI process in each of the higher layer configured sets associated with the value of CSI
request field of '01', '10', and '11' in Table 7.2.1-1B and Table 7.2.1-1C respectively. A UE is not expected to be
configured by higher layers with more than 32 CSI processes in each of the 1st to 6th set of CSI process(es) in Table
7.2.1-1D. A UE is not expected to be configured by higher layers with more than 32 CSI processes and/or {CSI process,
CSI subframe set}-pair(s) in each of the 1st to 6th set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI subframe set}-pair(s)
3GPP
Release 13 98 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
in Table 7.2.1-1E. A UE is not expected to be configured by higher layers with more than one instance of the same CSI
process in each of the higher layer configured sets associated with the value of CSI request field of '001', '010', '011',
'100', '101', '110' and '111' in Table 7.2.1-1D and Table 7.2.1-1E respectively.
A UE is not expected to receive more than one aperiodic CSI report request for a given subframe.
If a UE is configured with more than one CSI process for a serving cell, the UE on reception of an aperiodic CSI report
request triggering a CSI report according to Table 7.2.1-1B is not expected to update CSI corresponding to the CSI
reference resource (defined in subclause 7.2.3) for all CSI processes except the max( N x  N u , 0) lowest-indexed
CSI processes for the serving cell associated with the request when the UE has N u unreported CSI processes
associated with other aperiodic CSI requests for the serving cell, where a CSI process associated with a CSI request
shall only be counted as unreported in a subframe before the subframe where the PUSCH carrying the corresponding
CSI is transmitted, and N CSI  P is the maximum number of CSI processes supported by the UE for the serving cell and:
- for FDD serving cell N x  N CSI P ;

- for TDD serving cell
- if the UE is configured with four CSI processes for the serving cell , N x  N CSI P
- if the UE is configured with two or three CSI processes for the serving cell, Nx  3 .
If more than one value of N CSI P is included in the UE-EUTRA-Capability, the UE assumes a value of N CSI P that
is consistent with its CSI process configuration. If more than one consistent value of N CSI P exists, the UE may
assume any one of the consistent values.
If a UE is configured with multiple cell groups, and if the UE receives multiple aperiodic CSI report requests in a
subframe for different cell groups triggering more than one CSI report, the UE is not required to update CSI for more
than 5 CSI processes from the CSI processes corresponding to all the triggered CSI reports.
If a UE is configured with a PUCCH-SCell, and if the UE receives multiple aperiodic CSI report requests in a subframe
for both the primary PUCCH group and the secondary PUCCH group triggering more than one CSI report, the UE is
not required to update CSI for more than 5 CSI processes from the CSI processes corresponding to all the triggered CSI
reports, in case the total number of serving cells in the primary and secondary PUCCH group is no more than 5. If a UE
is configured with more than 5 serving cells, and if the UE receives aperiodic CSI report request in a subframe
triggering more than N y CSI reports, the UE is not required to update CSI for more than N y CSI processes from the
CSI processes corresponding to all the triggered CSI reports, where the value of N y is given by
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-r13.
Table 7.2.1-1A: CSI Request field for PDCCH/EPDCCH with uplink DCI format in UE specific search
space
Value of CSI request field Description

'00' No aperiodic CSI report is triggered
'01' Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for serving cell c
'10' Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 1 st set of serving cells configured by higher layers
'11' Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 2 nd set of serving cells configured by higher layers
3GPP
Release 13 99 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.1-1B: CSI Request field for PDCCH/EPDCCH with uplink DCI format in UE specific search
space
Value of CSI request

Description
field
Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a set of CSI process(es) configured by higher layers for
'01'
serving cell c
'10' Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 1 st set of CSI process(es) configured by higher layers
'11' Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 2nd set of CSI process(es) configured by higher layers
Table 7.2.1-1C: CSI Request field for PDCCH/EPDCCH/MPDCCH with uplink DCI format in UE specific
search space
Value of CSI
Description
request field
Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI subframe
'01'
set}-pair(s) configured by higher layers for serving cell c
Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 1st set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI subframe
'10'
set}-pair(s) configured by higher layers
Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 2nd set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI
'11'
subframe set}-pair(s) configured by higher layers
Table 7.2.1-1D: CSI Request field for PDCCH/EPDCCH with uplink DCI format in UE specific search
space
Value of CSI
Description
request field
Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a set of CSI process(es) configured by higher layers for
'001'
serving cell c
'010' Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 1st set of CSI process(es) configured by higher layers
'011' Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 2nd set of CSI process(es) configured by higher layers
'100' Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 3rd set of CSI process(es) configured by higher layers
'101' Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 4th set of CSI process(es) configured by higher layers
Table 7.2.1-1E: CSI Request field for PDCCH/EPDCCH with uplink DCI format in UE specific search
space
Value of CSI
Description
request field
Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI subframe
'001'
set}-pair(s) configured by higher layers for serving cell c
Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 1st set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI subframe
'010'
set}-pair(s) configured by higher layers
Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 2nd set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI
'011'
Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 3rd set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI
'100'
Aperiodic CSI report is triggered for a 4th set of CSI process(es) and/or {CSI process, CSI
'101'
'110'
'111'
3GPP
Release 13 100 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
NOTE: PDCCH/EPDCCH/MPDCCH with DCI formats used to grant PUSCH transmissions as given by DCI
format 0, DCI format 4 and DCI format 6-0A are herein referred to as uplink DCI format when common
behaviour is addressed.
For a non-BL/CE UE, when the CSI request field from an uplink DCI format is set to trigger a report, for FDD k=4, and
for TDD UL/DL configuration 1-6, k is given in Table 8-2. For TDD UL/DL configuration 0, if the MSB of the UL
index is set to 1 and LSB of the UL index is set to 0, k is given in Table 8-2; or if MSB of the UL index is set to 0 and
LSB of the UL index is set to 1, k is equal to 7; or if both MSB and LSB of the UL index is set to 1, k is given in Table
8-2.
For TDD, if a UE is configured with more than one serving cell and if the UL/DL configurations of at least two serving
cells are different, or if the UE is configured with the parameter EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 for at least one
serving cell, or for FDD-TDD and serving cell frame structure type 2, the "TDD UL/DL Configuration" given in Table
8-2 refers to the UL-reference UL/DL configuration (defined in subclause 8.0).
For a non-BL/CE UE, when the CSI request field from a Random Access Response Grant is set to trigger a report and is
not reserved, k is equal to k1 if the UL delay field in subclause 6.2 is set to zero, where k1 is given in subclause 6.1.1.
The UE shall postpone aperiodic CSI reporting to the next available UL subframe if the UL delay field is set to 1.
For a BL/CE UE, when the CSI request field from a Random Access Response Grant is set to trigger a report and is not
reserved, the subframe(s) in which the corresponding aperiodic CSI reporting is transmitted is determined according to
subclause 6.1.1.
The minimum reporting interval for aperiodic reporting of CQI and PMI and RI and CRI is 1 subframe. The subband
size for CQI shall be the same for transmitter-receiver configurations with and without precoding.
If a UE is not configured for simultaneous PUSCH and PUCCH transmission, when aperiodic CSI report with no
transport block associated as defined in subclause 8.6.2 and positive SR is transmitted in the same subframe, the UE
shall transmit SR, and, if applicable, HARQ-ACK, on PUCCH resources as described in subclause 10.1
A UE is semi-statically configured by higher layers to feed back CQI and PMI and corresponding RI and CRI on the same
PUSCH using one of the following CSI reporting modes given in Table 7.2.1-1 and described below. For a BL/CE UE
the UE shall not transmit the RI for any CSI reporting mode in Table 7.2.1-1.
Table 7.2.1-1: CQI and PMI Feedback Types for PUSCH CSI reporting Modes
PMI Feedback Type

No PMI Single PMI Multiple PMI
Wideband
Mode 1-0 Mode 1-1 Mode 1-2
(wideband CQI)
PUSCH CQI UE Selected
Mode 2-0 Mode 2-2
Feedback Type (subband CQI)
Higher Layer-configured
Mode 3-0 Mode 3-1 Mode 3-2
(subband CQI)
For non-BL/CE UE and for each of the transmission modes defined in subclause 7.1, the following reporting modes are
supported on PUSCH:
Transmission mode 1 : Modes 2-0, 3-0, 1-0

Transmission mode 4 : Modes 1-2, 2-2, 3-1, 3-2, 1-1
Transmission mode 5 : Mode 3-1, 1-1
Transmission mode 6 : Modes 1-2, 2-2, 3-1, 3-2, 1-1
Transmission mode 8 : Modes 1-2, 2-2, 3-1, 3-2, 1-1 if the UE is configured with PMI/RI reporting; modes 2-0,
3-0, 1-0 if the UE is configured without PMI/RI reporting
Transmission mode 9 : Modes 1-2, 2-2, 3-1, 3-2, 1-1 if the UE is configured with PMI/RI reporting and number
of CSI-RS ports > 1; modes 2-0, 3-0, 1-0 if the UE is configured without PMI/RI reporting
or without PMI reporting or number of CSI-RS ports=1 or the number of CSI-RS ports in
each of one or more CSI-RS resources in a CSI process is one when eMIMO-Type is set to
'CLASS B'.
3GPP
Release 13 101 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Transmission mode 10 : Modes 1-2, 2-2, 3-1, 3-2, 1-1 if the UE is configured with PMI/RI reporting and number
of CSI-RS ports > 1; modes 2-0, 3-0, 1-0 if the UE is configured without PMI/RI reporting
or without PMI reporting or number of CSI-RS ports=1 or the number of CSI-RS ports in
each of one or more CSI-RS resources in a CSI process is one when eMIMO-Type is set to
'CLASS B'.
For a BL/CE UE configured with CEModeA, the following reporting modes are supported on PUSCH:
Transmission mode 1 : Mode 2-0

For Transmission mode 6 and a BL/CE UE configured with a C-RNTI, the BL/CE UE reports CQI for the closed-loop
with spatial multiplexing PDSCH transmission scheme.
The aperiodic CSI reporting mode is given by the parameter cqi-ReportModeAperiodic which is configured by higher-
layer signalling.
For a non-BL/CE UE, a serving cell with

DL
N RB  7 , PUSCH reporting modes are not supported for that serving cell.
For a non-BL/CE UE, RI is only reported for transmission modes 3 and 4, as well as transmission modes 8, 9 and 10
with PMI/RI reporting, and transmission modes 9 and 10 without PMI reporting.
For a BL/CE UE, RI is not reported.
For serving cell c , a UE configured in transmission mode 10 with PMI/RI reporting or without PMI reporting for a CSI
process can be configured with a 'RI-reference CSI process' for the CSI process. If the UE is configured with a 'RI-
reference CSI process' for the CSI process, the reported RI for the CSI process shall be the same as the reported RI for
the configured 'RI-reference CSI process'. The RI for the 'RI-reference CSI process' is not based on any other
configured CSI process other than the 'RI-reference CSI process'. The UE is not expected to receive an aperiodic CSI
report request for a given subframe triggering a CSI report including CSI associated with the CSI process and not
including CSI associated with the configured 'RI-reference CSI process'. If the UE is configured with a 'RI-reference
CSI process' for a CSI process and if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers for only one of
the CSI processes then the UE is not expected to receive configuration for the CSI process configured with the subframe
subsets that have a different set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction between the two subframe
sets. The UE is not expected to receive configurations for the CSI process and the 'RI-reference CSI process' that have a
different:
- Aperiodic CSI reporting mode, and/or
- number of CSI-RS antenna ports, and/or
- set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are not
configured by higher layers for both CSI processes, and/or
- set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction for each subframe set if subframe sets CCSI,0
and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers for both CSI processes, and/or
- set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are
configured by higher layers for only one of the CSI processes, and the set of restricted RIs for the two subframe
sets are the same, and/or
- number of CSI-RS antenna ports for any two CSI-RS resources for the two CSI processes, if a UE is configured
with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and the number of configured
CSI-RS resources is more than one for at least one of the two CSI processes, and/or
3GPP
Release 13 102 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction for any two CSI-RS resources for the two CSI
processes, if a UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS
B', and the number of configured CSI-RS resources is more than one for at least one of the two CSI processes
and if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are not configured by higher layers for both CSI processes, and/or
- set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction for each subframe set and for any two CSI-RS
resources for the two CSI processes, if a UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and
eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and the number of configured CSI-RS resources is more than one for at least
one of the two CSI processes and if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers for both
CSI processes, and/or
and if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers for only one of the CSI processes, and
the set of restricted RIs for the two subframe sets are the same.
For a non-BL/CE UE, a RI report for a serving cell on an aperiodic reporting mode is valid only for CQI/PMI report or
CQI report without PMI reporting for that serving cell on that aperiodic reporting mode.
For a UE configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and for a CSI process, if a UE is configured with parameter eMIMO-
Type configured by higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B' and the number of configured CSI-RS
resources is more than one, and the total number of antenna ports across all configured CSI-RS resources is more than
15, the UE on reception of an aperiodic CSI report request triggering a CSI report in uplink subframe n is not
expected to update CRI corresponding to the CSI process if CRI for the CSI process has been reported and updated on
or after subframe n  5 .
 Wideband feedback
o Mode 1-2 description:
o For a UE configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and for a CSI process, if a UE is configured
with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and the
number of configured CSI-RS resources is more than one, the UE shall report one wideband CRI
which is calculated assuming transmission on set S subbands.
o For each subband a preferred precoding matrix is selected from the codebook subset assuming
transmission only in the subband
o A UE shall report one wideband CQI value per codeword which is calculated assuming the use
of the corresponding selected precoding matrix in each subband and transmission on set S
subbands.The UE shall report the selected precoding matrix indicator for each set S subband
except with
 8 CSI-RS ports configured for transmission modes 9 and 10 or with
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured for transmission modes 8,
9 and 10, in which case a first precoding matrix indicator i1 is reported for the set S
subbands and a second precoding matrix indicator i2 is reported for each set S
subband, if the UE is not configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, or UE
reports CRI, or UE is configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and with higher layer
parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS
resource configured, and except with higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured.
 UE is configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and with higher layer parameter
eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', in which case a first precoding
matrix indicator i1 is reported for the set S subbands and a second precoding matrix
indicator i2 is reported for each set S subband.
o Subband size is given by Table 7.2.1-3.
o For transmission modes 4, 8, 9 and 10, the reported PMI and CQI values are calculated
conditioned on the reported RI. For other transmission modes they are reported conditioned on
3GPP
Release 13 103 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
rank 1. If CRI is reported, the reported PMI, CQI, and RI values are calculated conditioned on
the reported CRI.
 For a UE configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and for a CSI process, if a UE is

configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to
'CLASS B', and the number of configured CSI-RS resources is more than one, the UE
shall report one wideband CRI which is calculated assuming transmission on set S
subbands.
 A single precoding matrix is selected from the codebook subset assuming transmission
on set S subbands
 A UE shall report a wideband CQI value per codeword which is calculated assuming
the use of the single precoding matrix in all subbands and transmission on set S
subbands
 The UE shall report the selected single precoding matrix indicator except with
 8 CSI-RS ports configured for transmission modes 9 and 10 or with

alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured for transmission
modes 8, 9 and 10, in which case a first and second precoding matrix indicator
are reported corresponding to the selected single precoding matrix, if the UE is
not configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, or UE reports CRI,
or UE is configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and with higher layer
parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-
RS resource configured, and except with higher layer parameter
 UE is configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and with higher layer

parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', in which case
a first and second precoding matrix indicator are reported corresponding to the
selected single precoding matrix.
 For transmission modes 4, 8, 9 and 10, the reported PMI and CQI values are calculated
conditioned on the reported RI. For other transmission modes they are reported
conditioned on rank 1. If CRI is reported, the reported PMI, CQI, and RI values are
calculated conditioned on the reported CRI.
o If a UE is configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and UE is configured with higher layer

parameter eMIMO-Type for a CSI process, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and the
number of CSI-RS antenna ports in at least one of the one or more configured CSI-RS resource
is more than one,
 If the number of configured CSI-RS resources is more than one, the UE shall report one
wideband CRI which is calculated assuming transmission on set S subbands.
on set S subbands
subbands
 The selected precoding matrix, and reported CQI values are calculated conditioned on
the reported RI. If CRI is reported, the selected precoding matrix, reported CQI, and RI
values are calculated conditioned on the reported CRI
otherwise,

3GPP
Release 13 104 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
subbands.
 A UE shall report a wideband CQI value which is calculated assuming transmission on

set S subbands
 The wideband CQI represents channel quality for the first codeword, even when RI>1.
 For transmission mode 3 the reported CQI value is calculated conditioned on the
reported RI. For other transmission modes they are reported conditioned on rank 1. If
CRI is reported, the reported CQI values are calculated conditioned on the reported
CRI.
 Higher Layer-configured subband feedback

parameter eMIMO-Type for a CSI process, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and the
is more than one,
on set S subbands
 A UE shall report one subband CQI value per codeword for each set S subband which
are calculated assuming the use of the single precoding matrix in all subbands and
assuming transmission in the corresponding subband.
subbands
values are calculated conditioned on the reported CRI
otherwise,

subbands.
 A UE shall report a wideband CQI value which is calculated assuming transmission on

set S subbands
 The UE shall also report one subband CQI value for each set S subband. The subband
CQI value is calculated assuming transmission only in the subband
 Both the wideband and subband CQI represent channel quality for the first codeword,
even when RI>1.
 For transmission mode 3 the reported CQI values are calculated conditioned on the
CRI.
3GPP
Release 13 105 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

subbands.
on set S subbands
 A UE shall report one subband CQI value per codeword for each set S subband which
are calculated assuming the use of the single precoding matrix in all subbands and
assuming transmission in the corresponding subband.
subbands
 The UE shall report the selected single precoding matrix indicator except with,

modes 8, 9 and 10, in which case a first and second precoding matrix indicator
are reported corresponding to the selected single precoding matrix, if the UE is
not configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, or UE reports CRI,
or UE is configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and with higher layer
parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-
RS resource configured, and except with higher layer parameter
a first and second precoding matrix indicator are reported corresponding to the
selected single precoding matrix.

subbands.
 For each subband a preferred precoding matrix is selected from the codebook subset
assuming transmission only in the subband
 A UE shall report one wideband CQI value per codeword which is calculated assuming
the use of the corresponding selected precoding matrix in each subband and
transmission on set S subbands.
 A UE shall report the selected single precoding matrix indicator for each set S subband
except with,
 8 CSI-RS ports configured for transmission mode 9 and 10, or with

modes 8, 9 and 10, in which case the UE shall report a first precoding matrix
indicator for all set S subbands and also report a second precoding matrix
indicator for each set S subband, if the UE is not configured with higher layer
parameter eMIMO-Type, or UE reports CRI, or UE is configured in
transmission mode 9 or 10, and with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and
eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and
3GPP
Release 13 106 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
except with higher layer parameter


a first precoding matrix indicator i1 is reported for the set S subbands and a
second precoding matrix indicator i2 is reported for each set S subband.
 A UE shall report one subband CQI value per codeword for each set S subband
reflecting transmission over the single subband and using the selected precoding matrix
in the corresponding subband.
conditioned on the reported RI. For transmission mode 6 they are reported conditioned
on rank 1. If CRI is reported, the reported PMI, CQI, and RI values are calculated
conditioned on the reported CRI.
o Subband CQI value for each codeword are encoded differentially with respect to their respective
wideband CQI using 2-bits as defined by
 Subband differential CQI offset level = subband CQI index – wideband CQI index. The
mapping from the 2-bit subband differential CQI value to the offset level is shown in
Table 7.2.1-2.
Table 7.2.1-2: Mapping subband differential CQI value to offset level
Subband differential CQI value Offset level

0 0
1 1
2 2
3 -1
o Supported subband size (k) is given in Table 7.2.1-3.
Table 7.2.1-3: Subband Size (k) vs. System Bandwidth
System Bandwidth Subband Size

DL
N RB (k)
6-7 NA
8 - 10 4
11 - 26 4
27 - 63 6
64 - 110 8
 UE-selected subband feedback

parameter eMIMO-Type for a CSI process,, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and the
is more than one,
 The UE shall perform joint selection of the set of M preferred subbands of size k within
the set of subbands S and a preferred single precoding matrix selected from the
codebook subset that is preferred to be used for transmission over the M selected
subbands.
3GPP
Release 13 107 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
 The UE shall report one CQI value per codeword reflecting transmission only over the
selected M preferred subbands and using the same selected single precoding matrix in
each of the M subbands.
on set S subbands
subbands
values are calculated conditioned on the reported CRI.
o otherwise,

subbands.
 The UE shall select a set of M preferred subbands of size k (where k and M are given in
Table 7.2.1-5 for each system bandwidth range) within the set of subbands S.
 The UE shall also report one CQI value reflecting transmission only over the M selected
subbands determined in the previous step. The CQI represents channel quality for the
first codeword, even when RI>1.
 Additionally, the UE shall also report one wideband CQI value which is calculated
assuming transmission on set S subbands. The wideband CQI represents channel quality
for the first codeword, even when RI>1.
 For transmission mode 3 the reported CQI values are calculated conditioned on the
CRI.

subbands.
 The UE shall perform joint selection of the set of M preferred subbands of size k within
the set of subbands S and a preferred single precoding matrix selected from the
codebook subset that is preferred to be used for transmission over the M selected
subbands.
 The UE shall report one CQI value per codeword reflecting transmission only over the
selected M preferred subbands and using the same selected single precoding matrix in
each of the M subbands.
on set S subbands
subbands
 The UE shall report the selected single precoding matrix indicator preferred for the M
selected subbands and the selected single precoding matrix indicator for all set S
subbands except with,
3GPP
Release 13 108 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

modes 8, 9 and 10, in which case the UE shall report a first precoding matrix
indicator for all set S subbands, a second precoding matrix indicator for all set
S subbands and another second precoding matrix indicator for the M selected
subbands, if the UE is not configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-
Type, or UE reports CRI, or UE is configured in transmission mode 9 or 10,
and with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to
'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and except with higher layer
parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured.

the UE shall report a first precoding matrix indicator i1 for all set S subbands,
a second precoding matrix indicator i2 for all set S subbands and another
second precoding matrix indicator i2 for or the M selected subbands.
o For all UE-selected subband feedback modes the UE shall report the positions of the M selected
subbands using a combinatorial index r defined as
M 1 N  si
 r 
i 0 M i
si i 0
M 1
 where the set , ( 1  si  N , si  si 1 ) contains the M sorted subband indices and
 x 
x   x  y
  y  is the extended binomial coefficient, resulting in unique label
y  0 x y


 N  
r  0,,    1 .

   
M 
o The CQI value for the M selected subbands for each codeword is encoded differentially using 2-bits
relative to its respective wideband CQI as defined by
 Differential CQI offset level = M selected subbands CQI index – wideband CQI index
 The mapping from the 2-bit differential CQI value to the offset level is shown in Table
7.2.1-4.
Table 7.2.1-4: Mapping differential CQI value to offset level
Differential CQI value Offset level

0 1
1 2
2 3
3 4
o Supported subband size k and M values include those shown in Table 7.2.1-5. In Table 7.2.1-5 the k
and M values are a function of system bandwidth.
  N 
o The number of bits to denote the position of the M selected subbands is L  log 2   .
  M 
3GPP
Release 13 109 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
For a BL/CE UE, the reported CQI values are calculated conditioned on rank 1.
- UE-selected subband feedback
- Mode 2-0 description:
- The UE shall report one wideband CQI value which is calculated assuming transmission on all
narrowband(s) in the CSI reference resource.
- If frequency hopping is configured for MPDCCH,
- the UE shall select M=1 preferred narrowband defined in subclause 6.2.7 of [3] within the set of
narrowband(s) in which MPDCCH is monitored.
- the UE shall also report one CQI value reflecting transmission only over the selected narrowband
determined in the previous step.
- The CQI value for the M=1 selected narrowband is encoded differentially using 2-bits relative to its
respective wideband CQI as defined by
- Differential CQI offset level = selected narrowband CQI index – wideband CQI index
- The mapping from the 2-bit differential CQI value to the offset level is shown in Table 7.2.1-4.
- the UE shall report the positions of the M=1 selected narrowband according to Table 7.2.1-6.
- otherwise,
- the UE shall report a Differential CQI value = 0 and a position of the M=1 selected narrowband
according to Table 7.2.1-6.
Table 7.2.1-5: Subband Size (k) and Number of Subbands (M) in S vs. Downlink System Bandwidth
System Bandwidth
DL Subband Size k (RBs) M
N RB
6–7 NA NA
8 – 10 2 1
11 – 26 2 3
27 – 63 3 5
64 – 110 4 6
Table 7.2.1-6: Reporting UE selected narrowband position for BL/CE UEs
Number of
UE reported bit(s) for
narrowbands for
narrowband position MPDCCH Narrowband Reported
MPDCCH
(MSB, LSB)
monitoring
1 0 The narrowband used for MPDCCH monitoring
0 Narrowband with lowest narrowband index
2
1 Narrowband with highest narrowband index
00 Narrowband with lowest narrowband index
01 Narrowband with second lowest narrowband index
4
10 Narrowband with third lowest narrowband index
11 Narrowband with highest narrowband index
3GPP
Release 13 110 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.2.2 Periodic CSI Reporting using PUCCH

A UE is semi-statically configured by higher layers to periodically feed back different CSI components (CQI, PMI, PTI,
CRI, and/or RI) on the PUCCH using the reporting modes given in Table 7.2.2-1 and described below. A UE in
transmission mode 10 can be configured by higher layers for multiple periodic CSI reports corresponding to one or
more CSI processes per serving cell on PUCCH.
A BL/CE UE configured with CEModeB is not expected to be configured with periodic CSI report.
Table 7.2.2-1: CQI and PMI Feedback Types for PUCCH CSI reporting Modes
PMI Feedback Type

No PMI Single PMI
Wideband
Mode 1-0 Mode 1-1
PUCCH CQI (wideband CQI)
Feedback Type UE Selected
Mode 2-0 Mode 2-1
(subband CQI)
For a non-BL/CE UE and for each of the transmission modes defined in subclause 7.1, the following periodic CSI
reporting modes are supported on PUCCH:
Transmission mode 1 : Modes 1-0, 2-0

Transmission mode 8 : Modes 1-1, 2-1 if the UE is configured with PMI/RI reporting; modes 1-0, 2-0 if the UE is
configured without PMI/RI reporting
Transmission mode 9 : Modes 1-1, 2-1 if the UE is configured with PMI/RI reporting and number of CSI-RS
ports>1; modes 1-0, 2-0 if the UE is configured without PMI/RI reporting or without PMI
reporting or number of CSI-RS ports=1 or the number of CSI-RS ports in each of one or
more CSI-RS resources in a CSI process is one when eMIMO-Type is set to be 'CLASS B'.
Transmission mode 10 : Modes 1-1, 2-1 if the UE is configured with PMI/RI reporting and number of CSI-RS
ports>1; modes 1-0, 2-0 if the UE is configured without PMI/RI reporting or without PMI
reporting or number of CSI-RS ports=1 or the number of CSI-RS ports in each of one or
more CSI-RS resources in a CSI process is one when eMIMO-Type is set to be 'CLASS B'.
For a BL/CE UE configured with CEModeA, the following periodic CSI reporting modes are supported on PUCCH:

Transmission mode 9 : Modes 1-1, 1-0.
For a UE configured in transmission mode 1-9, one periodic CSI reporting mode for each serving cell is configured by
higher-layer signalling.
For a UE configured in transmission mode 10, one or more periodic CSI reporting modes for each serving cell are
configured by higher-layer signalling.
For UE in transmission mode 9 and the UE configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, the term 'CSI process'
in this subclause refers to the CSI configured for the UE.
For a UE configured with transmission mode 9 or 10, and with 8 CSI-RS ports, if the UE is not configured with
parameter eMIMO-Type by higher layers , or UE is configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by higher layers, and
eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and except with higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured, or UE is configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by
3GPP
Release 13 111 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and more than one CSI-RS resource configured, and at least one
CSI-RS resource with 8 CSI-RS ports, mode 1-1 is configured to be either submode 1 or submode 2 via higher-layer
signaling using the parameter PUCCH_format1-1_CSI_reporting_mode.
For a UE configured with transmission mode 8, 9 or 10, and with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE

configured, if the UE is not configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, or UE is configured with parameter
eMIMO-Type by higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and except
with higher layer parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured, or UE is configured with
parameter eMIMO-Type by higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and more than one CSI-RS resource
configured, and at least one CSI-RS resource with 4 CSI-RS ports, mode 1-1 is configured to be either submode 1 or
submode 2 via higher-layer signaling using the parameter PUCCH_format1-1_CSI_reporting_mode.
For the UE-selected subband CQI, a CQI report in a certain subframe of a certain serving cell describes the channel
quality in a particular part or in particular parts of the bandwidth of that serving cell described subsequently as
bandwidth part (BP) or parts. The bandwidth parts shall be indexed in the order of increasing frequency and non-
increasing sizes starting at the lowest frequency.
For each serving cell

- DL
There are a total of N subbands for a serving cell system bandwidth given by N RB DL
where N RB /k   subbands

DL
are of size k. If N RB /k   N RB
DL
/ k 0 DL
then one of the subbands is of size NRB  k  NRB
DL
/ k .
- A bandwidth part j is frequency-consecutive and consists of N j subbands where J bandwidth parts span S or
DL
N RB as given in Table 7.2.2-2. If J  1 then N j is N RB
DL
/ k / J  . If J>1 then N j is either N RB
DL
/k / J
 DL
or N RB /k/J   1 , depending on N RB
DL
, k and J.
- Each bandwidth part j, where 0 ≤ j ≤ J-1, is scanned in sequential order according to increasing frequency.
- For UE selected subband feedback a single subband out of N j subbands of a bandwidth part is selected along
with a corresponding L-bit label indexed in the order of increasing frequency, where L  log 2  N RB
DL
/ k / J  .
  
The CQI and PMI payload sizes of each PUCCH CSI reporting mode are given in Table 7.2.2-3.
The following CQI/PMI and RI reporting types with distinct periods and offsets are supported for the PUCCH CSI
reporting modes given in Table 7.2.2-3:
- Type 1 report supports CQI feedback for the UE selected sub-bands
- Type 1a report supports subband CQI and second PMI feedback
- Type 2, Type 2b, and Type 2c report supports wideband CQI and PMI feedback
- Type 2a report supports wideband PMI feedback
- Type 3 report supports RI feedback
- Type 4 report supports wideband CQI
- Type 5 report supports RI and wideband PMI feedback
- Type 6 report supports RI and PTI feedback
- Type 7 report support CRI and RI feedback
- Type 8 report supports CRI, RI and wideband PMI feedback
- Type 9 report supports CRI, RI and PTI feedback
- Type 10 report supports CRI feedback
3GPP
Release 13 112 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
For a UE configured in transmission mode 1-9 and for each serving cell, or for a UE configured in transmission mode
10 and for each CSI process in each serving cell, the periodicity N pd (in subframes) and offset NOFFSET ,CQI (in
subframes) for CQI/PMI reporting are determined based on the parameter cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex ( ICQI / PMI ) given in
Table 7.2.2-1A for FDD or for FDD-TDD with primary cell frame structure 1 and Table 7.2.2-1C for TDD or for FDD-
TDD and primary cell frame structure type 2. The periodicity M RI and relative offset N OFFSET , RI for RI reporting are
determined based on the parameter ri-ConfigIndex ( I RI ) given in Table 7.2.2-1B. For a UE configured in transmission
mode 9 and for each serving cell, or for a UE configured in transmission mode 10 and for each CSI process in each
serving cell, if the UE is configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS
B', and the number of configured CSI-RS resources is more than one, when RI reporting is configured, the periodicity
M CRI for CRI reporting is determined based on the parameter cri-ConfigIndex ( I CRI ) given in Table 7.2.2-1J. When
the number of antenna ports in each configured CSI-RS resource is one, the periodicity M CRI and relative offset
N OFFSET,CRI for CRI reporting are determined based on the parameter cri-ConfigIndex ( I CRI ) given in Table 7.2.2-1K.
The parameters cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex, ri-ConfigIndex , and cri-ConfigIndex are configured by higher layer signalling.
The relative reporting offset for RI N OFFSET , RI takes values from the set {0,1,...,( N pd  1)} . If a UE is configured
to report for more than one CSI subframe set then parameter cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex, ri-ConfigIndex and cri-ConfigIndex
respectively correspond to the CQI/PMI, RI, and CRI periodicity and relative reporting offset for subframe set 1 and
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2, ri-ConfigIndex2 and cri-ConfigIndex2 respectively correspond to the CQI/PMI, RI, and CRI
periodicity and relative reporting offset for subframe set 2. For a UE configured with transmission mode 10, the
parameters cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex , ri-ConfigIndex, cri-ConfigIndex, cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2, ri-ConfigIndex2, and cri-
ConfigIndex2 can be configured for each CSI process. A BL/CE UE is not expected to be configured with the parameter
ri-ConfigIndex.
In the case where wideband CQI/PMI reporting is configured:
- The reporting instances for wideband CQI/PMI are subframes satisfying

 
10  n f  ns / 2  NOFFSET,CQI mod N pd  0 .  
- For a UE configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, and UE configured with the parameter eMIMO-Type by
higher layers, and eMIMO-Type set to 'CLASS A', the reporting interval of wideband first PMI reporting is an
integer multiple H  of period N pd (in subframes).
- The reporting instances for wideband first PMI are subframes satisfying
  
10  n f  ns / 2  NOFFSET,CQI mod H   N pd  0 . 
- In case RI reporting is configured, the reporting interval of the RI reporting is an integer multiple M RI of
period N pd (in subframes).
- The reporting instances for RI are subframes satisfying

 
10  n f  ns / 2  NOFFSET,CQI  NOFFSET, RI mod N pd  M RI  0 .  
- In case CRI reporting is configured,
- if the number of antenna ports in each configured CSI-RS resource is one,
- the reporting interval of the CRI reporting is an integer multiple M CRI of period N pd (in subframes)
- The reporting instances for CRI are subframes satisfying

10  n f  ns / 2  N OFFSET,CQI  N OFFSET,CRI mod N pd  M CRI   0 .
- otherwise
- the reporting interval of the CRI reporting is an integer multiple M CRI of period N pd  M RI (in
subframes).

  
10  n f  ns / 2  NOFFSET,CQI  NOFFSET,RI mod N pd  M RI  MCRI  0 . 
3GPP
Release 13 113 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
In the case where both wideband CQI/PMI and subband CQI (or subband CQI/second PMI for transmission modes 9
and 10) reporting are configured:
- The reporting instances for wideband CQI/PMI and subband CQI (or subband CQI/second PMI for transmission
 
modes 9 and 10) are subframes satisfying 10  n f  ns / 2  NOFFSET,CQI mod N pd  0 .
- When PTI is not transmitted (due to not being configured) or the most recently transmitted PTI is equal to 1
for a UE configured in transmission modes 8 and 9, or for a UE configured in transmission mode 10 without
a 'RI-reference CSI process' for a CSI process, or the transmitted PTI is equal to 1 reported in the most recent
RI reporting instance for a CSI process when a UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with a 'RI-
reference CSI process' for the CSI process, or the transmitted PTI is equal to 1 for a 'RI-reference CSI
process' reported in the most recent RI reporting instance for a CSI process when a UE is configured in
transmission mode 10 with the 'RI-reference CSI process' for the CSI process, and the most recent type 6
report for the CSI process is dropped:
- The wideband CQI/ wideband PMI (or wideband CQI/wideband second PMI for transmission modes 8, 9
and 10) report has period H  N pd , and is reported on the subframes satisfying
10  n f  ns / 2  NOFFSET,CQI modH  N pd   0 . The integer H is defined as H  J  K  1 ,
where J is the number of bandwidth parts.
- Between every two consecutive wideband CQI/ wideband PMI (or wideband CQI/wideband second PMI
for transmission modes 8, 9 and 10) reports, the remaining J  K reporting instances are used in
sequence for subband CQI (or subband CQI/second PMI for transmission modes 9 and 10) reports on K
full cycles of bandwidth parts except when the gap between two consecutive wideband CQI/PMI reports
contains less than J  K reporting instances due to a system frame number transition to 0, in which case
the UE shall not transmit the remainder of the subband CQI (or subband CQI/second PMI for
transmission modes 9 and 10) reports which have not been transmitted before the second of the two
wideband CQI/ wideband PMI (or wideband CQI/wideband second PMI for transmission modes 8, 9 and
10) reports. Each full cycle of bandwidth parts shall be in increasing order starting from bandwidth part 0
to bandwidth part J  1 . The parameter K is configured by higher-layer signalling.
- When the most recently transmitted PTI is 0 for a UE configured in transmission modes 8 and 9 or for a UE
configured in transmission mode 10 without a 'RI-reference CSI process' for a CSI process, or the transmitted
PTI is 0 reported in the most recent RI reporting instance for a CSI process when a UE is configured in
transmission mode 10 with a 'RI-reference CSI process' for the CSI process, or the transmitted PTI is 0 for a
'RI-reference CSI process' reported in the most recent RI reporting instance for a CSI process when a UE is
configured in transmission mode 10 with the 'RI-reference CSI process' for the CSI process, and the most
recent type 6 report for the CSI process is dropped:
- The wideband first precoding matrix indicator report has period H   N pd , and is reported on the
   
subframes satisfying 10  n f  ns / 2  NOFFSET,CQI mod H   N pd  0 , where H  is signalled by
higher layers.
- Between every two consecutive wideband first precoding matrix indicator reports, the remaining
reporting instances are used for a wideband second precoding matrix indicator with wideband CQI as
described below
- In case RI reporting is configured, the reporting interval of RI is M RI times the wideband CQI/PMI period
H  N pd , and RI is reported on the same PUCCH cyclic shift resource as both the wideband CQI/PMI and
subband CQI reports.
- The reporting instances for RI are subframes satisfying

   
10  n f  ns / 2  NOFFSET,CQI  NOFFSET, RI mod H  N pd  M RI  0
- In case CRI reporting is configured,
- if the number of antenna ports in each configured CSI-RS resource is one,
- the reporting interval of the CRI reporting is M CRI times the wideband CQI/PMI period H  N pd ,
3GPP
Release 13 114 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

10  n f  ns / 2  NOFFSET,CQI  N OFFSET,CRI mod H  N pd  M CRI   0 .
- otherwise
- the reporting interval of the CRI reporting is M CRI times the RI period H .N pd  M RI (in subframes).

  
10  n f  ns / 2  NOFFSET,CQI  NOFFSET,RI mod H  N pd  M RI  M CRI  0 
If a UE is not configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, or for a CSI process a UE is configured with higher
layer parameter eMIMO-Type and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', or for a CSI process a UE is configured with
higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one configured CSI-RS resource, in
case of collision of a CSI report with PUCCH reporting type 3, 5, or 6 of one serving cell with a CSI report with
PUCCH reporting type 1, 1a, 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, or 4 of the same serving cell the latter CSI report with PUCCH reporting
type (1, 1a, 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, or 4) has lower priority and is dropped.
If a UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A' for a CSI
process, in case of collision of a CSI report with PUCCH reporting type 2a of one serving cell with a CSI report with
PUCCH reporting type 1, 1a, 2, 2b, 2c, or 4 of the same serving cell, the latter CSI report with PUCCH reporting type
(1, 1a, 2, 2b, 2c, or 4) has lower priority and is dropped.
If a UE is not configured with higher layer parameter format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration or format5-MultiCSI-

resourceConfiguration, for a CSI process, if a UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type and eMIMO-
Type is set to 'CLASS B', and more than one configured CSI-RS resources, in case of collision of a CSI report with
PUCCH reporting type 7, 8, 9, or 10 of one serving cell with a CSI report with PUCCH reporting type 1, 1a, 2, 2a, 2b,
2c, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of the same serving cell the latter CSI report with PUCCH reporting type (1, 1a, 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, 3, 4, 5, or
6) has lower priority and is dropped.
For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 10, in case of collision between CSI reports of same serving
cell with PUCCH reporting type of the same priority, and the CSI reports corresponding to different CSI processes, the
CSI reports corresponding to all CSI processes except the CSI process with the lowest csi-ProcessId-r11 are dropped.
For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 1-9 and configured with CSI subframe sets CCSI,0 and
CCSI,1 by the higher layer parameter csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 for the serving cell, in case of collision between
CSI reports of same serving cell with PUCCH reporting type of the same priority, the CSI report corresponding to CSI
subframe set CCSI,1 is dropped.
For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 10 and configured with CSI subframe sets CCSI,0 and
CCSI,1 by the higher layer parameter csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 for the serving cell, in case of collision between
CSI reports of same serving cell with PUCCH reporting type of the same priority and the CSI reports corresponding to
CSI processes with same csi-ProcessId-r11, the CSI report corresponding to CSI subframe set CCSI,1 is dropped.

resourceConfiguration, and if a PUCCH format 4 or format 5 resource for HARQ-ACK according to Table 10.1.2.2.3-1
cannot be determined, and if the UE is configured with more than one serving cell, the UE transmits a CSI report of
only one serving cell in any given subframe. For a given subframe, in case of collision of a CSI report with PUCCH
reporting type 7, 8, 9, or 10 of one serving cell with a CSI report with PUCCH reporting type 1, 1a, 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, 3, 4, 5
or 6 of another serving cell, the latter CSI with PUCCH reporting type (1, 1a, 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, 3, 4, 5 or 6) has lower
priority and is dropped. For a given subframe, in case of collision of a CSI report with PUCCH reporting type 3, 5, 6, or
2a of one serving cell with a CSI report with PUCCH reporting type 1, 1a, 2, 2b, 2c, or 4 of another serving cell, the
latter CSI with PUCCH reporting type (1, 1a, 2, 2b, 2c, or 4) has lower priority and is dropped. For a given subframe, in
case of collision of CSI report with PUCCH reporting type 2, 2b, 2c, or 4 of one serving cell with CSI report with
PUCCH reporting type 1 or 1a of another serving cell, the latter CSI report with PUCCH reporting type 1, or 1a has
lower priority and is dropped.
For a given subframe and serving cells with UE configured in transmission mode 1-9, in case of collision between CSI
reports of these different serving cells with PUCCH reporting type of the same priority, the CSI reports for all these
serving cells except the serving cell with lowest ServCellIndex are dropped.
3GPP
Release 13 115 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

cannot be determined, for a given subframe and serving cells with UE configured in transmission mode 10, in case of
collision between CSI reports of different serving cells with PUCCH reporting type of the same priority and the CSI
reports corresponding to CSI processes with same csi-ProcessId-r11, the CSI reports of all serving cells except the
serving cell with lowest ServCellIndex are dropped.

cannot be determined, for a given subframe and serving cells with UE configured in transmission mode 10, in case of
collision between CSI reports of different serving cells with PUCCH reporting type of the same priority and the CSI
reports corresponding to CSI processes with different csi-ProcessId-r11, the CSI reports of all serving cells except the
serving cell with CSI reports corresponding to CSI process with the lowest csi-ProcessId-r11 are dropped.

cannot be determined, for a given subframe, in case of collision between CSI report of a given serving cell with UE
configured in transmission mode 1-9, and CSI report(s) corresponding to CSI process(es) of a different serving cell with
the UE configured in transmission mode 10, and the CSI reports of the serving cells with PUCCH reporting type of the
same priority, the CSI report(s) corresponding to CSI process(es) with csi-ProcessId-r11 > 1 of the different serving
cell are dropped.

cannot be determined, for a given subframe, in case of collision between CSI report of a given serving cell with UE
configured in transmission mode 1-9, and CSI report corresponding to CSI process with csi-ProcessId-r11 = 1 of a
different serving cell with the UE configured in transmission mode 10, and the CSI reports of the serving cells with
PUCCH reporting type of the same priority, the CSI report of the serving cell with highest ServCellIndex is dropped.
See subclause 10.1 for UE behaviour regarding collision between CSI and HARQ-ACK and the corresponding PUCCH
format assignment.

cannot be determined, the CSI report of a given PUCCH reporting type shall be transmitted on the PUCCH resource
~
( 2, p ) ~
( 2, p )
nPUCCH as defined in [3], where nPUCCH is UE specific and configured by higher layers for each serving cell.

resourceConfiguration, and
- if the UE is not configured for simultaneous PUSCH and PUCCH transmission or,
- if the UE is configured for simultaneous PUSCH and PUCCH transmission and not transmitting PUSCH,
in case of collision between CSI and positive SR in a same subframe, CSI is dropped.
If a UE is configured with format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration or format5-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration, for a

subframe in which only periodic CSI and SR (if any) is transmitted,
 if there is only one CSI report in the subframe,
o the CSI report of a given PUCCH reporting type shall be transmitted on the PUCCH resource
~
( 2, p ) ~
( 2, p )
nPUCCH as defined in [3], where nPUCCH is UE specific and configured by higher layers for each
serving cell;
o In case of collision between CSI and positive SR in a same subframe, if the UE is not configured
for simultaneous PUSCH and PUCCH transmission, or if the UE is configured for simultaneous
PUSCH and PUCCH transmission and not transmitting PUSCH, CSI is dropped.
 if there are more than one CSI reports in the subframe,
3GPP
Release 13 116 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
o if the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5-r13 provided by higher layers is

set TRUE, when a PUCCH format 4/5 transmission of CSI reports coincides with a sub-frame
configured to the UE by higher layers for transmission of a scheduling request, the UE shall
transmit the CSI and SR on the PUCCH; Otherwise, CSI is dropped;
o if the UE is configured with a single PUCCH format 4 resource nPUCCH

( 4) according to higher layer
parameter format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration, the PUCCH format 4 resource nPUCCH
( 4) is used
for transmission of the CSI reports and SR (if any);
o if the UE is configured with a PUCCH format 5 resource nPUCCH

(5) according to higher layer
parameter format5-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration, the PUCCH format 5 resource nPUCCH(5) is used
for transmission of the CSI reports and SR (if any);
o if the UE is configured with two PUCCH format 4 resources nPUCCH ( 4)

，
1
and nPUCCH
( 4)
，2
according to
higher layer parameter format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration, if
O SR  OPCSI  OCRC   min M RBPUCCH4
，
1
PUCCH4
, M RB，2  N scRB  Nsymb
PUCCH4
 2  r , the PUCCH format 4 resource with
the smaller M RB,i
PUCCH4 between ( 4)
nPUCCH，1
and nPUCCH
( 4)
，2
is used for transmission of the CSI reports;
otherwise, the PUCCH format 4 resource with the larger M RB,i
PUCCH4
between nPUCCH
( 4)
，
1
and nPUCCH
( 4)
，2
is used for transmission of the CSI reports, where
 OPCSI is the total number of CSI report bits in the subframe;
 OCRC is the number of CRC bits;
 O SR  0 if there is no scheduling request bit in the subframe and O SR  1 otherwise;
 PUCCH4 ,
M RB,i i  1,2 , is the number of PRBs for nPUCCH
( 4)
，1
and nPUCCH
( 4)
，2
respectively, according
to higher layer parameter numberOfPRB-format4-r13 according to Table 10.1.1-2;
 PUCCH4
N symb 
 2  N symb
UL

 1  1 if shortened PUCCH format 4 is used in the subframe and
N PUCCH4
symb  2  N UL
symb  1 otherwise; and
 r is the code rate given by higher layer parameter maximumPayloadCoderate-r13

If a UE transmits only periodic CSI and SR (if any) using either a PUCCH format 4 nPUCCH
( 4)
or PUCCH format 5 nPUCCH
(5)
in a subframe and if O SR

 OPCSI  OCRC  2  N RE  r , the UE shall select the SR (if any) and N CSI, reported CSI
report(s) for transmission in ascending order of PriCSI  y, s, c, t  , where:
- OPCSI is the total number of CSI report bits in the subframe;
- OCRC is the number of CRC bits
- O SR  0 if there is no scheduling request bit in the subframe and O SR  1 otherwise;
- NRE  M RB
PUCCH4 PUCCH for PUCCH format 4 and
 N scRB  Nsymb NRE  N scRB  Nsymb
PUCCH
/ 2 for PUCCH format 5, where
PUCCH
Nsymb  2  Nsymb
UL
 
1  1 if shortened PUCCH format 4 or shortened PUCCH format 5 is used in the subframe and
N PUCCH
symb 1 otherwise;
- r is the code rate given by higher layer parameter maximumPayloadCoderate-r13 according to Table 10.1.1-1;
- for a CSI report of a serving cell, PriCSI  y, s, c, t  for the CSI report is defined as
Pri CSI  y, s, c, t   y  4  32  2  s  32  2  c  2  t , where
3GPP
Release 13 117 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- y  0 for CSI report type 7/8/9/10, y  1 for CSI report type 3/5/6/2a, y  2 for CSI report type
2/2b/2c/4, and y  3 for CSI report type 1/1a;
- s is the CSI process ID according to csi-ProcessId-r11 if the serving cell is configured with transmission
mode 10, and s  1 if the serving cell configured with transmission mode 1-9;
- c is the serving cell index;

- t 0 and t 1 for CSI subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 respectively if CSI subframe sets are
configured for the serving cell, and t 0 otherwise.
 SR NCSI,rep orted 
- The value of N CSI, reported satisfies  O   OP CSI ,n  OCRC   2  N RE  r and
 
 n 1 
 SR NCSI,rep orted1 
 O   OPCSI ,n  OCRC   2  N RE  r , where O SR  0 if there no scheduling request bit in the
 
 n 1 
subframe and O  1 otherwise. OP  CSI , n is the number of CSI report bits for the nth CSI report in ascending
SR
order of PriCSI  y, s, c, t  .
If a UE is configured with format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration or format5-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguratio and if
the UE is configured with more than N y periodic CSI reports in a subframe, the UE is not required to update CSI for
more than N y CSI processes from the CSI processes corresponding to all the configured CSI reports, where the value
of N y is given by maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-r13.
If a UE configured with PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5 transmits UCI over PUSCH, that would have been
transmitted over PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5 if the UE did not have a PUSCH grant, then the UE shall select
the CSI report(s) (if any) for transmission following the same procedure as for transmission over PUCCH.
Table 7.2.2-1A: Mapping of ICQI / PMI to N pd and NOFFSET ,CQI for FDD or for FDD-TDD and primary
cell frame structure type 1
ICQI / PMI Value of N pd Value of NOFFSET ,CQI

0  ICQI / PMI  1 2 ICQI / PMI
2  ICQI / PMI  6 5 ICQI / PMI – 2
7  ICQI / PMI  16 10 ICQI / PMI – 7
17  ICQI / PMI  36 20 ICQI / PMI – 17
37  ICQI / PMI  76 40 ICQI / PMI – 37
77  ICQI / PMI  156 80 ICQI / PMI – 77
157  ICQI / PMI  316 160 ICQI / PMI – 157
ICQI / PMI = 317 Reserved
318  ICQI / PMI  349 32 ICQI / PMI – 318
350  ICQI / PMI  413 64 ICQI / PMI – 350
414  ICQI / PMI  541 128 ICQI / PMI – 414
542  ICQI / PMI  601 60 ICQI / PMI – 542
602  ICQI / PMI  1023 Reserved
3GPP
Release 13 118 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.2-1B: Mapping of I RI to M RI and N OFFSET , RI .
I RI Value of M RI Value of N OFFSET , RI

0  I RI  160 1 − I RI
161  I RI  321 2 − ( I RI – 161)
322  I RI  482 4 − ( I RI – 322)
483  I RI  643 8 − ( I RI – 483)
644  I RI  804 16 − ( I RI – 644)
805  I RI  965 32 − ( I RI – 805)
966  I RI  1023 Reserved
Table 7.2.2-1C: Mapping of ICQI / PMI to N pd and NOFFSET ,CQI for TDD or for FDD-TDD and primary
cell frame structure type 2
ICQI / PMI Value of N pd Value of NOFFSET ,CQI
ICQI / PMI = 0 1 ICQI / PMI

1  ICQI / PMI  5 5 ICQI / PMI – 1
6  ICQI / PMI  15 10 ICQI / PMI – 6
16  ICQI / PMI  35 20 ICQI / PMI – 16
36  ICQI / PMI  75 40 ICQI / PMI – 36
76  ICQI / PMI  155 80 ICQI / PMI – 76
156  ICQI / PMI  315 160 ICQI / PMI – 156
316  ICQI / PMI  375 60 ICQI / PMI – 316
376  ICQI / PMI  1023 Reserved
Table 7.2.2-1J: Mapping of I CRI to M CRI when RI reporting is configured
I CRI Value of M CRI

0 1
1 2
2 4
3 8
4 16
5 32
6 64
7 128
7< I CRI 1023 Reserved
3GPP
Release 13 119 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.2-1K: Mapping of I CRI to M CRI and N OFFSET,CRI when the number of antenna ports in each
configured CSI-RS resource is one
I CRI Value of M CRI Value of N OFFSET,CRI

0  I CRI  160 1 − I CRI
161  I CRI  321 2 − ( I CRI – 161)
322  I CRI  482 4 − ( I CRI – 322)
483  I CRI  643 8 − ( I CRI – 483)
644  I CRI  804 16 − ( I CRI – 644)
805  I CRI  965 32 − ( I CRI – 805)
966  I CRI  1023 Reserved
For TDD or FDD-TDD and primary cell frame structure type 2 periodic CQI/PMI reporting, the following periodicity
values apply for a serving cell c depending on the TDD UL/DL configuration of the primary cell [3], where the UL/DL
configuration corresponds to the eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig-r12 for the primary cell if the UE is configured with the
parameter EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 for the primary cell:
- The reporting period of N pd  1 is applicable for the serving cell c only if TDD UL/DL configuration of the
primary cell belongs to {0, 1, 3, 4, 6}, and where all UL subframes of the primary cell in a radio frame are used
for CQI/PMI reporting.
- The reporting period of N pd  5 is applicable for the serving cell c only if TDD UL/DL configuration of the
primary cell belongs to {0, 1, 2, 6}.
- The reporting periods of N pd  {10,20,40,80,160} are applicable for the serving cell c for any TDD UL/DL
configuration of the primary cell.
For a serving cell with

DL
N RB  7 , Mode 2-0 and Mode 2-1 are not supported for that serving cell.
The sub-sampled codebook for PUCCH mode 1-1 submode 2 for 8 CSI-RS ports is defined in Table 7.2.2-1D for first
and second precoding matrix indicator i1 and i2 . Joint encoding of rank and first precoding matrix indicator i1 for
PUCCH mode 1-1 submode 1 for 8 CSI-RS ports is defined in Table 7.2.2-1E. The sub-sampled codebook for PUCCH
mode 2-1 for 8 CSI-RS ports is defined in Table 7.2.2-1F for PUCCH Reporting Type 1a.
For a UE configured with transmission mode 9 or 10, , and the UE configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by higher
layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', and PUCCH Reporting Type 1a, the sub-sampled codebook for PUCCH
mode 2-1 for value of parameter codebookConfig set to 2, 3, or 4 is defined in Table 7.2.2-1F, for value of parameter
I
codebookConfig set to 1, the value of the second PMI, PMI 2 , is set to i2 .
3GPP
Release 13 120 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.2-1D: PUCCH mode 1-1 submode 2 codebook subsampling

Relationship between the Relationship between the
total
first PMI value and codebook index i1 second PMI value and codebook index i2
RI
Value of the first PMI I PMI 1 i
Codebook index 1 Value of the second PMI I PMI 2 Codebook index i2 #bits
1 0-7 2 I PMI 1 0-1 2I PMI 2 4

2 0-7 2 I PMI 1 0-1 I PMI 2 4
3 0-1 2 I PMI 1 0-7 4  I PMI 2 4  I PMI 2 4
4 0-1 2 I PMI 1 0-7 I PMI 2 4
5 0-3 I PMI 1 0 0 2
6 0-3 I PMI 1 0 0 2
7 0-3 I PMI 1 0 0 2
8 0 0 0 0 0
Table 7.2.2-1E: Joint encoding of RI and i1 for PUCCH mode 1-1 submode 1
Value of joint encoding of RI and the first PMI

RI Codebook index i1
I RI / PMI 1
0-7 1 2 I RI / PMI 1
8-15 2 2( I RI / PMI 1 -8)
16-17 3 2( I RI / PMI 1 -16)
18-19 4 2( I RI / PMI 1 -18)
20-21 5 2( I RI / PMI 1 -20)
22-23 6 2( I RI / PMI 1 -22)
24-25 7 2( I RI / PMI 1 -24)
26 8 0
27-31 reserved NA
Table 7.2.2-1F: PUCCH mode 2-1 codebook subsampling
Relationship between the second PMI value and codebook index i2

RI
Value of the second PMI
I PMI 2 Codebook index i2
1 0-15 I PMI 2
2 0-3 2I PMI 2
3 0-3 8   I PMI 2 / 2  ( I PMI 2 mod 2)  2
4 0-3 2I PMI 2
5 0 0
6 0 0
7 0 0
8 0 0
The sub-sampled codebook for PUCCH mode 1-1 submode 2 for transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 configured with
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE is defined in Table 7.2.2-G for first and second precoding matrix
indicator i1 and i2 . Joint encoding of rank and first precoding matrix indicator i1 for PUCCH mode 1-1 submode 1
for transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 configured with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE is defined in
Table 7.2.2-1H. The sub-sampled codebook for PUCCH mode 2-1 for transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 configured with
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE is defined in Table 7.2.2-1I for PUCCH Reporting Type 1a.
3GPP
Release 13 121 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.2-1G: PUCCH mode 1-1 submode 2 codebook subsampling with 4 antenna ports
Relationship between the first PMI Relationship between the second PMI
value and codebook index i1 value and codebook index i2 total
Value
of Value of
the the
first second
PMI PMI
RI I PMI 1 Codebook index
i1 I PMI 2 Codebook index i2 #bits
1 0-3 4I PMI1 0-3 2I PMI 2  4  I PMI 2 / 2 4

2 0-3 4 I PMI1 0-3 I PMI 2  2  I PMI 2 / 2 4
3 0 0 0-15 I PMI 2 4
4 0 0 0-15 I PMI 2 4
Table 7.2.2-1 H: Joint encoding of RI and for PUCCH mode 1-1 submode 1 with 4 antenna ports
Value of joint Codebook index i1

encoding of
RI and the
first PMI RI
I RI / PMI 1
0-7 1 I RI / PMI1
8-15 2 I RI / PMI1  8
16 3 0
17 4 0
18-31 reserved NA
Table 7.2.2-1 I: PUCCH mode 2-1 codebook subsampling with 4 antenna ports
Relationship between the second PMI

value and codebook index i2
Value
RI of the
second
PMI
I PMI 2 Codebook index i2
1 0-15 I PMI 2
2 0-3 I PMI 2  2  I PMI 2 / 2
3 0-3 2I PMI 2  4  I PMI 2 / 2
4 0-3 2I PMI 2  4  I PMI 2 / 2
An CRI or RI or PTI or any precoding matrix indicator reported for a serving cell in a periodic reporting mode is valid
only for CSI reports for that serving cell on that periodic CSI reporting mode.
For serving cell c , a UE configured in transmission mode 10 with PMI/RI reporting or without PMI reporting for a CSI
process can be configured with a 'RI-reference CSI process'. The RI for the 'RI-reference CSI process' is not based on
any other configured CSI process other than the 'RI-reference CSI process'. If the UE is configured with a 'RI-reference
CSI process' for a CSI process and if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers for only one of
the CSI processes then the UE is not expected to receive configuration for the CSI process configured with the subframe
subsets that have a different set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction between the two subframe
sets.The UE is not expected to receive configurations for the CSI process and the 'RI-reference CSI process' that have a
different:
3GPP
Release 13 122 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- periodic CSI reporting mode (including sub-mode if configured), and/or
- number of CSI-RS antenna ports, and/or
- set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are not
configured by higher layers for both CSI processes, and/or
- set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction for each subframe set if subframe sets CCSI,0
and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers for both CSI processes, and/or
- set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are
configured by higher layers for only one of the CSI processes, and the set of restricted RIs for the two subframe
sets are the same, and/or
- number of CSI-RS antenna ports for any two CSI-RS resources for the two CSI processes, if a UE is configured
with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and the number of configured
CSI-RS resources is more than one for at least one of the two CSI processes, and/or
and if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are not configured by higher layers for both CSI processes, and/or
- set of restricted RIs with precoder codebook subset restriction for each subframe set and for any two CSI-RS
resources for the two CSI processes, if a UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and
eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and the number of configured CSI-RS resources is more than one for at least
one of the two CSI processes and if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers for both
CSI processes, and/or
and if subframe sets CCSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers for only one of the CSI processes, and
the set of restricted RIs for the two subframe sets are the same.
If a UE is configured for CRI reporting,
- For the calculation of CQI/PMI/RI conditioned on the last reported CRI, in the absence of a last reported CRI the
UE shall conduct the CQI/PMI/RI calculation conditioned on the lowest possible CRI. If reporting for more than
one CSI subframe set is configured, CQI/PMI/RI is conditioned on the last reported CRI linked to the same
subframe set as the CSI report.
- For the calculation of CQI/PMI conditioned on the last reported RI and CRI, in the absence of a last reported RI
and CRI, the UE shall conduct the CQI/PMI calculation conditioned on the lowest possible RI associated with
the lowest possible CRI and as given by the bitmap parameter codebookSubsetRestriction and the parameter
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 if configured. If reporting for more than one CSI subframe set is
configured, CQI/PMI is conditioned on the last reported RI associated with the last reported CRI and linked to
the same subframe set as the CSI report
otherwise,
- For the calculation of CQI/PMI conditioned on the last reported RI, in the absence of a last reported RI the UE
shall conduct the CQI/PMI calculation conditioned on the lowest possible RI as given by the bitmap parameter
codebookSubsetRestriction and the parameter alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 if configured. If
reporting for more than one CSI subframe set is configured, CQI/PMI is conditioned on the last reported RI
linked to the same subframe set as the CSI report.
- For a non-BL/CE UE, the periodic CSI reporting modes are described as following:
 Wideband feedback
3GPP
Release 13 123 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
 In the subframe where RI is reported (only for transmission mode 3, and transmission
mode 9 or 10 without PMI reporting with one configured CSI-RS resource or with more
than one configured CSI-RS resource and the number of CSI-RS ports of the selected
CSI-RS resource is more than one):
 If a UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with a 'RI-reference CSI

process' for a CSI process, the RI for the CSI process shall be the same as the
RI in the most recent CSI report comprising RI for the configured 'RI-reference
CSI process' irrespective of subframe sets if configured; otherwise, for
transmission mode 3 the UE shall determine a RI assuming transmission on set
S subbands, and for transmission mode 9 or 10 without PMI reporting, the UE
shall determine a RI assuming transmission on set S subbands, and conditioned
on the last reported periodic CRI if the UE is configured with CRI reporting.
 The UE shall report a type 3 report consisting of one RI.
 In the subframe where RI and CRI is reported (only for transmission mode 9 or 10
without PMI reporting and number of configured CSI-RS resources more than one):
 A UE shall determine a CRI assuming transmission on set S subbands.

CSI process' irrespective of subframe sets if configured; otherwise, the UE
shall determine a RI assuming transmission on set S subbands conditioned on
the reported CRI.
 The UE shall report a type 7 report consisting of one RI and one CRI.
 In the subframe where CRI is reported (only for transmission mode 9 or 10 with CRI
reporting and the number of antenna ports in each of configured CSI-RS resources is
one):
 The UE shall report a type10 report consisting of one CRI.
 In the subframe where CQI is reported:
 If the UE is configured without PMI reporting (only for transmission mode 9

or 10):
o A single precoding matrix is selected from the codebook subset

assuming transmission on set S subbands.
o A UE shall report a type 4 report consisting of
 A single wideband CQI value which is calculated assuming

the use of a single precoding matrix in all subbands and
 When RI>1, an additional 3-bit wideband spatial differential

CQI, which is shown in Table 7.2-2.
o If the UE is configured with CRI reporting,
 If a UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with a ''RI-
reference CSI process'' for a CSI process, and the most recent
type 3 report for the CSI process is dropped, and a type 3
report for the ''RI-reference CSI process'' is reported in the
most recent RI reporting instance for the CSI process, the
selected precoding matrix and CQI for the CSI process are
calculated conditioned on the reported periodic RI for the
configured ''RI-reference CSI process'' in the most recent RI
reporting instance for the CSI process and last reported
periodic CRI for the CSI process; otherwise the selected
3GPP
Release 13 124 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
precoding matrix and CQI are calculated conditioned on the

last reported periodic RI and the last reported periodic CRI.
o otherwise,
reporting instance for the CSI process; otherwise the selected
last reported periodic RI.
 otherwise,
o A UE shall report a type 4 report consisting of one wideband CQI

value which is calculated assuming transmission on set S subbands.
The wideband CQI represents channel quality for the first codeword,
even when RI>1.
o For transmission mode 3 the CQI is calculated conditioned on the last

reported periodic RI. For other transmission modes it is calculated
conditioned on transmission rank 1. If the UE is configured with CRI
reporting, the CQI is calculated conditioned on the last reported
periodic CRI.
 In the subframe where RI is reported (only for transmission modes 4, 8, 9 and 10):
 If the UE is configured with CRI reporting,
o If a UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with a 'RI-reference

CSI process' for a CSI process, the RI for the CSI process shall be the
same as the RI in the most recent CSI report comprising RI for the
configured 'RI-reference CSI process' irrespective of subframe sets if
configured; otherwise, the UE shall determine a RI assuming
transmission on set S subbands conditioned on the last reported
periodic CRI.
 otherwise,
 In the subframe where RI and CRI is reported for transmission modes 9 and 10:

the reported CRI for the CSI process.
3GPP
Release 13 125 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
 In the subframe where RI and a first PMI are reported for transmission modes 9 and 10
configured with submode 1 and 8 CSI-RS ports without CRI reporting or 8 CSI-RS
ports or 4 CSI-RS ports with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE in the
selected CSI-RS resource and UE is configured with CRI reporting, and for
transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 configured with submode 1 and
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE without CRI reporting:

periodic CRI.
 otherwise,

 The UE shall report a type 5 report consisting of jointly coded RI and a first
PMI corresponding to a set of precoding matrices selected from the codebook
subset assuming transmission on set S subbands.
o If the UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with a 'RI-reference

CSI process' for a CSI process and in case of collision of type 5 report
for the CSI process with type 5 report for the 'RI-reference CSI
process', the wideband first PMI for the CSI process shall be the same
as the wideband first PMI in the most recent type 5 report for the
configured 'RI-reference CSI process'; otherwise, the wideband first
PMI value is calculated conditioned on the reported periodic RI and
last reported periodic CRI.
 otherwise,
o If the UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with a 'RI-reference

CSI process' for a CSI process and in case of collision of type 5 report
for the CSI process with type 5 report for the 'RI-reference CSI
process', the wideband first PMI for the CSI process shall be the same
as the wideband first PMI in the most recent type 5 report for the
configured 'RI-reference CSI process'; otherwise, the wideband first
PMI value is calculated conditioned on the reported periodic RI.
 In the subframe where CRI, RI and a first PMI are reported for transmission modes 9,
and 10 configured with submode 1 and 8 CSI-RS ports in at least one of the configured
CSI-RS resources, or for transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 configured with submode 1
and alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE and 4 CSI-RS ports in at least
one of configured CSI-RS resources:

3GPP
Release 13 126 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

the reported CRI.
 If the configured CSI-RS resource corresponding to the determined CRI

comprises 8 CSI-RS ports or 4 CSI-RS ports with
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE, the UE shall report a type 8
report consisting of jointly coded CRI, RI and a first PMI corresponding to a
set of precoding matrices selected from the codebook subset assuming
transmission on set S subbands. Otherwise, the UE shall report a type 8 report
consisting of jointly coded CRI, RI and a first PMI fixed to zero.
 If the UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with a 'RI-reference CSI

process' for a CSI process and in case of collision of type 5 report for the CSI
process with type 5 report for the 'RI-reference CSI process', the wideband first
PMI for the CSI process shall be the same as the wideband first PMI in the
most recent type 5 report for the configured 'RI-reference CSI process';
otherwise, the wideband first PMI value is calculated conditioned on the
reported periodic RI and last reported periodic CRI conditioned on the reported
CRI.
 In the subframe where the wideband first PMI is reported, for transmission modes 9 and
10 with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type configured, and eMIMO-Type set to
'CLASS A',
 A set of precoding matrices corresponding to the wideband first PMI is
selected from the codebook assuming transmission on set S subbands.
 A UE shall report a type 2a report consisting of the wideband first PMI

corresponding to the selected set of precoding matrices.

process' for a CSI process, and the most recent type 3 report for the CSI
process is dropped, and a type 3 report for the 'RI-reference CSI process' is
reported in the most recent RI reporting instance for the CSI process, the
wideband first PMI value for the CSI process is calculated conditioned on the
reported periodic RI for the configured 'RI-reference CSI process' in the most
recent RI reporting instance for the CSI process; otherwise the wideband first
PMI value is calculated conditioned on the last reported periodic RI.
 In the subframe where CQI/PMI is reported for all transmission modes except with,
 UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type
is set to 'CLASS A', or
 8 CSI-RS ports configured for transmission modes 9 and 10, or with
modes 8, 9 and 10, if the UE is not configured with higher layer parameter
eMIMO-Type, or UE configured with CRI reporting, or UE is configured with
higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B',
and one CSI-RS resource configured, and except with higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured:
o A UE shall report a type 2 report consisting of

 The selected single PMI (wideband PMI).

3GPP
Release 13 127 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

PMI and CQI for the CSI process are calculated conditioned
on the reported periodic RI for the configured ''RI-reference
CSI process'' in the most recent RI reporting instance for the
CSI process; otherwise the PMI and CQI are calculated
conditioned on the last reported periodic RI and the last
reported periodic CRI.
o otherwise,
 For transmission modes 4, 8, 9 and 10,

 If a UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with
a ''RI-reference CSI process'' for a CSI process, and
the most recent type 3 report for the CSI process is
dropped, and a type 3 report for the ''RI-reference
CSI process'' is reported in the most recent RI
reporting instance for the CSI process, the PMI and
CQI for the CSI process are calculated conditioned
on the reported periodic RI for the configured ''RI-
reference CSI process'' in the most recent RI
reporting instance for the CSI process; otherwise
the PMI and CQI are calculated conditioned on the
 For other transmission modes the PMI and CQI are
calculated conditioned on transmission rank 1.
 In the subframe where wideband CQI/second PMI is reported for transmission modes 9
and 10 with 8 CSI-RS ports and submode 1 without CRI reporting, or for 8 CSI-RS
ports or 4 CSI-RS ports with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE in the
selected CSI-RS resource and UE is configured with CRI reporting, or for transmission
modes 8, 9 and 10 with submode 1 and alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-
r12=TRUE without CRI reporting, or for transmission modes 9 and 10 with higher layer
parameter eMIMO-Type configured, and eMIMO-Type set to 'CLASS A':
 A single precoding matrix is selected from the codebook subset assuming
 A UE shall report a type 2b report consisting of
o A single wideband CQI value which is calculated assuming the use of

the single precoding matrix in all subbands and transmission on set S
subbands.
o The wideband second PMI corresponding to the selected single

precoding matrix.
o When RI>1, an additional 3-bit wideband spatial differential CQI,

which is shown in Table 7.2-2.

CSI process' for a CSI process, and the most recent type 5 report for
the CSI process is dropped, and a type 5 report for the 'RI-reference
CSI process' is reported in the most recent RI reporting instance for
the CSI process,
 The wideband second PMI value for the CSI process is
calculated conditioned on the reported periodic RI and the
wideband first PMI for the configured 'RI-reference CSI
process' in the most recent RI reporting instance for the CSI
3GPP
Release 13 128 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
process and the last reported periodic CRI for the CSI
process.
 The wideband CQI value is calculated conditioned on the
selected precoding matrix for the CSI process and the
reported periodic RI for the configured 'RI-reference CSI
process.
o Otherwise,
 The wideband second PMI value is calculated conditioned on
the last reported periodic RI and the wideband first PMI and
the last reported periodic CRI.
selected precoding matrix and the last reported periodic RI
and the last reported periodic CRI.
 .otherwise,
the CSI process,
calculated conditioned on the reported periodic RI and the
wideband first PMI for the configured 'RI-reference CSI
process.
process.
o Otherwise,
the last reported periodic RI and the wideband first PMI.
selected precoding matrix and the last reported periodic RI.
 In the subframe where wideband CQI/first PMI/second PMI is reported for transmission
modes 9 and 10 with submode 2 and 8 CSI-RS ports configured without CRI reporting
or 8 CSI-RS ports or 4 CSI-RS ports with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-
r12=TRUE in the selected CSI-RS resource and UE is configured with CRI reporting,
and for transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 with submode 2 and
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured without CRI reporting:
 A UE shall report a type 2c report consisting of
o A single wideband CQI value which is calculated assuming the use of

a single precoding matrix in all subbands and transmission on set S
subbands.
o The wideband first PMI and the wideband second PMI corresponding
to the selected single precoding matrix as defined in subclause 7.2.4.

3GPP
Release 13 129 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

the CSI process, the wideband first PMI, the wideband second PMI
and the wideband CQI for the CSI process are calculated conditioned
on the reported periodic RI for the configured 'RI-reference CSI
process' in the most recent RI reporting instance for the CSI process
and the last reported periodic CRI for the CSI process; otherwise the
wideband first PMI, the wideband second PMI and the wideband CQI
are calculated conditioned on the last reported periodic RI and the last
reported periodic CRI.
 otherwise
the CSI process, the wideband first PMI, the wideband second PMI
and the wideband CQI for the CSI process are calculated conditioned
on the reported periodic RI for the configured 'RI-reference CSI
process' in the most recent RI reporting instance for the CSI process;
otherwise the wideband first PMI, the wideband second PMI and the
wideband CQI are calculated conditioned on the last reported periodic
RI.
 UE Selected subband feedback
 In the subframe where RI is reported (only for transmission mode 3, and transmission
mode 9 or 10 without PMI reporting with one configured CSI-RS resource or with more
than one configured CSI-RS resource and the number of CSI-RS ports of the selected
CSI-RS is more than one):

CSI process' irrespective of subframe sets if configured; otherwise, for
transmission mode 3 the UE shall determine a RI assuming transmission on set
S subbands, and for transmission mode 9 or 10 without PMI reporting, the UE
shall determine a RI assuming transmission on set S subbands, and conditioned
on the last reported periodic CRI if the UE is configured with CRI reporting.
 In the subframe where RI and CRI is reported (only for transmission mode 9 or 10
without PMI reporting and number of configured CSI-RS resources more than one and
the number of antenna ports in at least one of the configured CSI-RS resources is more
than one):

the reported CRI.
3GPP
Release 13 130 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
 In the subframe where CRI is reported (only for transmission mode 9 or 10 with CRI
reporting and the number of antenna ports in each of configured CSI-RS resources is
one):
 The UE shall report a type10 report consisting of one CRI.
 In the subframe where wideband CQI is reported:

or 10):

o A UE shall report a type 4 report on each respective successive
reporting opportunity consisting of


subband selection, selected precoding matrix and CQI for the
CSI process are calculated conditioned on the reported
periodic RI for the configured ''RI-reference CSI process'' in
the most recent RI reporting instance for the CSI process and
the last reported periodic CRI for the CSI process; otherwise
the subband selection, selected precoding matrix and CQI are
calculated conditioned on the last reported periodic RI and
o otherwise
subband selection, selected precoding matrix and CQI for the
CSI process are calculated conditioned on the reported
periodic RI for the configured ''RI-reference CSI process'' in
the most recent RI reporting instance for the CSI process;
otherwise the subband selection, selected precoding matrix
and CQI are calculated conditioned on the last reported
periodic RI.
 otherwise,
o The UE shall report a type 4 report on each respective successive

reporting opportunity consisting of one wideband CQI value which is
calculated assuming transmission on set S subbands. The wideband
CQI represents channel quality for the first codeword, even when
RI>1.
o For transmission mode 3 the CQI is calculated conditioned on the last

reported periodic RI. For other transmission modes it is calculated
conditioned on transmission rank 1. If the UE is configured with CRI
3GPP
Release 13 131 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
reporting, the CQI is calculated conditioned on the last reported

periodic CRI.
 In the subframe where CQI for the selected subbands is reported:

or 10):
o The UE shall select the preferred subband within the set of Nj

subbands in each of the J bandwidth parts where J is given in Table
7.2.2-2.

assuming transmission on on the selected subband within the
applicable bandwidth part.
o The UE shall report a type 1 report per bandwidth part on each
respective successive reporting opportunity consisting of:
 CQI value for codeword 0 reflecting transmission only over

the selected subband of a bandwidth part determined in the
previous step along with the corresponding preferred
subband L-bit label.
 When RI>1, an additional 3-bit subband spatial differential

CQI value for codeword 1 offset level
 Codeword 1 offset level = subband CQI index for

codeword 0 – subband CQI index for codeword 1.
 The mapping from the 3-bit subband spatial differential CQI

value to the offset level is shown in Table 7.2-2.

reporting instance for the CSI process and the last reported
periodic CRI for the CSI process; otherwise the selected
last reported periodic RI and the last reported periodic CRI.
o otherwise,
reporting instance for the CSI process; otherwise the selected
 otherwise,

7.2.2-2.
3GPP
Release 13 132 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
o The UE shall report a type 1 report consisting of one CQI value

reflecting transmission only over the selected subband of a bandwidth
part determined in the previous step along with the corresponding
preferred subband L-bit label. A type 1 report for each bandwidth part
will in turn be reported in respective successive reporting
opportunities. The CQI represents channel quality for the first
codeword, even when RI>1.
o For transmission mode 3 the preferred subband selection and CQI

values are calculated conditioned on the last reported periodic RI. For
other transmission modes they are calculated conditioned on
transmission rank 1. If the UE is configured with CRI reporting, the
preferred subband selection and CQI values are calculated
conditioned on the last reported periodic CRI.
 In the subframe where RI is reported for transmission mode 4, transmission mode 8

except with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured, transmission
modes 9 and 10 with 2 CSI-RS ports, and transmission modes 9 and 10 with 4 CSI-RS
ports except with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured, and for
transmission modes 9 and 10 with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type configured,
eMIMO-Type set to 'CLASS B', one CSI-RS resource configured, with higher layer
parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE:
 If a UE is configured with CRI reporting,
periodic CRI.
 otherwise,
 In the subframe where RI and PTI are reported, for transmission modes 9 and 10 with 8
CSI-RS ports configured and higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type not configured, or
for transmission modes 9 and 10 with 8 CSI-RS ports or 4 CSI-RS ports with
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE in the selected CSI-RS resource and
UE is configured with CRI reporting, or for transmission modes 9 and 10 with 8 CSI-
RS ports configured and UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type,
and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and except
with higher layer parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE
configured, or for transmission modes 9 and 10 with higher layer parameter eMIMO-
Type configured, and eMIMO-Type set to 'CLASS A',or for transmission modes 8, 9 and
10 with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured without CRI
reporting then:
 If a UE is configured with CRI reporting,
periodic CRI.
3GPP
Release 13 133 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

CSI process' for a CSI process, the PTI for the CSI process shall be
the same as the PTI in the most recent type 6 report for the configured
'RI-reference CSI process'; otherwise, the UE shall determine a
precoder type indication (PTI) conditioned on the last reported
periodic CRI.
 otherwise,
precoder type indication (PTI).
 The PTI for the CSI process shall be equal to 1 if the RI reported jointly with
the PTI is greater than 2 for transmission modes 8, 9, 10 with
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured.
 The UE shall report a type 6 report consisting of one RI and the PTI.
 In the subframe where RI and CRI is reported for transmission modes 9 and 10 with
parameter eMIMO-Type configured by higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to
'CLASS B', and the number of configured CSI-RS resources is more than one:

the reported CRI for the CSI process.
 If each of the maximum number of ports in the configured CSI-RS resources is
2, or 4 except with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE
configured,
o The UE shall report a type 7 report consisting of one RI and one CRI.
 otherwise,

precoder type indication (PTI) conditioned on the reported CRI for
the CSI process.
o If the configured CSI-RS resource corresponding to the determined
CRI comprises 2 CSI-RS ports or 4 CSI-RS ports except with
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured, PTI is
fixed to zero.
o The PTI for the CSI process shall be equal to 1 if the RI reported
jointly with the PTI is greater than 2 for transmission modes 9, 10
with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured.
o The UE shall report a type 9 report consisting of one CRI, RI, and the
PTI.
 In the subframe where wideband CQI/PMI is reported for all transmission modes except
with
3GPP
Release 13 134 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

eMIMO-Type, or UE is configured with CRI reporting, or UE is configured
with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS
B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and except with higher layer
parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured:
o A UE shall report a type 2 report on each respective successive

reporting opportunity consisting of:
 A wideband CQI value which is calculated assuming the use

of a single precoding matrix in all subbands and transmission
on set S subbands.
 The selected single PMI (wideband PMI).


the CSI process, the PMI and CQI values for the CSI process are
calculated conditioned on the reported periodic RI for the configured
'RI-reference CSI process' in the most recent RI reporting instance for
the CSI process and the last reported periodic CRI for the CSI
process; otherwise the PMI and CQI values are calculated conditioned
on the last reported periodic RI and the last reported periodic CRI.
 otherwise,
o For transmission modes 4, 8, 9 and 10,
 If a UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with a 'RI-

reference CSI process' for a CSI process, and the most recent
report for the 'RI-reference CSI process' is reported in the
PMI and CQI values for the CSI process are calculated
conditioned on the reported periodic RI for the configured
'RI-reference CSI process' in the most recent RI reporting
instance for the CSI process; otherwise the PMI and CQI
values are calculated conditioned on the last reported
periodic RI.
o For other transmission modes the PMI and CQI values are calculated
conditioned on transmission rank 1.
 In the subframe where the wideband first PMI is reported for transmission modes 9 and
10 with 8 CSI-RS ports configured and higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type not
configured, or for transmission modes 9 and 10 with 8 CSI-RS ports or 4 CSI-RS ports
with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE in the selected CSI-RS resource
and UE is configured with CRI reporting, or for transmission modes 9 and 10 with 8
CSI-RS ports configured and UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-
Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and
3GPP
Release 13 135 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
except with higher layer parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE

Type configured, and eMIMO-Type set to 'CLASS A', or for transmission modes 8, 9
and 10 with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured without CRI
reporting:
 A set of precoding matrices corresponding to the wideband first PMI is
selected from the codebook subset assuming transmission on set S subbands.
 A UE shall report a type 2a report on each respective successive reporting

opportunity consisting of the wideband first PMI corresponding to the selected
set of precoding matrices.

CSI process' with PTI=0 is reported in the most recent RI reporting
instance for the CSI process, the wideband first PMI value for the CSI
process is calculated conditioned on the reported periodic RI for the
configured 'RI-reference CSI process' in the most recent RI reporting
instance for the CSI process and the last reported periodic CRI for the
CSI process; otherwise with the last reported PTI=0, the wideband
first PMI value is calculated conditioned on the last reported periodic
RI and the last reported periodic CRI.
 otherwise,

instance for the CSI process, the wideband first PMI value for the CSI
process is calculated conditioned on the reported periodic RI for the
configured 'RI-reference CSI process' in the most recent RI reporting
instance for the CSI process; otherwise with the last reported PTI=0,
the wideband first PMI value is calculated conditioned on the last
reported periodic RI.
 In the subframe where wideband CQI/second PMI is reported, for transmission modes 9
and 10 with 8 CSI-RS ports configured and higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type not
Type configured, and eMIMO-Type set to 'CLASS A',or for transmission modes 8,9, and
reporting:
 A UE shall report a type 2b report on each respective successive reporting

opportunity consisting of:
o A wideband CQI value which is calculated assuming the use of the

selected single precoding matrix in all subbands and transmission on
set S subbands.

precoding matrix.
3GPP
Release 13 136 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)


instance for the CSI process,

configured 'RI-reference CSI process' in the most recent RI
wideband first PMI for the CSI process and the last reported
periodic CRI for the CSI process,

process.
o Otherwise, with the last reported PTI=1,


 otherwise,


wideband first PMI for the CSI process,

process.


3GPP
Release 13 137 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
 If the last reported first PMI was computed under an RI assumption that differs
from the last reported periodic RI, or in the absence of a last reported first PMI,
the conditioning of the second PMI value is not specified.
 In the subframe where CQI for the selected subband is reported for all transmission
modes except with
eMIMO-Type, or UE is configured with CRI reporting, or UE is configured
with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS
B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and except with higher layer
parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured:
7.2.2-2.
o The UE shall report a type 1 report per bandwidth part on each
respective successive reporting opportunity consisting of:
 CQI value for codeword 0 reflecting transmission only over

the selected subband of a bandwidth part determined in the
previous step along with the corresponding preferred
subband L-bit label.
 When RI>1, an additional 3-bit subband spatial differential

CQI value for codeword 1 offset level
 Codeword 1 offset level = subband CQI index for

codeword 0 – subband CQI index for codeword 1.
 Assuming the use of the most recently reported

single precoding matrix in all subbands and
transmission on the selected subband within the
applicable bandwidth part.
 The mapping from the 3-bit subband spatial differential CQI

value to the offset level is shown in Table 7.2-2.
o F If a UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with a 'RI-reference

the CSI process, the subband selection and CQI values for the CSI
process are calculated conditioned on the last reported periodic
wideband PMI for the CSI process and the reported periodic RI for
the configured 'RI-reference CSI process' in the most recent RI
reporting instance for the CSI process and the last reported periodic
CRI for the CSI process; otherwise the subband selection and CQI
values are calculated conditioned on the last reported periodic
wideband PMI, RI and CRI.
 otherwise,
o For transmission modes 4, 8, 9 and 10,
 If a UE is configured in transmission mode 10 with a 'RI-

reference CSI process' for a CSI process, and the most recent
report for the 'RI-reference CSI process' is reported in the
3GPP
Release 13 138 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

subband selection and CQI values for the CSI process are
calculated conditioned on the last reported periodic
wideband PMI for the CSI process and the reported periodic
RI for the configured 'RI-reference CSI process' in the most
recent RI reporting instance for the CSI process; otherwise
the subband selection and CQI values are calculated
conditioned on the last reported periodic wideband PMI and
RI.
o For other transmission modes the subband selection and CQI values
are calculated conditioned on the last reported PMI and transmission
rank 1.
 In the subframe where wideband CQI/second PMI is reported, for transmission modes 9
and 10 with 8 CSI-RS ports configured and higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type not
Type configured, and eMIMO-Type set to 'CLASS A',or for transmission modes 8, 9 and
reporting:
 The UE shall report a type 2b report on each respective successive reporting

opportunity consisting of:
o A wideband CQI value which is calculated assuming the use of the

selected single precoding matrix in all subbands and transmission on
set S subbands.

precoding matrix.



periodic CRI for the CSI process.

process.
3GPP
Release 13 139 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
o otherwise, with the last reported PTI=0,


process and the last reported periodic CRI.
 otherwise,


wideband first PMI for the CSI process.

process.


 In the subframe where subband CQI/second PMI for the selected subband is reported,
for transmission modes 9 and 10 with 8 CSI-RS ports configured and higher layer
parameter eMIMO-Type not configured, or for transmission modes 9 and 10 with 8 CSI-
RS ports or 4 CSI-RS ports with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE in
the selected CSI-RS resource and UE is configured with CRI reporting, or for
transmission modes 9 and 10 with 8 CSI-RS ports configured and UE is configured with
higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one
CSI-RS resource configured, and except with higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured, or for transmission
modes 9 and 10 with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type configured, and eMIMO-
Type set to 'CLASS A',or for transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 with
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured without CRI reporting:
 The UE shall select the preferred subband within the set of Nj subbands in each
of the J bandwidth parts where J is given in Table 7.2.2-2.
 The UE shall report a type 1a report per bandwidth part on each respective
successive reporting opportunity consisting of:
o CQI value for codeword 0 reflecting transmission only over the

selected subband of a bandwidth part determined in the previous step
along with the corresponding preferred subband L-bit label.
3GPP
Release 13 140 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
o When RI>1, an additional 3-bit subband spatial differential CQI value

for codeword 1 offset level
 Codeword 1 offset level = subband CQI index for codeword 0

– subband CQI index for codeword 1.
 Assuming the use of the precoding matrix corresponding to the

selected second PMI and the most recently reported first PMI
and transmission on the selected subband within the applicable
bandwidth part.
o The mapping from the 3-bit subband spatial differential CQI value to
the offset level is shown in Table 7.2-2.
o A second PMI of the preferred precoding matrix selected from the

codebook subset assuming transmission only over the selected
subband within the applicable bandwidth part determined in the
previous step.

 The subband second PMI values for the CSI process are
periodic CRI for the CSI process.
 The subband selection and CQI values are calculated

conditioned on the selected precoding matrix for the CSI
process and the reported periodic RI for the configured 'RI-
reference CSI process' in the most recent RI reporting
instance for the CSI process and the last reported periodic
CRI for the CSI process.
o Otherwise, with the last reported PTI=1
 The subband second PMI values are calculated conditioned

on the last reported periodic RI and the wideband first PMI

conditioned on the selected precoding matrix and the last
reported periodic RI and the last reported periodic CRI.
 otherwise,

 The subband second PMI values for the CSI process are
wideband first PMI for the CSI process.
3GPP
Release 13 141 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

conditioned on the selected precoding matrix for the CSI
process and the reported periodic RI for the configured 'RI-
reference CSI process' in the most recent RI reporting
instance for the CSI process.
o Otherwise, with the last reported PTI=1
 The subband second PMI values are calculated conditioned

on the last reported periodic RI and the wideband first PMI.

conditioned on the selected precoding matrix and the last
reported periodic RI.
Table 7.2.2-2: Subband Size (k) and Bandwidth Parts (J) vs. Downlink System Bandwidth
DL
System Bandwidth N RB Subband Size k (RBs) Bandwidth Parts (J)
6–7 NA NA
8 – 10 4 1
11 – 26 4 2
27 – 63 6 3
64 – 110 8 4
For a BL/CE UE, the periodic CSI reporting modes are described as following:
− Wideband feedback
 In the subframe where CQI is reported:
 A UE shall report a type 4 report consisting of one wideband CQI value which is
calculated assuming transmission on all narrowband(s) in the CSI reference
resource. The wideband CQI is calculated conditioned on transmission rank 1.
 In the subframe where CQI/PMI is reported:

transmission on all narrowband(s) in the CSI reference resource. The PMI is
calculated conditioned on transmission rank 1.
 A UE shall report a type 2 report consisting of
o A single wideband CQI value which is calculated assuming the use of a

single precoding matrix in all narrowband(s) in the CSI reference resource
and transmission on all narrowband(s) in the CSI reference resource. The
wideband CQI is calculated conditioned on transmission rank 1.
o The selected single PMI (wideband PMI).
If parameter ttiBundling provided by higher layers is set to TRUE and if an UL-SCH in subframe bundling operation
collides with a periodic CSI reporting instance, then the UE shall drop the periodic CSI report of a given PUCCH
reporting type in that subframe and shall not multiplex the periodic CSI report payload in the PUSCH transmission in
that subframe. A UE is not expected to be configured with simultaneous PUCCH and PUSCH transmission when UL-
SCH subframe bundling is configured.
3GPP
Release 13 142 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
3GPP
Release 13 143 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.2-3: PUCCH Reporting Type Payload size per PUCCH Reporting Mode and Mode State
3GPP
Release 13 144 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
PUCCH Reporting Modes

PUCCH
Mode 1-1 Mode 2-1 Mode 1-0 Mode 2-0
Reporting Reported Mode State
Type (bits/BP* (bits/BP* (bits/BP* (bits/BP*
) ) ) )
RI = 1 NA 4+L NA 4+L
Sub-band
1 4+L1
CQI RI > 1 NA 7+L NA
7+L2
8 antenna ports or 8/12/16 antenna ports with
NA 8+L NA NA
codebookConfig={2,3,4}, RI = 1
NA 9+L NA NA
codebookConfig={2,3,4}, 1 < RI < 5
NA 7+L NA NA
codebookConfig={1,2,3,4} RI > 4
Sub-band CQI 8/12/16 antenna ports with codebookConfig=1,
1a NA 6+L NA NA
/ second PMI RI = 1
8/12/16 antenna ports with codebookConfig=1,
NA 9+L NA NA
RI = 2
NA 8+L NA NA
2<RI<5
4 antenna ports RI=1 NA 8+L NA NA
4 antenna ports 1<RI4 NA 9+L NA NA
2 antenna ports RI = 1 6 6 NA NA
4 antenna ports RI = 1, Note5 8 8 NA NA
2 antenna ports RI > 1 8 8 NA NA
4 antenna ports RI > 1, Note5 11 11 NA NA
Wideband 4 antenna ports RI = 2, Note6 10 10 NA NA
2 CQI/PMI 4 antenna ports RI = 3, Note6 9 9 NA NA
8 antenna ports 1<RI<4 11 11 NA NA
8 antenna ports RI > 4 7 7 NA NA
8 antenna ports RI < 3 NA 4 NA NA
8 antenna ports 2 < RI < 8 NA 2 NA NA
8 antenna ports RI = 8 NA 0 NA NA
4 antenna ports 1RI2 NA 4 NA NA
Wideband
2a first PMI 4 antenna ports 2RI4 NA NA NA NA
Note3 Note3 NA NA
1RI8
8/12/16 antenna ports with
Note4 Note4 NA NA
codebookConfig={2,3,4}
8 8 NA NA
codebookConfig = {2,3,4}, RI = 1
11 11 NA NA
codebookConfig = {2,3,4}, 1 < RI < 4
10 10 NA NA
codebookConfig = {2,3,4}, RI = 4
7 7 NA NA
Wideband CQI codebookConfig = {1,2,3,4}, RI > 4
2b / second PMI 4 antenna ports RI=1 8 8 NA NA
4 antenna port 1<RI4 11 11 NA NA
6 6 NA NA
RI = 1
9 9 NA NA
RI = 2
8 8 NA NA
2<RI<5
8 antenna ports RI = 1 8 NA NA NA
8 antenna ports 1 < RI  4 11 NA NA NA
Wideband CQI
8 antenna ports 4 < RI  7 9 NA NA NA
2c / first PMI
/ second PMI 8 antenna ports RI = 8 7 NA NA NA
4 antenna ports RI=1 8 NA NA NA
4 antenna port 1<RI4 11 NA NA NA
2/4 antenna ports, 2-layer spatial multiplexing 1 1 1 1
NA1 NA1
8 antenna ports, 2-layer spatial multiplexing 1 NA
12 12
4 antenna ports, 4-layer spatial multiplexing 2 2 2 2
3 RI
NA1 NA1
8 antenna ports, 4-layer spatial multiplexing 2 NA
22 22
NA1 NA1
8-layer spatial multiplexing 3 NA
32 32
3GPP
Release 13 145 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
12/16 antenna ports, 2-layer spatial

1 NA NA NA
multiplexing
2 NA NA NA
multiplexing
3 NA NA NA
multiplexing
RI = 1 or RI>1, without PMI/RI reporting NA NA 4 4
4 Wideband CQI RI = 1 without PMI reporting NA NA 4 4
RI>1 without PMI reporting NA NA 7 7
8 antenna ports, 2-layer spatial multiplexing 4
8 antenna ports, 4 and 8-layer spatial
5
5 RI/ first PMI multiplexing NA NA NA
8 antenna ports, 2-layer spatial multiplexing NA 2 NA NA
6 RI/PTI 12/16 antenna ports, 2-layer spatial NA 2 NA NA
multiplexing
12/16 antenna ports, 4-layer spatial NA 3 NA NA
multiplexing
12/16 antenna ports, 8-layer spatial NA 4 NA NA
multiplexing
2-layer spatial multiplexing k+1 k+1 k+1 k+1
7 CRI/RI 4-layer spatial multiplexing k+2 k+2 k+2 k+2
8-layer spatial multiplexing k+3 k+3 k+3 k+3
2-layer spatial multiplexing k+4 NA NA NA
8 CRI/RI/first PMI
4 and 8-layer spatial multiplexing k+5 NA NA NA
2-layer spatial multiplexing NA k+2 NA NA
9 CRI/RI/PTI 4-layer spatial multiplexing NA k+3 NA NA
8-layer spatial multiplexing NA k+4 NA NA
10 CRI Without PMI/RI reporting NA NA k k
NOTE *: For wideband CQI reporting types, the stated payload size applies to the full bandwidth.
NOTE 1: Without PMI/RI reporting
NOTE 2: Without PMI reporting k  log 2 ( K ) where K is the number of configured CSI-RS resources
NOTE 3: Sum of Wideband first PMI i1,1 bit width and Wideband first PMI i1,2 bit width in Table 5.2.3.3.2-3B-1 of [4]
with PTI=0
NOTE 4: Sum of Wideband first PMI i1,1 bit width and Wideband first PMI i1,2 bit width in Table 5.2.3.3.2-3B-2 of [4]
with PTI=0
NOTE 5: Not configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by higher-layers
NOTE 6: Configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by higher-layers
3GPP
Release 13 146 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.2.3 Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) definition

The CQI indices and their interpretations are given in Table 7.2.3-1 for reporting CQI based on QPSK, 16QAM and
64QAM. The CQI indices and their interpretations are given in Table 7.2.3-2 for reporting CQI based on QPSK,
16QAM, 64QAM and 256QAM. The CQI indices and their interpretations are given in Table 7.2.3-3 for reporting CQI
based on QPSK and 16QAM.
For a non-BL/CE UE, based on an unrestricted observation interval in time unless specified otherwise in this subclause,
and an unrestricted observation interval in frequency, the UE shall derive for each CQI value reported in uplink
subframe n the highest CQI index between 1 and 15 in Table 7.2.3-1 or Table 7.2.3-2 which satisfies the following
condition, or CQI index 0 if CQI index 1 does not satisfy the condition:
- A single PDSCH transport block with a combination of modulation scheme and transport block size
corresponding to the CQI index, and occupying a group of downlink physical resource blocks termed the CSI
reference resource, could be received with a transport block error probability not exceeding 0.1.
For a BL/CE UE, based on an unrestricted observation interval in time and frequency, the UE shall derive for each CQI
value the highest CQI index between 1 and 10 in Table 7.2.3-3 which satisfies the following condition, or CQI index 0
if CQI index 1 does not satisfy the condition:
- A single PDSCH transport block with a combination of modulation scheme and transport block size
corresponding to the CQI index, and occupying a group of downlink physical resource blocks termed the CSI
reference resource, could be received with a transport block error probability not exceeding 0.1.
If CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers, each CSI reference resource belongs to either
C CSI,0 or CCSI,1 but not to both. When CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers a UE
is not expected to receive a trigger for which the CSI reference resource is in subframe that does not belong to either
subframe set. For a UE in transmission mode 10 and periodic CSI reporting, the CSI subframe set for the CSI reference
resource is configured by higher layers for each CSI process.
For a UE in transmission mode 9 when parameter pmi-RI-Report is configured by higher layers and parameter eMIMO-
Type is not configured by higher layers, the UE shall derive the channel measurements for computing the CQI value
reported in uplink subframe n based on only the Channel-State Information (CSI) reference signals (CSI-RS) defined in
[3] for which the UE is configured to assume non-zero power for the CSI-RS. For a non-BL/CE UE in transmission
mode 9 when the parameter pmi-RI-Report is not configured by higher layers or in transmission modes 1-8 the UE shall
derive the channel measurements for computing CQI based on CRS. For a BL/CE UE the UE shall derive the channel
measurements for computing CQI based on CRS.
For a UE in transmission mode 10, when parameter eMIMO-Type is not configured by higher layers, the UE shall
derive the channel measurements for computing the CQI value reported in uplink subframe n and corresponding to a
CSI process, based on only the non-zero power CSI-RS (defined in [3]) within a configured CSI-RS resource associated
with the CSI process.
For a UE in transmission mode 9 and the UE configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by higher layers, the term 'CSI
process' in this clause refers to the CSI configured for the UE.
For a UE in transmission mode 9 or 10 and for a CSI process, if the UE is configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by
higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', and one CSI-RS resource configured, or the UE is configured with
parameter eMIMO-Type by higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and parameter channelMeasRestriction
is not configured by higher layers, the UE shall derive the channel measurements for computing the CQI value reported
in uplink subframe n and corresponding to the CSI process, based on only the non-zero power CSI-RS (defined in [3])
within a configured CSI-RS resource associated with the CSI process. If the UE is configured with parameter eMIMO-
Type by higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B' and the number of configured CSI-RS resources is K>1,
and parameter channelMeasRestriction is not configured by higher layers, the UE shall derive the channel
measurements for computing the CQI value using only the configured CSI-RS resource indicated by the CRI.
For a UE in transmission mode 9 or 10 and for a CSI process, if the UE is configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by
higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and parameter channelMeasRestriction is configured by higher
layers, the UE shall derive the channel measurements for computing the CQI value reported in uplink subframe n and
corresponding to the CSI process, based on only the most recent, no later than the CSI reference resource, non-zero
power CSI-RS (defined in [3]) within a configured CSI-RS resource associated with the CSI process. If the UE is
configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B' and the number of
configured CSI-RS resources is K>1, and parameter channelMeasRestriction is configured by higher layers, the UE
3GPP
Release 13 147 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
shall derive the channel measurements for computing the CQI value using only the most recent, no later than the CSI
reference resource, non-zero power CSI-RS within the configured CSI-RS resource indicated by the CRI.
For a UE in transmission mode 10, when parameter eMIMO-Type is not configured by higher layers, the UE shall
derive the interference measurements for computing the CQI value reported in uplink subframe n and corresponding to
a CSI process, based on only the configured CSI-IM resource associated with the CSI process.
For a UE in transmission mode 10 and for a CSI process, when parameters eMIMO-Type and
interferenceMeasRestriction is configured by higher layers, the UE shall derive the interference measurements for
computing the CQI value reported in uplink subframe n and corresponding to the CSI process, based on only the most
recent, no later than the CSI reference resource, configured CSI-IM resource associated with the CSI process. If the UE
is configured with parameter eMIMO-Type by higher layers, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B' and the number of
configured CSI-RS resources is K>1, and interferenceMeasRestriction is configured, the UE shall derive interference
measurement for computing the CQI value based on only the most recent, no later than the CSI reference resource, the
configured CSI-IM resource associated with the CSI-RS resource indicated by the CRI. If interferenceMeasRestriction
is not configured, the UE shall derive the interference measurement for computing the CQI value based on the CSI-IM
associated with the CSI-RS resource indicated by the CRI.
If the UE in transmission mode 10 is configured by higher layers for CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 and CCSI,1 for the CSI
process, the configured CSI-IM resource within the subframe subset belonging to the CSI reference resource is used to
derive the interference measurement.
For a UE configured with the parameter EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 for a serving cell, configured CSI-IM
resource(s) within only downlink subframe(s) of a radio frame that are indicated by UL/DL configuration of the serving
cell can be used to derive the interference measurement for the serving cell.
For a LAA Scell,
- for channel measurements, if the UE averages CRS/CSI-RS measurements from multiple subframes
- the UE should not average CSI-RS measurement in subframe n1 with CSI-RS measurement in a later
subframe n2, if any OFDM symbol of subframe n1 or any subframe from subframe n1+1 to subframe n2, is
not occupied.
- the UE should not average CRS measurement in subframe n1 with CRS measurement in a later subframe n2,
if any OFDM symbol of the second slot of subframe n1 or any OFDM symbol of any subframe from
subframe n1+1 to subframe n2-1, or any of the first 3 OFDM symbols in subframe n2, is not occupied.
- for interference measurements, the UE shall derive the interference measurements for computing the CQI value
based on only measurements in subframes with occupied OFDM symbols.
A combination of modulation scheme and transport block size corresponds to a CQI index if:
- the combination could be signalled for transmission on the PDSCH in the CSI reference resource according to
the relevant Transport Block Size table, and
- the modulation scheme is indicated by the CQI index, and
- the combination of transport block size and modulation scheme when applied to the reference resource results in
the effective channel code rate which is the closest possible to the code rate indicated by the CQI index. If more
than one combination of transport block size and modulation scheme results in an effective channel code rate
equally close to the code rate indicated by the CQI index, only the combination with the smallest of such
transport block sizes is relevant.
The CSI reference resource for a serving cell is defined as follows:
- For a non-BL/CE UE, in the frequency domain, the CSI reference resource is defined by the group of downlink
physical resource blocks corresponding to the band to which the derived CQI value relates. For a BL/CE UE, in
the frequency domain, the CSI reference resource includes all downlink physical resource blocks for any of the
narrowband to which the derived CQI value relates.
- In the time domain and for a non-BL/CE UE,
- for a UE configured in transmission mode 1-9 or transmission mode 10 with a single configured CSI process
for the serving cell, the CSI reference resource is defined by a single downlink or special subframe n-nCQI_ref,
3GPP
Release 13 148 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- where for periodic CSI reporting or for LAA Scell and aperiodic CSI reporting, nCQI_ref is the smallest
value greater than or equal to 4, such that it corresponds to a valid downlink or valid special subframe,
- where for FDD serving cell or TDD serving cell and aperiodic CSI reporting, if the UE is not configured
with the higher layer parameter csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12,.
- nCQI_ref is such that the reference resource is in the same valid downlink or valid special subframe as
the corresponding CSI request in an uplink DCI format.
- nCQI_ref is equal to 4 and subframe n-nCQI_ref corresponds to a valid downlink or valid special
subframe, where subframe n-nCQI_ref is received after the subframe with the corresponding CSI request
in a Random Access Response Grant.
- where for aperiodic CSI reporting, and the UE configured with the higher layer parameter csi-
SubframePatternConfig-r12,
- for the UE configured in transmission mode 1-9,
- nCQI_ref is the smallest value greater than or equal to 4 and subframe n-nCQI_ref corresponds to a
valid downlink or valid special subframe, where subframe n-nCQI_ref is received on or after the
subframe with the corresponding CSI request in an uplink DCI format;
- nCQI_ref is the smallest value greater than or equal to 4, and subframe n-nCQI_ref corresponds to a
valid downlink or valid special subframe, where subframe n-nCQI_ref is received after the subframe
with the corresponding CSI request in a Random Access Response Grant;
- if there is no valid value for nCQI_ref based on the above conditions, then nCQI_ref is the smallest
value such that the reference resource is in a valid downlink or valid special subframe n-nCQI_ref
prior to the subframe with the corresponding CSI request, where subframe n-nCQI_ref is the lowest
indexed valid downlink or valid special subframe within a radio frame;
- for the UE configured in transmission mode 10,
- nCQI_ref is the smallest value greater than or equal to 4, such that it corresponds to a valid downlink
or valid special subframe, and the corresponding CSI request is in an uplink DCI format;
- nCQI_ref is the smallest value greater than or equal to 4, and subframe n-nCQI_ref corresponds to a
valid downlink or valid special subframe, where subframe n-nCQI_ref is received after the subframe
with the corresponding CSI request in a Random Access Response Grant;
- for a UE configured in transmission mode 10 with multiple configured CSI processes for the serving cell, the
CSI reference resource for a given CSI process is defined by a single downlink or special subframe n-nCQI_ref,
- where for FDD serving cell or LAA Scell and periodic or aperiodic CSI reporting nCQI_ref is the smallest
value greater than or equal to 5, such that it corresponds to a valid downlink or valid special subframe,
and for aperiodic CSI reporting the corresponding CSI request is in an uplink DCI format;
- where for FDD serving cell and aperiodic CSI reporting nCQI_ref is equal to 5 and subframe n-nCQI_ref
corresponds to a valid downlink or valid special subframe, where subframe n-nCQI_ref is received after the
subframe with the corresponding CSI request in a Random Access Response Grant.
- where for TDD serving cell, and 2 or 3 configured CSI processes, and periodic or aperiodic CSI
reporting, nCQI_ref is the smallest value greater than or equal to 4, such that it corresponds to a valid
downlink or valid special subframe, and for aperiodic CSI reporting the corresponding CSI request is in
an uplink DCI format;
- where for TDD serving cell, and 2 or 3 configured CSI processes, and aperiodic CSI reporting, nCQI_ref is
equal to 4 and subframe n-nCQI_ref corresponds to a valid downlink or valid special subframe, where
subframe n-nCQI_ref is received after the subframe with the corresponding CSI request in a Random Access
Response Grant;
- where for TDD serving cell, and 4 configured CSI processes, and periodic or aperiodic CSI reporting,
nCQI_ref is the smallest value greater than or equal to 5, such that it corresponds to a valid downlink or
valid special subframe, and for aperiodic CSI reporting the corresponding CSI request is in an uplink DCI
format;
3GPP
Release 13 149 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- where for TDD serving cell, and 4 configured CSI processes, and aperiodic CSI reporting, nCQI_ref is equal
to 5 and subframe n-nCQI_ref corresponds to a valid downlink or valid special subframe, where subframe n-
nCQI_ref is received after the subframe with the corresponding CSI request in a Random Access Response
Grant.
- In the time domain and for a BL/CE UE, the CSI reference resource is defined by a set of BL/CE downlink or
special subframes where the last subframe is subframe n-nCQI_ref,
- where for periodic CSI reporting nCQI_ref is ≥ 4;
- where for aperiodic CSI reporting nCQI_ref is ≥ 4;
where each subframe in the CSI reference resource is a valid downlink or valid special subframe;
- where for wideband CSI reports:
- 
The set of BL/CE downlink or special subframes is the set of the last ceil R CSI / N NB,
ch,DL

hop subframes
before n-nCQI_ref used for MPDCCH monitoring by the BL/CE UE in each of the narrowbands where
ch,DL
the BL/CE UE monitors MPDCCH, where N NB,hop is the number of narrowbands where the BL/CE
UE monitors MPDCCH.
- where for subband CSI reports:
- The set of BL/CE downlink or special subframes is the set of the last R CSI subframes used for
MPDCCH monitoring by the BL/CE UE in the corresponding narrowband before n-nCQI_ref ;
- where R CSI is given by the higher layer parameter csi-NumRepetitionCE.
A subframe in a serving cell shall be considered to be a valid downlink or a valid special subframe if:
- it is configured as a downlink subframe or a special subframe for that UE, and
- in case multiple cells with different uplink-downlink configurations are aggregated and the UE is not
capable of simultaneous reception and transmission in the aggregated cells, the subframe in the primary
cell is a downlink subframe or a special subframe with the length of DwPTS more than 7680  Ts , and
- except for a non-BL/CE UE in transmission mode 9 or 10, it is not an MBSFN subframe, and
- it does not contain a DwPTS field in case the length of DwPTS is 7680  Ts and less, and
- it does not fall within a configured measurement gap for that UE, and
- for periodic CSI reporting, it is an element of the CSI subframe set linked to the periodic CSI report when
that UE is configured with CSI subframe sets, and
- for a UE configured in transmission mode 10 with multiple configured CSI processes, and aperiodic CSI
reporting for a CSI process, it is an element of the CSI subframe set linked to the downlink or special
subframe with the corresponding CSI request in an uplink DCI format, when that UE is configured with
CSI subframe sets for the CSI process and UE is not configured with the higher layer parameter csi-
SubframePatternConfig-r12, and
- for a UE configured in transmission mode 1-9, and aperiodic CSI reporting, it is an element of the CSI
subframe set associated with the corresponding CSI request in an uplink DCI format, when that UE is
configured with CSI subframe sets by the higher layer parameter csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12, and
- for a UE configured in transmission mode 10, and aperiodic CSI reporting for a CSI process, it is an
element of the CSI subframe set associated with the corresponding CSI request in an uplink DCI format,
when that UE is configured with CSI subframe sets by the higher layer parameter csi-
SubframePatternConfig-r12 for the CSI process.
- except if the serving cell is a LAA Scell, and at least one OFDM symbol in the subframe is not occupied.
3GPP
Release 13 150 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- except if the serving cell is a LAA Scell, and ns  ns as described in sub clause 6.10.1.1 in [3].
- except if the serving cell is a LAA Scell, and for a UE configured in transmission mode 9 or 10, the
configured CSI-RS resource associated with the CSI process is not in the subframe.
For a non-BL/CE UE, if there is no valid downlink or no valid special subframe for the CSI reference resource in
a serving cell, CSI reporting is omitted for the serving cell in uplink subframe n.
- In the layer domain, the CSI reference resource is defined by any RI and PMI on which the CQI is conditioned.
In the CSI reference resource, the UE shall assume the following for the purpose of deriving the CQI index, and if also
configured, PMI and RI:
- The first 3 OFDM symbols are occupied by control signalling
- No resource elements used by primary or secondary synchronization signals or PBCH or EPDCCH
- CP length of the non-MBSFN subframes
- Redundancy Version 0
- If CSI-RS is used for channel measurements, the ratio of PDSCH EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE is as given in
subclause 7.2.5
- For transmission mode 9 CSI reporting of a non-BL/CE UE:
- CRS REs are as in non-MBSFN subframes;
- If the UE is configured for PMI/RI reporting or without PMI reporting, the UE-specific reference signal
overhead is consistent with the most recent reported rank if more than one CSI-RS port is configured, and is
consistent with rank 1 transmission if only one CSI-RS port is configured; and PDSCH signals on antenna
ports {7  6  } for  layers would result in signals equivalent to corresponding symbols transmitted on
 y (15) (i )   x ( 0 ) (i ) 
   
antenna ports {1514  P} , as given by     W (i )    , where
 y (14 P ) (i )  x ( 1) (i )
   

x(i)  x (0) (i) ... x ( 1) (i) 
T
is a vector of symbols from the layer mapping in subclause 6.3.3.2 of [3],
P  {1,2,4,8,12,16} is the number of CSI-RS ports configured, and if only one CSI-RS port is configured,
W (i ) is 1, otherwise for UE configured for PMI/RI reporting W (i ) is the precoding matrix corresponding to
the reported PMI applicable to x(i ) and for UE configured without PMI reporting W (i ) is the selected
precoding matrix corresponding to the reported CQI applicable to x(i ) . The corresponding PDSCH signals
transmitted on antenna ports {1514  P} would have a ratio of EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE equal to the
ratio given in subclause 7.2.5.
- For transmission mode 10 CSI reporting, if a CSI process is configured without PMI/RI reporting:
- If the number of antenna ports of the associated CSI-RS resource is one, a PDSCH transmission is on single-
antenna port, port 7. The channel on antenna port {7} is inferred from the channel on antenna port {15} of
the associated CSI-RS resource.
- CRS REs are as in non-MBSFN subframes. The CRS overhead is assumed to be the same as the CRS
overhead corresponding to the number of CRS antenna ports of the serving cell;
- The UE-specific reference signal overhead is 12 REs per PRB pair.
- Otherwise,
- If the number of antenna ports of the associated CSI-RS resource is 2, the PDSCH transmission scheme
assumes the transmit diversity scheme defined in subclause 7.1.2 on antenna ports {0,1} except that the
channels on antenna ports {0,1} are inferred from the channels on antenna port {15, 16} of the associated
CSI resource respectively.
3GPP
Release 13 151 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- If the number of antenna ports of the associated CSI-RS resource is 4, the PDSCH transmission scheme
assumes the transmit diversity scheme defined in subclause 7.1.2 on antenna ports {0,1,2,3} except that
the channels on antenna ports {0,1,2,3} are inferred from the channels on antenna ports {15, 16, 17, 18}
of the associated CSI-RS resource respectively.
- The UE is not expected to be configured with more than 4 antenna ports for the CSI-RS resource
associated with the CSI process configured without PMI/RI reporting.
- The overhead of CRS REs is assuming the same number of antenna ports as that of the associated CSI-RS
resource.
- UE-specific reference signal overhead is zero.
- For transmission mode 10 CSI reporting, if a CSI process is configured with PMI/RI reporting or without PMI
reporting:
- CRS REs are as in non-MBSFN subframes. The CRS overhead is assumed to be the same as the CRS
overhead corresponding to the number of CRS antenna ports of the serving cell;
- The UE-specific reference signal overhead is consistent with the most recent reported rank for the CSI
process if more than one CSI-RS port is configured, and is consistent with rank 1 transmission if only one
CSI-RS port is configured; and PDSCH signals on antenna ports {7  6  } for  layers would result in
signals equivalent to corresponding symbols transmitted on antenna ports {1514  P} , as given by
 y (15) (i )   x ( 0 ) (i ) 

 
  

(0)

( 1)
  W (i )    , where x(i)  x (i) ... x (i) is a vector of symbols from the
T
 y (14 P ) (i )  x ( 1) (i )
   
layer mapping in subclause 6.3.3.2 of [3], P  {1,2,4,8,12,16} is the number of antenna ports of the
associated CSI-RS resource, and if P=1, W (i ) is 1, otherwise for UE configured for PMI/RI reporting W (i )
is the precoding matrix corresponding to the reported PMI applicable to x(i ) and for UE configured without
PMI reporting W (i ) is the selected precoding matrix corresponding to the reported CQI applicable to x(i ) .
The corresponding PDSCH signals transmitted on antenna ports {1514  P} would have a ratio of
EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE equal to the ratio given in subclause 7.2.5
- Assume no REs allocated for CSI-RS and zero-power CSI-RS
- Assume no REs allocated for PRS
- The PDSCH transmission scheme given by Table 7.2.3-0 depending on the transmission mode currently
configured for the UE (which may be the default mode).
- If CRS is used for channel measurements, the ratio of PDSCH EPRE to cell-specific RS EPRE is as given in
subclause 5.2 with the exception of  A which shall be assumed to be
-  A  PA   offset  10 log 10 (2) [dB] for any modulation scheme, if the UE is configured with
transmission mode 2 with 4 cell-specific antenna ports, or transmission mode 3 with 4 cell-specific
antenna ports and the associated RI is equal to one;
-  A  PA   offset [dB] for any modulation scheme and any number of layers, otherwise.
The shift  offset is given by the parameter nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset which is configured by higher-layer
signalling.
3GPP
Release 13 152 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.3-0: PDSCH transmission scheme assumed for CSI reference resource
Transmission
Transmission scheme of PDSCH
mode
1 Single-antenna port, port 0
2 Transmit diversity
3 Transmit diversity if the associated rank indicator is 1, otherwise large delay CDD
4 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing
5 Multi-user MIMO
6 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing with a single transmission layer
If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, Single-antenna port, port 0; otherwise Transmit
7
diversity
If the UE is configured without PMI/RI reporting: if the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, single-
antenna port, port 0; otherwise transmit diversity
8
If the UE is configured with PMI/RI reporting: closed-loop spatial multiplexing
For a non-BL/CE UE, if the UE is configured without PMI/RI reporting: if the number of PBCH
antenna ports is one, single-antenna port, port 0; otherwise transmit diversity
For a non-BL/CE UE, if the UE is configured with PMI/RI reporting or without PMI reporting: if the
number of CSI-RS ports is one, single-antenna port, port 7; otherwise up to 8 layer transmission,
ports 7-14 (see subclause 7.1.5B)
9
For a BL/CE UE, if the UE is not configured with periodic CSI reporting mode 1-1: if the number of
PBCH antenna ports is one, single-antenna port, port 0; otherwise transmit diversity
For a BL/CE UE, if the UE is configured with periodic CSI reporting mode 1-1: if the number of
PBCH antenna ports is one, single-antenna port, port 0; otherwise closed-loop spatial multiplexing
with a single transmission layer
If a CSI process of the UE is configured without PMI/RI reporting: if the number of CSI-RS ports is
one, single-antenna port, port7; otherwise transmit diversity
10
If a CSI process of the UE is configured with PMI/RI reporting or without PMI reporting: if the number
of CSI-RS ports is one, single-antenna port, port 7; otherwise up to 8 layer transmission, ports 7-14
(see subclause 7.1.5B)
Table 7.2.3-1: 4-bit CQI Table
CQI index modulation code rate x 1024 efficiency

0 out of range
1 QPSK 78 0.1523
2 QPSK 120 0.2344
3 QPSK 193 0.3770
4 QPSK 308 0.6016
5 QPSK 449 0.8770
6 QPSK 602 1.1758
7 16QAM 378 1.4766
8 16QAM 490 1.9141
9 16QAM 616 2.4063
10 64QAM 466 2.7305
11 64QAM 567 3.3223
12 64QAM 666 3.9023
13 64QAM 772 4.5234
14 64QAM 873 5.1152
15 64QAM 948 5.5547
3GPP
Release 13 153 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.3-2: 4-bit CQI Table 2

0 out of range
1 QPSK 78 0.1523
2 QPSK 193 0.3770
3 QPSK 449 0.8770
4 16QAM 378 1.4766
5 16QAM 490 1.9141
6 16QAM 616 2.4063
7 64QAM 466 2.7305
8 64QAM 567 3.3223
9 64QAM 666 3.9023
10 64QAM 772 4.5234
11 64QAM 873 5.1152
12 256QAM 711 5.5547
13 256QAM 797 6.2266
14 256QAM 885 6.9141
15 256QAM 948 7.4063
Table 7.2.3-3: 4-bit CQI Table 3

CSI
x R x R CSI
0 out of range
1 QPSK 40 0.0781
2 QPSK 78 0.1523
3 QPSK 120 0.2344
4 QPSK 193 0.3770
5 QPSK 308 0.6016
6 QPSK 449 0.8770
7 QPSK 602 1.1758
8 16QAM 378 1.4766
9 16QAM 490 1.9141
10 16QAM 616 2.4063
11 Reserved Reserved Reserved
3GPP
Release 13 154 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.2.4 Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) definition

For transmission modes 4, 5 and 6, precoding feedback is used for channel dependent codebook based precoding and
relies on UEs reporting precoding matrix indicator (PMI). For transmission mode 8, the UE shall report PMI if
configured with PMI/RI reporting. For transmission modes 9 and 10, the non-BL/CE UE shall report PMI if configured
with PMI/RI reporting and the number of CSI-RS ports is larger than 1. For transmission modes 9, the BL/CE UE shall
report PMI based on CRS. A UE shall report PMI based on the feedback modes described in 7.2.1 and 7.2.2. For other
transmission modes, PMI reporting is not supported.
For 2 antenna ports, except with UE configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to
'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE, each PMI value corresponds to a codebook index given in Table
6.3.4.2.3-1 of [3] as follows:
 For 2 antenna ports 0,1 or {15,16} and an associated RI value of 1, a PMI value of n  0,1,2,3
corresponds to the codebook index n given in Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 of [3] with   1 .
 For 2 antenna ports 0,1 or {15,16} and an associated RI value of 2, a PMI value of n  0,1 corresponds to
the codebook index n  1 given in Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 of [3] with   2 .
For 4 antenna ports 0,1,2,3 or {15,16,17,18}, except with UE configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type,
and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS resource configured, and higher layer parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured, each PMI value corresponds to a codebook index given
in Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 of [3] or a pair of codebook indices given in Table 7.2.4-0A, 7.2.4-0B, 7.2.4-0C, or 7.2.4-0D as
follows:
 A PMI value of n  0,1,,15 corresponds to the codebook index n given in Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 of [3] with
 equal to the associated RI value except with alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE configured.
 If alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12=TRUE is configured, each PMI value corresponds to a pair of
codebook indices given in Table 7.2.4-0A, 7.2.4-0B, 7.2.4-0C, or 7.2.4-0D, where the quantities  n ,  'n and
v'm in Table 7.2.4-0A and Table 7.2.4-0B are given by
 n  e jn 2
 'n  e j 2n 32

v'm  1 e j 2m 32 
T
o A first PMI value of i1   0,1,, f ( )  1 and a second PMI value of i2   0,1,, g ( )  1

correspond to the codebook indices i1 and i2 respectively given in Table 7.2.4-0j with  equal to
the associated RI value and where j ={A,B,C,D} respectively when   1,2,3,4 ,
f ( )  16,16,1,1 and g ( )  16,16,16,16 .
o The quantity Wn{s} in Table 7.2.4-0C and Table 7.2.4-0D denotes the matrix defined by the columns
given by the set {s} from the expression Wn  I  2ununH unH un where I is the 4 4 identity
matrix and the vector u n is given by Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 in [3] and n  i2 .
o In some cases codebook subsampling is supported. The sub-sampled codebook for PUCCH mode 1-1
submode 2 is defined in Table 7.2.2-1G for first and second precoding matrix indicators i1 and i2 .
Joint encoding of rank and first precoding matrix indicator i1 for PUCCH mode 1-1 submode 1 is
defined in Table 7.2.2-1H. The sub-sampled codebook for PUCCH mode 2-1 is defined in Table
7.2.2-1I for PUCCH Reporting Type 1a.
Table 7.2.4-0A: Codebook for 1-layer CSI reporting using antenna ports 0 to 3 or 15 to 18
i1 i2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
0 – 15 W i1 , 0 W i1 ,8 W i1 ,16 W i1 , 24 Wi1 8, 2 W
i1 8,10 W i1 8,18 W
i1 8, 26
i1 i2
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
3GPP
Release 13 155 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
0 - 15 Wi1(116
)
,4 Wi1(116
)
,12 Wi1(116
)
, 20 Wi1(116
)
, 28 Wi1(1)24,6 Wi1(1)24,14 Wi1(1)24, 22 Wi1(1)24,30
1  v'm 
Wm(1,n) 
2  'n v'm 
where
Table 7.2.4-0B: Codebook for 2-layer CSI reporting using antenna ports 0 to 3 or 15 to 18
i1 i2
0 1 2 3
( 2) ( 2) ( 2) ( 2)
0 – 15 W i1 ,i1 , 0 W i1 ,i1 ,1 W i1 8,i1 8, 0 W i1 8,i1 8,1
i1 i2
4 5 6 7
( 2) ( 2) ( 2) ( 2)
0 – 15 W i1 16,i1 16, 0 W i1 16,i1 16,1 W i1  24,i1  24, 0 W i1  24,i1  24,1
i1 i2
8 9 10 11
( 2) ( 2) ( 2) ( 2)
0 – 15 W i1 ,i1 8, 0 W i1 ,i1 8,1 W i1 8,i1 16, 0 W i1 8,i1 16,1
i1 i2
12 13 14 15
( 2) ( 2) ( 2) ( 2)
0 – 15 W i1 ,i1  24, 0 W i1 ,i1  24,1 W i1 8,i1  24, 0 W i1 8,i1  24,1
1  v' m v' m ' 

Wm( 2,m) ',n     n v'm' 
where
8  n v'm
Table 7.2.4-0C: Codebook for 3-layer CSI reporting using antenna ports 15 to 18
i1 i2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 W0{124} 3 W1{123} 3 W2{123} 3 W3{123} 3 W4{124} 3 W5{124} 3 W6{134} 3 W7{134} 3
i1 i2
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 W8{124} 3 W9{134} 3 W10{123} 3 W11{134} 3 W12{123} 3 W13{123} 3 W14{123} 3 W15{123} 3
Table 7.2.4-0D: Codebook for 4-layer CSI reporting using antenna ports 15 to 18
i1 i2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 W0{1234} 2 W1{1234} 2 W2{3214} 2 W3{3214} 2 W4{1234} 2 W5{1234} 2 W6{1324} 2 W7{1324} 2
i1 i2
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 W8{1234} 2 W9{1234} 2 {1324}
W10 2 {1324}
W11 2 {1234}
W12 2 {1324}
W13 2 {3214}
W14 2 W {1234}
15 2
For a non-BL/CE UE, the UE is not expected to receive the configuration of alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12
except for transmission mode 8 configured with 4 CRS ports, and transmission modes 9 and 10 configured with 4 CSI-
RS ports. For a UE configured in transmission mode 10, the parameter alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 may
be configured for each CSI process.
For a BL/CE UE, the UE is not expected to receive the configuration of alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12.
For 8 antenna ports, except with,
3GPP
Release 13 156 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', or
- UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-
RS resource configured, and higher layer parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE
configured,
each PMI value corresponds to a pair of codebook indices given in Table 7.2.4-1, 7.2.4-2, 7.2.4-3, 7.2.4-4, 7.2.4-5,
7.2.4-6, 7.2.4-7, or 7.2.4-8, where the quantities  n and v m are given by
 n  e jn 2

vm  1 e j 2m 32 e j 4m 32 e j 6m 32 
T
- as follows:For 8 antenna ports  15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22 , a first PMI value of i1  0,1,, f ( )  1 and

a second PMI value of i2  0,1,, g ( )  1 corresponds to the codebook indices i1 and i2 given in
Table 7.2.4-j with  equal to the associated RI value and where j =  , f ( )  16,16,4,4,4,4,4,1  and
g ( )  16,16,16,8,1,1,1,1  .
- In some cases codebook subsampling is supported. The sub-sampled codebook for PUCCH mode 1-1
submode 2 is defined in Table 7.2.2-1D for first and second precoding matrix indicator i1 and i2 . Joint
encoding of rank and first precoding matrix indicator i1 for PUCCH mode 1-1 submode 1 is defined in
Table 7.2.2-1E. The sub-sampled codebook for PUCCH mode 2-1 is defined in Table 7.2.2-1F for PUCCH
Reporting Type 1a.
Table 7.2.4-1: Codebook for 1-layer CSI reporting using antenna ports 15 to 22
i2
i1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 – 15 W2(i1),0 W2(i1),1 W2(i1),2 W2(i1),3 W2(i1)1,0 W2(i1)1,1 W2(i1)1, 2 W2(i1)1,3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i2
i1
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 - 15 W2(i1) 2,0 W2(i1) 2,1 W2(i1) 2,2 W2(i1) 2,3 W2(i1)3,0 W2(i1)3,1 W2(i1)3,2 W2(i1)3,3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1  vm 
(1)
where Wm, n   
8  n vm 
3GPP
Release 13 157 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
i2
i1
0 1 2 3
0 – 15 W2(i2,)2i ,0 W2(i2,)2i ,1 W2(i2) 1,2i 1,0 W2(i2) 1,2i 1,1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i2
i1
4 5 6 7
0 – 15 W2(i2) 2,2i 2,0 W2(i2) 2,2i  2,1 W2(i2) 3,2i 3,0 W2(i2) 3,2i 3,1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i2
i1
8 9 10 11
0 – 15 W2(i2,)2i 1,0 W2(i2,)2i 1,1 W2(i2) 1,2i  2,0 W2(i2) 1,2i  2,1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i2
i1
12 13 14 15
0 – 15 W2(i2,)2i 3,0 W2(i2,)2i 3,1 W2(i2) 1,2i 3,0
1 1
W2(i2) 1,2i 3,1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 v vm ' 
( 2)
  m
  n vm' 
where Wm,m',n
4  n vm
i2
i1
0 1 2 3
~ ~
0-3 W8(i3,)8i ,8i 8 W8(i3) 8,8i ,8i 8 W8(i3,)8i 8,8i 8 W8(i3) 8,8i ,8i
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i2
i1
4 5 6 7
~ ~
0-3 W8(i3) 2,8i  2,8i 10 W8(i3) 10,8i  2,8i 10 W8(i3) 2,8i 10,8i 10 W8(i3) 10,8i  2,8i  2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i2
i1
8 9 10 11
~ ~
0-3 W8(i3) 4,8i  4,8i 12 W8(i3) 12,8i  4,8i 12 W8(i3) 4,8i 12,8i 12 W8(i3) 12,8i  4,8i  4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i2
i1
12 13 14 15
~ ~
0-3 W8(i3) 6,8i 6,8i 14 W8(i3) 14,8i 6,8i 14 W8(i3) 6,8i 14,8i 14 W8(i3) 14,8i 6,8i 6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 vm vm ' vm"  ~ 1 vm vm ' vm" 

(3)
   , Wm(3,m) ',m"    vm" 
where Wm,m',m"
24 vm  vm '  vm"  24 vm vm '
i2
i1
0 1 2 3
0-3 W8(i4,)8i 8,0 W8(i4,)8i 8,1 W8(i4) 2,8i 10,0 W8(i4) 2,8i 10,1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i2
i1
4 5 6 7
0-3 W8(i4) 4,8i 12,0 W8(i4) 4,8i 12,1 W8(i4) 6,8i 14,0 W8(i4) 6,8i 14,1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1  vm vm' vm vm ' 
where Wm, m',n 
( 4)
 v    n vm   n vm' 
32  n m n vm '
3GPP
Release 13 158 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.4-5: Codebook for 5-layer CSI reporting using antenna ports 15 to 22.
i2
i1
0
1 v2i1 v2i1 v2i1 8 v2i1 8 v2i1 16 
Wi(5)   v2i1 16 
0-3 1
40 v2i1  v2i1 v2i1 8  v2i1 8
i2
i1
0
1 v2i1 v2i1 v2i1 8 v2i1 8 v2i1 16 v2i1 16 
Wi(6)    v2i1 16 
0-3 1
48 v2i1  v2i1 v2i1 8  v2i1 8 v2i1 16
i2
i1
0
1 v2i1 v2i1 v2i1 8 v2i1 8 v2i1 16 v2i1 16 v2i1  24 
Wi(7)   v2i1  24 
0-3 1
56 v2i1  v2i1 v2i1 8  v2i1 8 v2i1 16  v2i1 16
i2
i1
0
1 v2i v2i1 v2i1 8 v2i1 8 v2i1 16 v2i1 16 v2i1  24 v2i1  24 
Wi(8)   1
 v2i1  24 
0 1
8 v2i1  v2i1 v2i1 8  v2i1 8 v2i1 16  v2i1 16 v2i1  24
For 8 antenna ports 15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22 , 12 antenna ports 15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26 , 16 antenna

ports  15,16,17,18,19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29,30  , and UE configured with higher layer parameter
eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', each PMI value corresponds to three codebook indices given in
Table 7.2.4-10, 7.2.4-11, 7.2.4-12, 7.2.4-13, 7.2.4-14, 7.2.4-15, 7.2.4-16, or 7.2.4-17, where the quantities  n , um and
v l , m are given by
 n  e jn 2
 2m 2m( N 2 1) 
j j

um  1 e O2 N 2
... e O2 N 2 
 
 
T
 2l 2l ( N 1 1) 
j j
vl , m  um e O1 N 1
um ... e O1 N 1
um 
 
 
- The values of N 1 , N 2 , O1 , and O2 are configured with the higher-layer parameter codebookConfig-N1,
codebookConfig-N2, codebook-Over-Sampling-RateConfig-O1, and codebook-Over-Sampling-RateConfig-O2,
3GPP
Release 13 159 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
respectively. The supported configurations of O1,O2  and N1, N 2  for a given number of CSI-RS ports are
given in Table 7.2.4-9. The number of CSI-RS ports, P, is 2 N1N 2 .
- UE is not expected to be configured with value of CodebookConfig set to 2 or 3, if the value of

codebookConfigN2 is set to 1.
- UE shall only use i1, 2  0 and shall not report i1, 2 if the value of codebookConfigN2 is set to 1.
- A first PMI value i1 corresponds to the codebook indices pair  i1,1,i1,2 , and a second PMI value i2
corresponds to the codebook index i2 given in Table 7.2.4-j with  equal to the associated RI value and where
j =  9 .
- In some cases codebook subsampling is supported. The sub-sampled codebook for PUCCH mode 2-1 for value
of parameter codebookConfig set to 2, 3, or 4 is defined in Table 7.2.2-1F for PUCCH Reporting Type 1a.
Table 7.2.4-9: Supported configurations of O1,O2  and N1, N 2 

Number of
CSI-RS antenna ports, P
N1, N 2  O1,O2 
8 (2,2) (4,4), (8,8)
(2,3) (8,4), (8,8)
12
(3,2) (8,4), (4,4)
(2,4) (8,4), (8,8)
16 (4,2) (8,4), (4,4)
(8,1) (4,-), (8,-)
3GPP
Release 13 160 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.4-10: Codebook for 1-layer CSI reporting using antenna ports 15 to 14+P
Value of i2
Codebook- i1,1 i1, 2
Config 0 1 2 3
1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi(1),i ,0 Wi(1),i ,1 Wi(1),i ,2 Wi(1),i ,3
1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2
1  vl ,m 
where Wl(,1m),n   
P  n vl ,m 
Value of i2
Config 0 1 2 3
2 N1O1 N 2O2 W2(i1) ,2i W2(i1) ,2i W2(i1) ,2i W2(i1) ,2i
0,1,..., 1 0,1,..., 1 1,1 1, 2 ,0 1,1 1, 2 ,1 1,1 1, 2 , 2 1,1 1, 2 ,3
2 2
Value of i2
Config 4 5 6 7
2 N1O1 N 2O2 W2(i1) 1,2i ,0 W2(i1) 1,2i ,1 W2(i1) 1,2i ,2 W2(i1) 1,2i ,3
0,1,..., 1 0,1,..., 1 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2
2 2
Value of i2
Config 8 9 10 11
2 N1O1 N 2O2 W2(i1) ,2i 1,0 W2(i1) ,2i 1,1 W2(i1) ,2i 1,2 W2(i1) ,2i 1,3
0,1,..., 1 0,1,..., 1 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2
2 2
Value of i2
Config 12 13 14 15
2 N1O1 N 2O2 W2(i1) 1,2i 1,0 W2(i1) 1,2i 1,1 W2(i1) 1,2i 1,2 W2(i1) 1,2i 1,3
0,1,..., 1 0,1,..., 1 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2 1,1 1, 2
2 2
1  vl ,m 
where Wl(,1m),n   
P  n vl ,m 
Value of i2
Config 0 1 2 3
3 N1O1 N 2O2 W2(1x),2 y ,0 W2(1x),2 y ,1 W2(1x), 2 y , 2 W2(1x),2 y ,3
0,1,..., 1 0,1,..., 1
2 2
Value of i2
Config 4 5 6 7
3 N1O1 N 2O2 W2(1x) 2,2 y ,0 W2(1x) 2, 2 y ,1 W2(1x) 2,2 y ,2 W2(1x) 2,2 y ,3
0,1,..., 1 0,1,..., 1
2 2
Value of i2
Config 8 9 10 11
3 NO N O W2(1x)1,2 y 1,0 W2(1x)1, 2 y 1,1 W2(1x)1,2 y 1,2 W2(1x)1,2 y 1,3
0,1,..., 1 1  1 0,1,..., 2 2  1
2 2
Value of i2
Config 12 13 14 15
3 NO N O W2(1x)3,2 y 1,0 W2(1x)3,2 y 1,1 W2(1x)3,2 y 1,2 W2(1x)3,2 y 1,3
0,1,..., 1 1  1 0,1,..., 2 2  1
2 2
1  vl ,m 
where x  i1,1 , y  i1,2 , Wl(,1m),n    , if N1  N2
P  n vl ,m 
1  vm,l 
x  i1,2 , y  i1,1 , Wl(,1m),n    , if N1  N 2
P  n vm,l 
3GPP
Release 13 161 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Value of i2
Config 0 1 2 3
4 NO N O W2(1x),2 y ,0 W2(1x),2 y ,1 W2(1x), 2 y , 2 W2(1x),2 y ,3
0,1,..., 1 1  1 0,1,..., 2 2  1
2 2
Value of i2
Config 4 5 6 7
4 NO N O W2(1x)1, 2 y ,0 W2(1x)1,2 y ,1 W2(1x)1, 2 y ,2 W2(1x)1, 2 y ,3
0,1,..., 1 1  1 0,1,..., 2 2  1
2 2
Value of i2
Config 8 9 10 11
4 NO N O W2(1x) 2,2 y ,0 W2(1x) 2, 2 y ,1 W2(1x) 2,2 y ,2 W2(1x) 2,2 y ,3
0,1,..., 1 1  1 0,1,..., 2 2  1
2 2
Value of i2
Config 12 13 14 15
4 NO N O W2(1x)3,2 y ,0 W2(1x) 3,2 y ,1 W2(1x)3,2 y ,2 W2(1x)3,2 y ,3
0,1,..., 1 1  1 0,1,..., 2 2  1
2 2
1  vl ,m 
where x  i1,1 , y  i1,2 , Wl(,1m),n    , if N1  N2
P  n vl ,m 
1  vm,l 
x  i1,2 , y  i1,1 , Wl(,1m),n    , if N1  N 2
P  n vm,l 
2 Layers, Codebook-Config = 1
i1,2  0, , N 2O2  1
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
, N1O1  1
(2) (2) (2) (2)
0, W i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,0 W i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,1 W i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,2 W i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,3
1  v l ,m vl,m 
where W ( 2' ) '     n vl,m 
.
l ,l ,m,m ,n
2 P  n vl ,m
If N1  N2 , p  1 otherwisep  O1
i1,2  0, , N 2O2 / 2  1
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
NO (2) (2) (2) (2)
0, , 1 1 1 W 2i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 ,2 i1,2 ,0 W 2i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 ,1 W 2i1,1  p ,2i1,1  p ,2i1,2 ,2 i1,2 ,0 W 2i1,1  p ,2i1,1  p ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 ,1
2
i2
i1,1
4 5 6 7
N1O1
0, , 1 W2(2)
i1,1  p ,2i1,1  p ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1,0 W2(2)
i1,1  p ,2 i1,1  p ,2 i1,2 1,2 i1,2 1,1 W2(2)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1,0 W2(2)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2 i1,2 1,1
2
i2
i1,1
8 9 10 11
3GPP
Release 13 162 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
N1O1
0, , 1 W2(2)
i1,1 ,2i1,1  p ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 ,0 W2(2)
i1,1 ,2i1,1  p ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 ,1 W2(2)
i1,1 ,2i1,1  p ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1,0 W2(2)
i1,1 ,2i1,1  p ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1,1
2
i2
i1,1
12 13 14 15
0, ,
N1O1
1 W2(2) W2(2) W2(2) W2(2)
i1,1  p ,2i1,1  p ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 1,1
i1,1 ,2 i1,1 ,2 i1,2 ,2 i1,2 1,0 i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 1,1 i1,1  p ,2 i1,1  p ,2 i1,2 ,2 i1,2 1,0
2 .
1  vl ,m vl,m 
where Wl (2)    n vl,m 
.
,l ' ,m,m' ,n
2 P  n vl ,m
i1,2  0, , N 2O2 / 2  1
i2
i1,1
0 1 2 3
N1O1
0, , 1 W2(2)
x ,2 x ,2 y ,2 y ,0 W2(2)
x ,2 x ,2 y ,2 y ,1 W2(2)
x1,2 x1,2 y 1,2 y 1,0 W2(2)
x1,2 x1,2 y 1,2 y 1,1
2
i2
i1,1
4 5 6 7
N1O1
0, , 1 W2(2)
x 2,2 x 2,2 y ,2 y ,0 W2(2)
x 2,2 x 2,2 y ,2 y ,1 W2(2)
x3,2 x3,2 y 1,2 y 1,0 W2(2)
x3,2 x3,2 y 1,2 y 1,1
2
i2
i1,1
8 9 10 11
N1O1
0, , 1 W2(2)
x ,2 x1,2 y ,2 y 1,0 W2(2)
x ,2 x1,2 y ,2 y 1,1 W2(2)
x1,2 x2,2 y 1,2 y ,0 W2(2)
x 1,2 x 2,2 y 1,2 y ,1
2
i2
i1,1
12 13 14 15
N1O1
0, , 1 W2(2)
x ,2 x 3,2 y ,2 y 1,0 W2(2)
x ,2 x3,2 y ,2 y 1,1 W2(2)
x1,2 x3,2 y 1,2 y 1,0 W2(2)
x1,2 x3,2 y 1,2 y 1,1
2
1  vl ,m vl,m 
where x  i1,1 , y  i1,2 , Wl (2)   v if N1  N 2 and
,l ' ,m,m' ,n
2P  n l ,m n vl,m 
1  vm,l vm,l 
x  i1,2 , y  i1,1 , Wl (2)   v , if N1  N 2
,l ' ,m,m' ,n
2P  n m,l n vm,l 
i1,2  0, , N 2O2 / 2  1
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
N1O1
0, , 1 W2(2)
x ,2 x ,2 y ,2 y ,0 W2(2)
x ,2 x ,2 y ,2 y ,1 W2(2)
x 1,2 x 1,2 y ,2 y ,0 W2(2)
x 1,2 x 1,2 y ,2 y ,1
2
i1,1 i2
4 5 6 7
3GPP
Release 13 163 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
N1O1
0, , 1 W2(2)
x 2,2 x 2,2 y ,2 y ,0 W2(2)
x 2,2 x 2,2 y ,2 y ,1 W2(2)
x 3,2 x 3,2 y ,2 y ,0 W2(2)
x 3,2 x 3,2 y ,2 y ,1
2
i1,1 i2
8 9 10 11
NO (2) (2) (2) (2)
0, , 1 1 1 W 2 x ,2 x 1,2 y ,2 y ,0 W 2 x ,2 x 1,2 y ,2 y ,1 W 2 x 1,2 x 2,2 y ,2 y ,0 W 2 x 1,2 x 2,2 y ,2 y ,1
2
i1,1 i2
12 13 14 15
NO (2) (2) (2) (2)
0, , 1 1 1 W 2 x ,2 x 3,2 y ,2 y ,0 W 2 x ,2 x 3,2 y ,2 y ,1 W 2 x 1,2 x 3,2 y ,2 y ,0 W 2 x 1,2 x 3,2 y ,2 y ,1
2
1  vl ,m vl,m 
where x  i1,1 , y  i1,2 , Wl (2)   v if N1  N 2 and
,l ' ,m,m' ,n
2P  n l ,m n vl,m 
1  vm,l vm,l 
x  i1,2 , y  i1,1 , Wl (2)   v , if N1  N 2
,l ' ,m,m' ,n
2P  n m,l n vm,l 
3 Layers, Codebook-Config = 1, N1  1, N 2  1
i1,2  0,1, , N 2O2  1
i1,1 i2
0 1
(3) (3)
0, , O1 N1  1 W i1,1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 W i1,1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2
O1 N1 , ,2O1 N1  1 Wi1,1(3),i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2 Wi1,1(3),i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2

1  vl ,m vl ,m vl,m'  1  vl , m vl,m' vl,m' 
where Wl (3)    , Wl ,l ' ,m,m' 
(3)
 
, l ' , m , m'
3P  vl ,m  vl , m  vl,m'  3P  vl ,m vl,m'  vl,m' 
3 Layers, Codebook-Config = 1, N 2  1
i1,2  0
i1,1 i2
0 1
(3) (3)
0, , O1 N1  1 W i1,1 ,i1,1 O1 ,0,0 W i1,1 ,i1,1 O1 ,0 ,0
O1 N1 , ,2O1 N1  1 Wi1,1(3),i1,1  2O1 ,0,0 Wi1,1(3),i1,1  2O1 ,0,0

2O1 N1 , ,3O1 N1  1 Wi1,1(3),i1,1 3O1 ,0,0 Wi1,1(3),i1,1 3O1 ,0,0
1  vl ,m vl ,m vl,m'  1  vl , m vl,m' vl,m' 
where Wl (3)    , Wl ,l ' ,m,m' 
(3)
 
, l ' , m , m'
3P  vl ,m  vl , m  vl,m'  3P  vl ,m vl,m'  vl,m' 
i1,2  0,1, ,2 N 2  1
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
3GPP
Release 13 164 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
0, ,2 N1  1 W2(3)
i1,1 ,2i1,1  4,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W2(3)
i1,1  4,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W2(3)
i1,1 ,2i1,1  4,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W2(3)
i1,1  4,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2
2 N1 , ,4 N1  1 W2(3)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4 W2(3)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2  4,2i1,2 W2(3)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4 W2(3)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2  4,2i1,2
i1,1 i2
4 5 6 7
(3) (3) (3) (3)
0, ,2 N1  1 W 2i1,1 1,2i1,1 5,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W 2i1,1 5,2i1,1 1,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W 2i1,1 1,2i1,1 5,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W 2i1,1 5,2i1,1 1,2i1,2 ,2i1,2
2 N1 , ,4 N1  1 W2(3)
i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4 W2(3)
i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2i1,2  4,2i1,2 W2(3)
i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4 W2(3)
i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2i1,2  4,2i1,2
i1,1 i2
8 9 10 11
(3) (3) (3) (3)
0, ,2 N1  1 W 2i1,1 ,2i1,1  4,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W 2i1,1  4,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W 2i1,1 ,2i1,1  4,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W 2i1,1  4,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1
2 N1 , ,4 N1  1 W2(3)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 5 W2(3)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 5,2i1,2 1 W2(3)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 5 W2(3)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 5,2i1,2 1
i1,1 i2
12 13 14 15
(3) (3) (3) (3)
0, ,2 N1  1 W 2i1,1 1,2i1,1 5,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W 2i1,1 5,2i1,1 1,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W 2i1,1 1,2i1,1 5,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W 2i1,1 5,2i1,1 1,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1
2 N1 , ,4 N1  1 W2(3) (3) (3) (3)

i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2 i1,2 1,2 i1,2 5 W2i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2 i1,2 5,2 i1,2 1 W2i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2 i1,2 1,2 i1,2 5 W2i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2 i1,2 5,2 i1,2 1
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1  O2 '  vO1 O2 vO1 O2 ' vO1  O2 '

l , l , l ,
1  4 l, 4 m l, m
 , m
1  4 l, 4 m m
 m
where Wl (3)  4 4 4
Wl ,l ' ,m,m' 
4 (3) 4 4 4 4
,l ' ,m,m'
3P  vO1 O2 vO1 vO1 O2 '  3P  vO1 O2 vO1 vO1 O2 ' 
 4 l , 4 m 4
l,
O2
4
m
4
l , m 
4   4 l , 4 m 4
l ,
O2 '
4
m
4
l , m 
4 
3 Layers, Codebook-Config =3
i1,2  0,1, ,2 N 2  1
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
0, , N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1  2,4i1,1  6,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W4(3)
i1,1  6,4i1,1  2,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W4(3)
i1,1  2,4i1,1  6,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W4(3)
i1,1  6,4i1,1  2,2i1,2 ,2i1,2
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1  2,4i1,1  2,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4 W4(3)
i1,1  2,4i1,1  2,2i1,2  4,2i1,2 W4(3)
i1,1  2,4i1,1  2,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4 W4(3)
i1,1  2,4i1,1  2,2i1,2  4,2i1,2
i1,1 i2
4 5 6 7
(3) (3) (3) (3)
0, , N1  1 W 4i1,1 3,4i1,1 7,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W 4i1,1 7,4i1,1 3,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W 4i1,1 3,4i1,1 7,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 W 4i1,1 7,4i1,1 3,2i1,2 ,2i1,2
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1  3,4i1,1 3,2i1,2 ,2 i1,2  4 W4(3)
i1,1  3,4i1,1 3,2i1,2  4,2 i1,2 W4(3)
i1,1  3,4i1,1 3,2i1,2 ,2 i1,2  4 W4(3)
i1,1  3,4i1,1 3,2i1,2  4,2 i1,2
i1,1 i2
8 9 10 11
(3) (3) (3) (3)
0, , N1  1 W 4i1,1 ,4i1,1  4,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W 4i1,1  4,4i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W 4i1,1 ,4i1,1  4,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W 4i1,1  4,4i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 5 W4(3)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 ,2i1,2 5,2i1,2 1 W4(3)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 5 W4(3)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 ,2i1,2 5,2i1,2 1
i1,1 i2
12 13 14 15
3GPP
Release 13 165 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
0, , N1  1 W4(3) (3) (3) (3)

i1,1 1,4i1,1 5,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W4i1,1 5,4i1,1 1,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W4i1,1 1,4i1,1 5,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1 W4i1,1 5,4i1,1 1,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(3) (3) (3) (3)

i1,1 1,4i1,1 1,2 i1,2 1,2 i1,2 5 W4i1,1 1,4i1,1 1,2 i1,2 5,2 i1,2 1 W4i1,1 1,4i1,1 1,2 i1,2 1,2 i1,2 5 W4i1,1 1,4i1,1 1,2 i1,2 5,2 i1,2 1
 vO1l O2m vO1l O2m vO l' O m'   vO1l O2m vO l' O m' vO l' O m' 
1  4 4  1  4 4 
, , 1 , 2 , 1 , 2 1 , 2
4 4
 
(3) 4 4 (3) 4 4 4 4
where W l ,l ' ,m,m'  vO1l O2m v ' ' ' 
, Wl ,l ' ,m,m'  v ' ' ' 
3P  vO1l ,O2m , O1l O2m
3P  vO1l ,O2m vO l' O m'
1 2 O1l O2m
 4 4 4   4 4 4 
, , ,
4 4 4 4
4 4
3 Layers, Codebook-Config =4, N1  1, N 2  1

i1,2  0,1, ,4 N 2  1
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
(3) (3) (3)
0, , N1  1 W4(i3) ,4i  4,i ,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
W 4i1,1  4,4i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 W 4i1,1 ,4i1,1  4,i1,2 ,i1,2 W 4i1,1  4,4i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2
~ ~
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(i3) ,4i
1,1 1,1 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2  4
W4(i3) ,4i
1,1 1,1 ,i1, 2  4,i1, 2
W4(i3) ,4i
1,1 1,1 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2  4
W4(i3) ,4i
1,1 1,1 ,i1, 2  4,i1, 2
i1,1 i2
4 5 6 7
~
0, , N1  1 W4(i3) 1,4i 5,i ,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
W4(i3) 5,4i 1,i ,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
W4(i3) 1,4i
1,1 1,1  5, i1, 2 , i1, 2
W~ (3)
4i1,1  5,4i1,1  1,i1,2 ,i1,2
~ ~
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(i3) 1,4i
1,1 1,1 1,i1, 2 ,i1, 2  4
W4(i3) 1,4i
1,1 1,1 1,i1, 2  4,i1, 2
W4(i3) 1,4i
1,1 1,1 1,i1, 2 ,i1, 2  4
W4(i3) 1,4i
1,1 1,1 1,i1, 2  4,i1, 2
i1,1 i2
8 9 10 11
~ ~
0, , N1  1 W4(i3) 2,4i 6,i ,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
W4(i3) 6,4i 2,i ,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
W4(i3) 2,4i 6,i ,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
W4(i3) 6,4i 2,i ,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
~ (3) ~ (3)
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(i3)  2,4i
1,1 1,1  2,i1, 2 ,i1, 2  4
W4(i3)  2,4i
1,1 1,1  2,i1, 2  4,i1, 2
W4i  2,4i 2,i ,i 4
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
W4i  2,4i 2,i 4,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
i1,1 i2
12 13 14 15
~ ~
0, , N1  1 W4(i3) 3,4i
1,1 1,1 7,i1, 2 ,i1, 2
W4(i3) 7,4i
1,1 1,1 3,i1, 2 ,i1, 2
W4(i3) 3,4i 7,i ,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
W4(i3) 7,4i 3,i ,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
~ (3) ~ (3)
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(i3) 3,4i
1,1 1,1 3,i1, 2 ,i1, 2  4
W4(i3) 3,4i
1,1 1,1 3,i1, 2  4,i1, 2
W4i 3,4i 3,i ,i 4
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
W4i 3,4i 3,i 4,i
1,1 1,1 1, 2 1, 2
1  4 4  1  4 4 
, , 1 , 2 , 1 , 2 1 , 2
4 4
 
(3) 4 4 (3) 4 4 4 4
, Wl ,l ' ,m,m'  v ' ' ' 
1 2 O1l O2m
 4 4 4   4 4 4 
, , ,
4 4 4 4
4 4
3 Layers, Codebook-Config =4, N 2  1

i1, 2  0
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
(3) (3) (3) (3)
0, , N1  1 W 4i1,1 ,4i1,1  4,0,0 W 4i1,1  4,4i1,1 ,0,0 W 4i1,1 ,4i1,1  4,0,0 W 4i1,1  4,4i1,1 ,0 ,0
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 8,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 8,4 i1,1 ,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 8,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 8,4 i1,1 ,0 ,0
2 N1 , ,3N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1 ,4 i1,1 12,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 12,4 i1,1 ,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 ,4 i1,1 12,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 12,4 i1,1 ,0,0
i1,1 i2
4 5 6 7
3GPP
Release 13 166 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
~
0, , N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1 1,4i1,1 5,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 5, 4i1,1 1,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 1,4i1,1 5,0,0 W4(i3)  5,4i 1,0,0
1,1 1,1
~ (3)
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1 1,4i1,1  9,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1  9,4i1,1 1,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 1,4i1,1  9,0,0 W4i  9,4i 1,0,0
1,1 1,1
~ (3)
2 N1 , ,3N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1 1,4i1,1 13,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 13,4 i1,1 1,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 1,4i1,1 13,0,0 W4i 13,4i 1,0,0
1,1 1,1
i1,1 i2
8 9 10 11
(3) (3) (3) (3)
0, , N1  1 W 4 i1,1  2,4 i1,1  6,0,0 W 4 i1,1  6,4 i1,1  2,0,0 W 4 i1,1  2,4 i1,1  6,0,0 W 4 i1,1  6, 4 i1,1  2,0 ,0
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1  2,4i1,1 10,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 10,4i1,1  2,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1  2,4i1,1 10,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 10,4i1,1  2,0,0
2 N1 , ,3N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1  2,4i1,1 14,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 14,4i1,1 2,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1  2,4i1,1 14,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 14,4i1,1  2,0,0
i1,1 i2
12 13 14 15
(3) (3) (3) (3)
0, , N1  1 W 4 i1,1  3,4 i1,1  7,0,0 W 4 i1,1  7,4 i1,1  3,0,0 W 4 i1,1  3,4 i1,1  7,0 ,0 W 4 i1,1  7,4 i1,1  3,0,0
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1  3,4 i1,1 11,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 11,4i1,1 3,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1  3,4i1,1 11,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 11,4i1,1 3,0,0
2 N1 , ,3N1  1 W4(3)
i1,1 3,4i1,1 15,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 15,4i1,1 3,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 3,4i1,1 15,0,0 W4(3)
i1,1 15,4i1,1 3,0,0
1  4 4  1  4 4 
, , 1 , 2 , 1 , 2 1 , 2
4 4
 
(3) 4 4 (3) 4 4 4 4
, W ' '  v ' ' ' 
l ,l ,m,m
1 2 O1l O2m
 4 4 4   4 4 4 
, , ,
4 4 4 4
4 4
4 Layers, Codebook-Config = 1, N1  1, N 2  1
i1,2  0,1, , N 2O2  1
i2
i1,1
0 1
0, , N1O1  1 Wi1,1(4),i1,1 O1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,0 Wi1,1(4),i1,1 O1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,1

O1 N1 , ,2O1 N1  1 Wi1,1(4),i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2 ,0 Wi1,1(4),i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2 ,1
1  vl , m vl ' , m ' vl , m vl ' , m '
where W ( 4' ) '   v
l ,l , m , m , n
4P  n l ,m  n vl ' ,m'   n vl , m   n vl ' ,m' 
3GPP
Release 13 167 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
4 Layers, Codebook-Config = 1, N 2  1
i1,2  0
i2
i1,1
0 1
0, , O1 N1  1 Wi1,1(4),i1,1 O1 ,0,0,0 Wi1,1(4),i1,1 O1 ,0,0,1

O1 N1 , ,2O1 N1  1 Wi1,1(4),i1,1  2O1 ,0,0,0 Wi1,1(4),i1,1 2O1 ,0,0,1
2O1 N1 , ,3O1 N1  1 Wi1,1(4),i1,1 3O1 ,0,0,0 Wi1,1(4),i1,1 3O1 ,0,0,1
1  vl , m vl ' , m ' vl , m 
vl ' , m '
Wl (,l4' ,)m ,m' ,n   v
4P  n l ,m  n vl ' ,m'   n vl , m   n vl ' ,m' 
i1,2  0,1, ,2 N 2  1
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
(4) (4) (4) (4)
0, ,2 N1  1 W 2i1,1 ,2i1,1  4,2i1,2 ,2 i1,2 ,0 W 2i1,1 ,2i1,1  4,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 ,1 W 2i1,1 1,2 i1,1 5,2i1,2 ,2 i1,2 ,0 W 2i1,1 1,2i1,1 5,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 ,1
2 N1 , ,4 N1  1 W2(4)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 ,2 i1,2  4,0 W2(4)
i1,1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4,1 W2(4)
i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4,0 W2(4)
i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4,1
i2
i1,1
4 5 6 7
0, ,2 N1  1 W2(4) (4) (4) (4)

i1,1 ,2i1,1  4,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1,0 W2i1,1 ,2i1,1  4,2i1,2 1,2 i1,2 1,1 W2i1,1 1,2i1,1 5,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1,0 W2i1,1 1,2i1,1 5,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1,1
2 N1 , ,4 N1  1 W2(i41,)1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1, 2 1,2i1,2 5,0 W2(i41,)1 ,2i1,1 ,2i1, 2 1,2i1, 2 5,1 W2(4) (4)
i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 5,0 W2i1,1 1,2i1,1 1,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 5,1
 vO O v O1 ' O2 ' v O1 O2 v O1 ' O2 

1  41 l , 42 m l, m l, m l,
 m'
Wl (,l4' ,)m,m' ,n  4 4 4 4 4 4
4 P  n v O1 l , O2 m  n v O1 l ' , O2 m'   n v O1 O2   n v O1 ' O2 ' 

 4 4 4 4 4
l,
4
m
4
l, m
4 
4 Layers, Codebook-Config =3
i1,2  0,1, ,2 N 2  1
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
(4) (4)
0, , N1  1 W 4i1,1  2,4i1,1 6,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 ,0 W 4i1,1  2,4i1,1 6,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 ,1
W4(i41,)1 3,4i1,1 7,2i1,2 ,2i1,2 ,0 W4(i41,)1 3,4i1,1 7,2i1, 2 ,2i1, 2 ,1
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(4) (4) (4)

i1,1  2,4i1,1  2,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4,0 W4i1,1  2,4 i1,1  2,2 i1,2 ,2 i1,2  4,1 W4i1,1 3,4i1,1 3,2i1,2 ,2i1,2  4,0 W4(4)
i1,1 3,4i1,1 3,2i1,2 ,2 i1,2  4,1
i2
i1,1
4 5 6 7
3GPP
Release 13 168 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
0, , N1  1 W4(4)
i1,1 ,4i1,1  4,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1,0 W4(4)
i1,1 ,4i1,1  4,2i1,2 1,2 i1,2 1,1 W4(4) (4)
i1,1 1,4i1,1 5,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1,0 W4i1,1 1,4i1,1 5,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 1,1
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(4)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2 i1,2 5,0 W4(4)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 ,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 5,1 W4(4) (4)
i1,1 1,4i1,1 1,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 5,0 W4i1,1 1,4i1,1 1,2i1,2 1,2i1,2 5,1
 vO O v O1 ' O2 ' v O1 O2 v O1 ' O2 

1  41 l , 42 m l, m l, m l,

m'
W ( 4)
 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,m ,m' ,n
 4 4 4 4 4
l,
4
m
4
l, m
4 
4 Layers, Codebook-Config =4, N1  1, N 2  1

i1,2  0,1, ,4 N 2  1
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
(4) (4) (4) (4)
0, , N1  1 W 4i1,1 ,4i1,1  4,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,0 W 4i1,1 ,4i1,1  4,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,1 W 4i1,1 1,4i1,1 5,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,0 W 4i1,1 1,4i1,1 5,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,1
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(4)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2  4,0 W4(4)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2  4,1 W4(4)
i1,1 1,4i1,1 1,i1,2 ,i1,2  4,0 W4(4)
i1,1 1,4i1,1 1,i1,2 ,i1,2  4,1
i2
i1,1
4 5 6 7
0, , N1  1 W4(i14,1)2, 4i1,1 6,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,0 W4(i14,1)2, 4i1,1 6,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,1 W4(i14,1)3, 4i1,1 7,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,0 W4(i14,1) 3, 4i1,1 7,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,1
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(i14,1)2, 4i1,1 2,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 4,0 W4(i41,)1  2, 4i1,1  2,i1, 2 ,i1, 2  4,1 W4(i41,)1 3, 4i1,1 3,i1, 2 ,i1, 2  4,0 W4(i41,)1 3, 4i1,1 3,i1, 2 ,i1, 2  4,1
 vO O v O1 ' O2 ' v O1 O2 v O1 ' O2 
1  41 l , 42 m l, m l, m l,

m'
W ( 4)
 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,m ,m' ,n   v
4 P n O1 l , O2 m  v
n O1 ' O2 '   n v O1 O2   n v O1 ' O2 ' 
 4 4 4
l, m
4 4
l,
4
m
4
l, m
4 
4 Layers, Codebook-Config =4, N 2  1

i1, 2  0
i1,1 i2
0 1 2 3
0, , N1  1 W (4)
4i1,1 ,4 i1,1  4,0,0,0 W (4)
4i1,1 ,4i1,1  4,0,0,1
W4(i41,)1 1,4i1,1 5,0,0,0 W4(i41,)1 1,4i1,1 5,0,0,1
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(4)
i1,1 ,4 i1,1 8,0,0,0 W4(4)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 8,0,0,1
W4(i41,)1 1,4i1,1 9,0,0,0 W4(i41,)1 1,4i1,1 9,0,0,1
2 N1 , ,3N1  1 W4(4)
i1,1 ,4 i1,1 12,0,0,0 W4(4)
i1,1 ,4i1,1 12,0,0,1 W4(i41,)1 1,4i1,1 13,0,0,0 W4(i41,)1 1,4i1,1 13,0,0,1
i1,1 i2
4 5 6 7
(4) (4) (4) (4)
0, , N1  1 W 4i1,1  2,4i1,1 6,0,0,0 W 4i1,1  2,4 i1,1 6,0,0,1 W 4i1,1 3,4i1,1 7,0,0,0 W 4i1,1 3,4i1,1 7,0,0,1
N1 , ,2 N1  1 W4(4)
i1,1  2,4i1,1 10,0,0,0 W4(4)
i1,1  2,4i1,1 10,0,0,1 W4(4)
i1,1 3,4i1,1 11,0,0,0 W4(4)
i1,1  3,4 i1,1 11,0,0,1
2 N1 , ,3N1  1 W4(4)
i1,1  2,4i1,1 14,0,0,0 W4(4)
i1,1  2,4i1,1 14,0,0,1 W4(4)
i1,1 3,4i1,1 15,0,0,0 W4(4)
i1,1 3,4i1,1 15,0,0,1
 vO O v O1 ' O2 ' v O1 O2 v O1 ' O2 

1  41 l , 42 m l, m l, m l,

m'
W ( 4)
 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,m ,m' ,n
 4 4 4 4 4
l,
4
m
4
l, m
4 
3GPP
Release 13 169 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
5 Layers, P=8, N1=N2
Value of Codebook-Config i1,1 i1,2
1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi(5),i

1,1 1,1  O1 , i1,1  O1 , i1, 2 , i1, 2 , i1, 2  O2
2-4 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi(5,)i

1,1 1,1  4,i1,1  4,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2  4
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 '' 

1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m' l, m' l , m
 for Codebook-Config = 2-4
W (5)
 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,l '' ,m,m' ,m''
5P  vO1 O2 vO1 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 '' 
 4 l , 4 m 4
l,
O2
4
m
4
l,
4
m'
4
l,
4
m'
4
l , m 
4 
1  vl , m vl , m vl ' ,m' vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m'' 

Wl (5)    for Codebook-Config = 1
,l ' ,l '' ,m ,m' ,m''
5P  vl ,m  vl , m vl ' ,m'  vl' ,m' vl'' ,m'' 
5 Layers, P=12
Value of Codebook-Config Configuration i1,1 i1,2
1 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2
2 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4

3
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 ,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2

4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8
where
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 '' O2 '' 
1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m l, m l , m

W (5)
 
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
for Codebook-Config = 2-4
l ,l ' ,l '' ,m,m' ,m''
5P vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 '' O2 '' 
 4 l , 4 m l, m
4 4 4
l, m
4 4
l, m
4 4
l , m 
4 
1  l ,m
v v l ,m v l ' ,m'
v l ' ,m'
v l '' ,m''

,l ' ,l '' ,m ,m' ,m''
5P  vl ,m  vl ,m vl ' ,m'  vl' ,m' vl'' ,m'' 
3GPP
Release 13 170 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
5 Layers, P=16
N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2
1
N2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0 Wi1(,51 ,)i1,1 O1 ,i1,1  2O1 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2
2 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4

3
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 ,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8
N1  N 2 , N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2
4 N2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(5),i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8

where
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 '' 
1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m' l, m' l , m

W (5)
 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,l '' ,m,m' ,m''
5P  vO1 O2 vO1 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 '' O2 '' 
 4 l , 4 m 4
l,
O2
4
m
4
l,
4
m'
4
l, m
4 4
l , m 
4 
1  vl , m vl , m vl ' ,m' vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m'' 
,l ' ,l '' ,m ,m' ,m''
5P  vl ,m  vl , m vl ' ,m'  vl' ,m' vl'' ,m'' 

1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2
0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1
2-4 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4
where
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2  vO1 '' O2
1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m' l, m' l ,

m'' l , m''
W (6)
 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,l '' ,m,m' ,m''
6P  vO1 O2 vO1 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 '' O2 '' 
 4 l , 4 m 4
l,
O2
4
m
4
l,
4
m'
4
l, m
4 4
l , m
4 4
l , m 
4 
1  vl , m vl ,m vl ' ,m' vl' ,m' vl '' ,m'' vl'' ,m'' 
,l ' ,l '' ,m ,m' ,m''
6P  vl ,m  vl ,m vl ' ,m'  vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m''  vl'' ,m'' 
3GPP
Release 13 171 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
6 Layers, P=12
1 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2
2 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4

3
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 ,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2

4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8
where
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 '' O2 '' 
1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m l, m l , m l , m
 for Codebook-Config = 2-4
W (6)
 
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,l '' ,m,m' ,m''
6P vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 '' O2 '' 
 4 l , 4 m l, m
4 4 4
l, m
4 4
l, m
4 4
l , m
4 4
l , m 
4 
1  l ,m
v v l ,m v l ' ,m'
v l ' ,m'
v l '' ,m''
v l '' ,m''

,l ' ,l '' ,m ,m' ,m''
6 P  vl ,m  vl ,m vl ' ,m'  vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m''  vl'' ,m'' 
6 Layers, P=16
N1  1, N2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2
1
N2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0 Wi1(,16,)i1,1 O1 ,i1,1  2O1 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2
2 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4

3
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 ,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8
N1  N 2 , N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2
4 N2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(6),i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8

where
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 
vO1 '' O2
1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m' l, m' l , m''
l , m''
W (6)
 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,l '' ,m,m' ,m''
6P  vO1 O2 vO1 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 '' O2 '' 
 4 l , 4 m 4
l,
O2
4
m
4
l,
4
m'
4
l,
4
m'
4
l , m
4 4
l , m 
4 
1  vl , m vl ,m vl ' ,m' vl' ,m' vl '' ,m'' vl'' ,m'' 
Wl (6)    and for Codebook-Config = 1
,l ' ,l '' ,m ,m' ,m''
6P  vl ,m  vl ,m vl ' ,m'  vl' ,m' vl '' ,m''  vl'' ,m'' 
3GPP
Release 13 172 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7 Layers P=8, N1=N2

1
0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2 ,i1,2 O2
2-4
0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 4
where
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 ''' O2 ''' 
1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m' l, m' l , m'' l , m'' l , m
 for Codebook-Config
W (7)
 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,l '' ,l '''m,m' ,m'' ,m'''
7P  vO1 O2 vO1 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 ''' O2 ''' 
 4 l , 4 m 4
l,
O2
4
m
4
l,
4
m'
4
l,
4
m'
4
l ,
4
m''
4
l ,
4
m''
4
l , m 
4 
= 2-4
1  vl , m vl , m v l ' , m' v l ' , m' vl '' ,m'' vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m''' 
Wl (7)   
,l ' ,l '' ,l ''' m ,m' ,m'' ,m'''
7P  vl ,m  vl , m v l ' , m'  v l ' , m' vl '' ,m''  vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m''' 
for Codebook-Config = 1
7 Layers, P=12
Value of
Codebo i1,1 i1,2
Configuration
ok-
Config
1 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2 ,i1,2 O2
2 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 4

3
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 ,i1,1 4,i1,14,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8,i1,2 4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4

4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8,i1,2
where
v O O vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1  O2 '''
1  41 l , 42 m l, m l , m l , m l , m l , m l ''' ,
 m
Wl (,l7' ),l '' ,l ''' , m, m ' , m '' , m '''  4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
7 P vO1 l , O2 m  vO1 l , O2 m vO1 l ' , O2 m '  vO1 l ' , O2 m ' vO1 l '' , O2 m ''  vO1 l '' , O2 m '' vO1 ''' O2 ''' 
 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,
4
m 

1  vl ,m vl ,m vl ' ,m' vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m'' vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m''' 
,l ' ,l '' ,l ''' ,m ,m' ,m'' ,m'''
7 P  vl ,m  vl ,m vl ' ,m'  vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m''  vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m''' 
3GPP
Release 13 173 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7 Layers, P=16
Value of Codebook- i1,1 i1,2

Configuration
Config
N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2 ,i1,2 O2
1
N2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0 Wi1(,17,)i1,1 O1 ,i1,1  2O1 ,i1,1 3O1 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2
2 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,1 12,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 4

3
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 ,i1,1 4,i1,14,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8,i1,2 12
N1  N 2 ,
0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,1 12,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2
N2  1
4 N2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,1 12,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(7),i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8,i1,2 12
where
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 ''' O2 ''' 
1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m' l, m' l , m'' l , m'' l , m
 for Codebook-
Wl (7)  4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
,l ' ,l '' ,l '''m,m' ,m'' ,m'''
7P  vO1 O2 vO1 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 ''' O2 ''' 
 4 l , 4 m 4
l,
O2
4
m
4
l,
4
m'
4
l,
4
m'
4
l ,
4
m''
4
l ,
4
m''
4
l , m 
4 
Config = 2-4
1  vl , m vl , m v l ' , m' v l ' , m' vl '' ,m'' vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m''' 
Wl (7)    and for Codebook-Config = 1
,l ' ,l '' ,l ''' ,m ,m' ,m'' ,m'''
7P  vl ,m  vl , m v l ' , m'  vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m''  vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m''' 

Value of Codebook- i1,1 i1,2
Config
1
0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2 ,i1,2 O2
2-4
0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 4
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 ''' O2 vO1 ''' O2 
1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m' l, m' l , m'' l , m'' l , m''' l ,
m'''
where W (8)
 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,l '' ,l ''' ,m,m' ,m'' ,m'''
8P  vO1 O2 vO1 vO1 ' O2 vO1 ' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 '' O2 vO1 ''' O2 vO1 ''' O2 ''' 
 4 l , 4 m 4
l,
O2
4
m
4
l,
4
m'
4
l,
4
m'
4
l ,
4
m''
4
l ,
4
m''
4
l ,
4
m'''
4
l , m 
4 
1  vl , m vl , m vl ' ,m' vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m'' vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m''' vl ''' ,m''' 
Wl (8)   
,l ' ,l '' ,l ''' ,m ,m' ,m'' ,m'''
8 P  vl ,m  vl , m vl ' ,m'  vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m''  vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m'''  vl ''' ,m''' 
for Codebook-Config = 1
3GPP
Release 13 174 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
8 Layers, P=12
Value of i1,1 i1,2

Configuration
Codebook-Config
1 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2 ,i1,2 O2
2 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 4

3
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 ,i1,1 4,i1,14,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8,i1,2 4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4

4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,1 4,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8,i1,2
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 ''' O2 ''' vO1 ''' O2 ''' 
1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m l, m l , m l , m l , m l , m

where W (8)
 
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

l ,l ' ,l '' ,l ''' ,m,m' ,m'' ,m'''
v
8P O1 O2  v v  v v  v v  v
 4 l , 4 m O1 O2
l, m
4 4
O1 ' O2 '
4
l, m
4
O1 ' O2 '
4
l, m
4
O1 '' O2 ''
4
l , m
4
O1 '' O2 ''
4
l , m
4
O1 ''' O2 '''
4
l , m
4 4
l , m 
O1 ''' O2 '''
4 
1  vl ,m vl ,m vl ' ,m' vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m'' vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m''' vl ''' ,m''' 
Wl (8) '''    for Codebook-Config = 1
8 P  vl ,m  vl ,m vl ' ,m'  vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m''  vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m'''  vl ''' ,m''' 
' '' ''' ' ''
,l ,l ,l , m , m , m , m
8 Layers, P=16
Value of
Codebook- Configuration i1,1 i1,2
Config
N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0,1,, O2 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 O1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 O2 ,i1,2 O2
1
N2  1 0,1,, O1 N1  1 0 Wi1(,81 ,)i1,1 O1 ,i1,1  2O1 ,i1,1 3O1 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2 ,i1, 2
2 N1  1, N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 4,i1,1 4,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 4
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,1 12,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 4

3
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 ,i1,1 4,i1,14,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8,i1,2 12
N1  N 2 , N 2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,1 12,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2
4 N2  1 0,1,,4 N1  1 0 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 4,i1,1 8,i1,1 12,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 ,i1,2
N1  N 2 0,1,,4 N1  1 0,1,,4 N 2  1 Wi1,1(8),i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,1 ,i1,2 ,i1,2 4,i1,2 8,i1,2 12
 vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 ''' O2 ''' vO1 ''' O2 ''' 
1  4 l, 4 m l, m l, m l, m l , m l , m l , m l , m

where W (8)
 
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l ,l ' ,l '' ,l ''' ,m,m' ,m'' ,m'''
8P vO1 O2 vO1 O2 vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 ' O2 ' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 '' O2 '' vO1 ''' O2 ''' vO1 ''' O2 ''' 
 4 l , 4 m l, m
4 4 4
l, m
4 4
l, m
4 4
l , m
4 4
l , m
4 4
l , m
4 4
l , m 
4 
1  vl ,m vl ,m vl ' ,m' vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m'' vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m''' vl ''' ,m''' 
Wl (8)    Codebook-Config = 1
,l ' ,l '' ,l ''' ,m ,m' ,m'' ,m'''
8 P  vl ,m  vl ,m vl ' ,m'  vl ' ,m' vl '' ,m''  vl '' ,m'' vl ''' ,m'''  vl ''' ,m''' 
3GPP
Release 13 175 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
For a UE configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', and one CSI-RS
resource configured, and higher layer parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured,
- For 2 antenna ports 15,16  , a PMI value corresponds to the codebook index n given in Table 7.2.4-18 with
 equal to the associated RI value.
- For 4 antenna ports 15,16,17,18  , a PMI corresponds to the codebook index n given in Table 7.2.4-19 with
 equal to the associated RI value.
- For 8 antenna ports 15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22 , a PMI value corresponds to the codebook index n given in
Table 7.2.4-20 with  equal to the associated RI value.
where ekN  is a length-N column-vector where its l-th element is 1 for k=l ( k , l  0,1,, N  1 ), and 0 otherwise.
Table 7.2.4-18: Codebook for  -layer CSI reporting using antenna ports 15,16
Codebook Number of layers 

index, n 1 2
1 1 1 1 1 
0  2 1  1
2 1
1 1 1 1 1 
 
2  j  j 
1
2 1
1 1 
2   -
2  j
1 1 
3   -
2  j 
3GPP
Release 13 176 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.4-19: Codebook for  -layer CSI reporting using antenna ports 15,16,17,18 
Codeboo Number of layers 
k index, n 1 2 3 4
1 e02   1 0e 2  e02   1 e 2  e 2  e12   1 e2  e2  e02  e12  
 2      02    2  
0 0 1
0
2 
e 0  2 e02   e 2 
0  6 e0  e02   e 2 
1  2 2  0
e e12   e02   e12  
1  e02   1  e02  e02   1 e12  e02  e12   1  e02  e12  e02  e12  
1     2    2    
2  e02  2  je0  je02   6 e1  e02   e12   2 2  je02  je12   je02   je12  
1  e02   1 e12  e12   1 e02  e12  e12  

2        -
2  j  e02  2 e12   e12   6 e02  e12   e12  
1  e02   1  e12  e12   1 e12  e02  e02  
3     2     -
2  j  e02  2  je1  je12   6 e12  e02   e02  
1 e12   1 e02  e12  
4     - -
2 e12   2 e02   e12  
1  e12   1  e02  e12  

5    2   - -
2  e12   2  je0  je12  
1  e12   1 e12  e02  

6     - -
2  j  e12   2 e12   e02  
1  e12   1  e12  e02  

7    2   - -
2  j  e12   2  je1  je02  
3GPP
Release 13 177 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.2.4-20: Codebook for  -layer CSI reporting using antenna ports 15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22 
Codeboo Number of layers 
k index, 1 2 3 4
n
1 e04   1 e04  e04   1 e04  e04  e14   1 e04  e14  e04  e14  
0       4    4  4  
2 e04  2 e04   e04   6 e0 
 e0 4
 e14   2 2 e0 e1 
 e0 4
 e14  
1  e04   1  e04  e04   1 e14  e04  e14   1  e04  e14  e04  e14  
1         
2  e04  2  je04   je04   6 e14   e04   e14   2 2  je04  je14   je04   je14  
1  e04   1 e14  e14   1 e04  e14  e14   1 e14  e24  e14  e24  
2         
2  j  e04  2 e14   e14   6 e04  e14   e14   2 2 e14  e24   e14   e24  
1  e04   1  e14  e14   1 e14  e04  e04   1  e14  e24  e14  e24  
3     4      
2  j  e04  2  je1  je14   6 e14  e04   e04   2 2  je14  je 24   je14   je 24  
1 e14   1 e24  e24   1 e14  e14  e24   1 e24  e34  e24  e34  
4      4    4  4  
2 e14   2 e24   e24   6 e1  e14   e24   2 2 e2 e3  e24   e34  
1  e14   1  e24  e24   1 e24  e14  e24   1  e24  e34  e24  e34  
5    4    4    
2  e14   2  je 2  je 24   6 e2  e14   e24   2 2  je 24  je34   je 24   je34  
4  4 
1  e14   1 e34  e34   1 e14  e24  e24   1 e3 e0 e34  e04  
       
6 e14  e24   e24  
6
2  j  e14   2 e34   e34   2 2 e34  e04   e34   e04  
1 e24  e14  e14  
1  e14   1  e34  e34     1  e3
4 
e04  e34  e04  
7     6 e24  e14   e14  
2  j  e14   2  je34   je34    
2 2  je34  je04   je34   je04  
1 e24   1 e04  e14   1 e24  e24  e34  
8      4   -
2 e24   2 e04   e14   6 e2  e24   e34  
1  e24   1  e04  e14   1 e34  e24  e34  

9    4    4   -
2  e24   2  je0  je14   6 e3  e24   e34  
1  e24   1 e14  e24   1 e24  e34  e34  

    
10 4   2 e14   e24   6 e24  e34   e34  
-
2  j  e2 
1  e24   1  e14  e24   1 e34  e24  e24  
11    4     -
2  j  e24   2  je1  je 24   6 e34  e24   e24  
1 e34   1 e04  e34   1 e34  e34  e04  
12       4   -
2 e34  2 e04   e34   6 e3 
 e3 4
 e04  
1  e34   1  e04  e34   1 e04  e34  e04  

13        -
2  e34  2  je04   je34   6 e04   e34   e04  
1  e34   1 e14  e34   1 e34  e04  e04  
14        -
2  j  e34  2 e14   e34   6 e34  e04   e04  
1  e34   1  e14  e34   1 e04  e34  e34  
15     4     -
2  j  e34  2  je1  je34   6 e04  e34   e34  
3GPP
Release 13 178 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)

index, n 5 6
0
1 e4  e4  e4  e4  e4   1 e4  e4  e4 
e14  e24  e24  
   4  
0 0 1 1 2 0 0 1
10 e04   e04  e14   e14  e24   2 3 e0  e04  e14   e14  e24   e24  
1-15 - -

index, n 7 8
1 e04  e04  e14  e14  e24  e24  e34   1 e04  e04  e14  e14  e24  e24  e34  e34  
0
   
14 e04   e04  e14   e14  e24   e24  e34   4 e04   e04  e14   e14  e24   e24  e34   e34  
1-15 - -
3GPP
Release 13 179 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.2.5 Channel-State Information – Reference Signal (CSI-RS) definition

For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 9 and not configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-
Type, the UE can be configured with one CSI-RS resource configuration.
For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 9 and configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type,
and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS A', the UE can be configured with one CSI-RS resource configuration.
For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 9 and configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type,
and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', the UE can be configured with one or more CSI-RS resource configuration(s).
For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 10, the UE can be configured with one or more CSI-RS
resource configuration(s). The following parameters for which the UE shall assume non-zero transmission power for
CSI-RS are configured via higher layer signaling for each CSI-RS resource configuration:
- CSI-RS resource configuration identity, if the UE is configured in transmission mode 9 and configured with
higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set to 'CLASS B', the UE is configured with more
than one CSI-RS resource configurations, or if the UE is configured in transmission mode 10,
- Number of CSI-RS ports. The allowable values and port mapping are given in subclause 6.10.5 of [3].
- CSI RS Configuration (see Table 6.10.5.2-1 and Table 6.10.5.2-2 in [3])
- CSI RS subframe configuration I CSI  RS . The allowable values are given in subclause 6.10.5.3 of [3].
- UE assumption on reference PDSCH transmitted power for CSI feedback Pc , if the UE is configured in
transmission mode 9.
- UE assumption on reference PDSCH transmitted power for CSI feedback Pc for each CSI process, if the UE is
configured in transmission mode 10. If CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 and CCSI,1 are configured by higher layers
for a CSI process, Pc is configured for each CSI subframe set of the CSI process.
- Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, nID . The allowable values are given in [11].
- CDM type parameter, if the UE is configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type is set
to 'CLASS A' for a CSI process. The allowable values are given in subclause 6.10.5.3 of [3].
- Higher layer parameter qcl-CRS-Info-r11 for Quasi co-location type B UE assumption of CRS antenna ports and
CSI-RS antenna ports with the following parameters, if the UE is configured in transmission mode 10:
- qcl-ScramblingIdentity-r11.
- crs-PortsCount-r11.
- mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11.
Pc is the assumed ratio of PDSCH EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE when UE derives CSI feedback and takes values in the
range of [-8, 15] dB with 1 dB step size, where the PDSCH EPRE corresponds to the symbols for which the ratio of the
PDSCH EPRE to the cell-specific RS EPRE is denoted by  A , as specified in Table 5.2-2 and Table 5.2-3.
A UE should not expect the configuration of CSI-RS and PMCH in the same subframe of a serving cell.
For frame structure type 2 serving cell and 4 CRS ports, the UE is not expected to receive a CSI RS Configuration index
(see Table 6.10.5.2-1 and Table 6.10.5.2-2 in [3]) belonging to the set [20-31] for the normal CP case or the set [16-27]
for the extended CP case.
A UE may assume the CSI-RS antenna ports of a CSI-RS resource configuration are quasi co-located (as defined in [3])
with respect to delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average gain, and average delay.
A UE configured in transmission mode 10 and with quasi co-location type B, may assume the antenna ports 0 – 3
associated with qcl-CRS-Info-r11 corresponding to a CSI-RS resource configuration and antenna ports 15 – 30
corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration are quasi co-located (as defined in [3]) with respect to Doppler
shift, and Doppler spread.
3GPP
Release 13 180 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
A UE configured in transmission mode 10, and configured with higher layer parameter eMIMO-Type, and eMIMO-Type
is set to 'CLASS B', and the number of configured CSI-RS resources is more than one for a CSI process, and with quasi
co-location type B, is not expected to receive CSI-RS resource configurations for the CSI process that have different
values of the higher layer parameter qcl-CRS-Info-r11.
A BL/CE UE configured with CEModeA or CEModeB is not expected to be configured with non-zero transmission
power CSI-RS.
3GPP
Release 13 181 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
7.2.6 Channel-State Information – Interference Measurement (CSI-IM)

Resource definition
For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 10, the UE can be configured with one or more CSI-IM
resource configuration(s). The following parameters are configured via higher layer signaling for each CSI-IM resource
configuration:
- Zero-power CSI RS Configuration (see Table 6.10.5.2-1 and Table 6.10.5.2-2 in [3])
- Zero-power CSI RS subframe configuration I CSI  RS . The allowable values are given in subclause 6.10.5.3 of
[3].
For a serving cell, if a UE is not configured with the higher layer parameter csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12, the UE is
not expected to receive CSI-IM resource configuration(s) that are not all completely overlapping with one zero-power
CSI-RS resource configuration which can be configured for the UE.
A UE is not expected to receive a CSI-IM resource configuration that is not completely overlapping with one of the
zero-power CSI-RS resource configurations defined in subclause 7.2.7.
For a serving cell, if a UE is not configured with CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 and CCSI,1 for any CSI process, and the
UE is configured with four CSI-IM resources, then the UE is not expected to be configured with CSI processes that are
associated with all of the four CSI-IM resources.
A UE should not expect the configuration of CSI-IM resource and PMCH in the same subframe of a serving cell.
7.2.7 Zero Power CSI-RS Resource definition

For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 1-9 and UE not configured with csi-
SubframePatternConfig-r12 for the serving cell, the UE can be configured with one zero-power CSI-RS resource
configuration. For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 1-9 and UE configured with csi-
SubframePatternConfig-r12 for the serving cell, the UE can be configured with up to two zero-power CSI-RS resource
configurations. For a serving cell and UE configured in transmission mode 10, the UE can be configured with one or
more zero-power CSI-RS resource configuration(s).
For a serving cell, the UE can be configured with up to 5 additional zero-power CSI-RS resource configurations
according to the higher layer parameter ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12.
The following parameters are configured via higher layer signaling for each zero-power CSI-RS resource configuration:
- Zero-power CSI RS Configuration list (16-bit bitmap ZeroPowerCSI-RS in [3])
- Zero-power CSI RS subframe configuration I CSI  RS . The allowable values are given in subclause 6.10.5.3 of
[3].
A UE should not expect the configuration of zero-power CSI-RS and PMCH in the same subframe of a serving cell.
For frame structure type 1 serving cell, the UE is not expected to receive the 16-bit bitmap ZeroPowerCSI-RS with any
one of the 6 LSB bits set to 1 for the normal CP case, or with any one of the 8 LSB bits set to 1 for the extended CP
case.
For frame structure type 2 serving cell and 4 CRS ports, the UE is not expected to receive the 16-bit bitmap
ZeroPowerCSI-RS with any one of the 6 LSB bits set to 1 for the normal CP case, or with any one of the 8 LSB bits set
to 1 for the extended CP case.
A BL/CE UE configured with CEModeA or CEModeB is not expected to be configured with zero-power CSI-RS.
7.3 UE procedure for reporting HARQ-ACK

If the UE is configured with a PUCCH-SCell, the UE shall apply the procedures described in this clause for both
primary PUCCH group and secondary PUCCH group unless stated otherwise
3GPP
Release 13 182 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- When the procedures are applied for the primary PUCCH group, the terms 'secondary cell', 'secondary cells',
'serving cell', and 'serving cells' in this clause refer to secondary cell, secondary cells, serving cell or serving
cells belonging to the primary PUCCH group respectively unless stated otherwise.
- When the procedures are applied for secondary PUCCH group, the terms 'secondary cell', 'secondary cells',
'serving cell' and 'serving cells' in this clause refer to secondary cell, secondary cells (not including the PUCCH-
SCell), serving cell, serving cells belonging to the secondary PUCCH group respectively unless stated otherwise.
The term 'primary cell' in this clause refers to the PUCCH-SCell of the secondary PUCCH group.
If each of the serving cell(s) configured for the UE has frame structure type 1, the UE procedure for HARQ-ACK
reporting for frame structure type 1 is given in subclause 7.3.1.
If each of the serving cell(s) configured for the UE has frame structure type 2, the UE procedure for HARQ-ACK
reporting for frame structure type 2 is given in subclause 7.3.2.
If the UE is configured with more than one serving cell, and if the frame structure type of any two configured serving
cells is different, and if the primary cell is frame structure type 1, UE procedure for HARQ-ACK reporting is given in
subclause 7.3.3.
If the UE is configured for more than one serving cell, and if the frame structure type of any two configured serving
cells is different, and if the primary cell is frame structure type 2, UE procedure for HARQ-ACK reporting is given in
subclause 7.3.4.
7.3.1 FDD HARQ-ACK reporting procedure

For FDD with PUCCH format 1a/1b transmission, when both HARQ-ACK and SR are transmitted in the same sub-
frame, a UE shall transmit the HARQ-ACK on its assigned HARQ-ACK PUCCH format 1a/1b resource for a negative
SR transmission and transmit the HARQ-ACK on its assigned SR PUCCH resource for a positive SR transmission.
For FDD with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, when both HARQ-ACK and SR are transmitted in the same
sub-frame a UE shall transmit the HARQ-ACK on its assigned HARQ-ACK PUCCH resource with channel selection as
defined in subclause 10.1.2.2.1 for a negative SR transmission and transmit one HARQ-ACK bit per serving cell on its
assigned SR PUCCH resource for a positive SR transmission according to the following:
 if only one transport block or a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release is detected on a serving
cell, the HARQ-ACK bit for the serving cell is the HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to the transport block or the
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release;
 if two transport blocks are received on a serving cell, the HARQ-ACK bit for the serving cell is generated by
spatially bundling the HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the transport blocks;
 if neither PDSCH transmission for which HARQ-ACK response shall be provided nor PDCCH/EPDCCH
indicating downlink SPS release is detected for a serving cell, the HARQ-ACK bit for the serving cell is set to
NACK;
and the HARQ-ACK bits for the primary cell and the secondary cell are mapped to b(0) and b(1) , respectively, where
b(0) and b(1) are specified in subclause 5.4.1 in [3].
For FDD, when a PUCCH format 3/4/5 transmission of HARQ-ACK coincides with a sub-frame configured to the UE
by higher layers for transmission of a scheduling request, the UE shall multiplex HARQ-ACK and SR bits on HARQ-
ACK PUCCH resource as defined in subclause 5.2.3.1 in [4], unless the HARQ-ACK corresponds to a PDSCH
transmission on the primary cell only or a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release on the primary cell only,
in which case the SR shall be transmitted as for FDD with PUCCH format 1a/1b.
For a non-BL/CE UE for FDD and for a PUSCH transmission, a UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in
subframe n if the UE does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe n-4.
For a BL/CE UE, for FDD and for a PUSCH transmission scheduled by an MPDCCH where the last transmission of the
MPDCCH is in subframe n-4, a UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in subframe n if there is no PDSCH or
MPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release transmitted to the UE in subframe n-4 where the last transmission of the
PDSCH or MPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release is in subframe n-4.
When only a positive SR is transmitted, a UE shall use PUCCH Format 1 for the SR resource as defined in subclause
5.4.1 in [3].
3GPP
Release 13 183 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
If a UE is configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai, for FDD and a subframe n, the
value of the counter Downlink Assignment Indicator (DAI) in DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D denotes the
accumulative number of serving cell(s) with PDSCH transmission(s) associated with PDCCH/EPDCCH and serving
cell with PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release, up to the present serving cell in increasing order of
serving cell index; the value of the total DAI in DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D denotes the total number of
serving cell(s) with PDSCH transmission(s) associated with PDCCH/EPDCCH(s) and serving cell with
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release. Denote VCDL
 DAI ,c as the value of the counter DAI in DCI format
1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D scheduling PDSCH transmission or indicating downlink SPS release for serving cell c,
DL
according to table 7.3.1-1. Denote VT  DAI as the value of the total DAI, according to Table 7.3.1-1. The UE shall
assume a same value of total DAI in all PDCCH/EPDCCH scheduling PDSCH transmission(s) and PDCCH/EPDCCH
indicating downlink SPS release in a subframe.
If a UE is configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai and if the UE transmits
HARQ-ACK using PUCCH format 3 or PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5 in subframe n, the UE shall determine
the o~0ACK , o~1ACK ,..., o~OACK
ACK
1
according to the following pseudo-code:
Set c = 0 – cell index: lower indices correspond to lower RRC indices of corresponding cell
Set j = 0
Set Vtemp  0
Set Vs  
DL
Set N cells to the number of cells configured by higher layers for the UE
DL
while c < N cells
if there is a PDSCH on serving cell c associated with PDCCH/EPDCCH or there is a PDCCH/EPDCCH

indicating downlink SPS release on serving cell c,
if  DAI , c  
VCDL
 DAI , c  mod Vtemp ,4  1

VCDL
end if
if  DAI , c  Vtemp
VCDL
j = j+1
end if
Vtemp  VCDL
 DAI ,c
if the higher layer parameter spatialBundlingPUCCH is set FALSE and the UE is configured with a
transmission mode supporting two transport blocks in at least one configured serving cell,
o~8ACK
j  2 V DL 1 = HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to the first codeword of this cell
C  DAI ,c
o~8ACK
j  2 V DL 1 1 = HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to the second codeword of this cell
C  DAI ,c

Vs  Vs  8 j  2 VCDL   
 DAI ,c  1 ,8 j  2 VC  DAI ,c  1  1
DL
 
elseif the higher layer parameter spatialBundlingPUCCH is set TRUE and the UE is configured with a
3GPP
Release 13 184 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
o~4ACK
j V DL 1
= binary AND operation of the HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the first and second
C  DAI ,c
codewords of this cell
Vs  Vs  4 j  VCDL 
 DAI ,c  1 
else
o~4ACK
j V DL 1
= HARQ-ACK bit of this cell
C  DAI ,c

Vs  Vs  4 j  VCDL
 DAI ,c  1 
end if
end if
c=c+1
end while
if  DAI  Vtemp
VTDL
j = j+1
end if
if the higher layer parameter spatialBundlingPUCCH is set FALSE and the UE is configured with a transmission
mode supporting two transport blocks in at least one configured serving cell,

O ACK  2  4  j  VTDL
 DAI 
else
O ACK  4  j  VTDL
 DAI
end if
o~i ACK  NACK for any i  0,1,..., O ACK  1\ Vs
if SPS PDSCH transmission is activated for a UE and the UE is configured to receive SPS PDSCH in subframe n-4
O ACK  O ACK  1
oOACK
ACK
1
= HARQ-ACK bit associated with the SPS PDSCH transmission
end if
For a UE configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai, if the UE transmits HARQ-
ACK on PUSCH in a subframe, the UE shall determine the o~0ACK , o~1ACK ,..., o~OACK
ACK
1
according to the above
procedure as if the UE transmits HARQ-ACK using PUCCH format 3 or PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5, except
that the higher layer parameter spatialBundlingPUCCH is replaced by spatialBundlingPUSCH.
3GPP
Release 13 185 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.3.1-1: Value of counter DAI and total DAI
DAI VCDL
 DAI ,c or Number of serving cells with PDSCH transmission associated with
MSB,
DL PDCCH/EPDCCH and serving cell with PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating DL SPS release
LSB V T  DAI
0,0 1 1 or 5 or 9 or 13 or 17 or 21 or 25 or 29
0,1 2 2 or 6 or 10 or 14 or 18 or 22 or 26 or 30
1,0 3 3 or 7 or 11 or 15 or 19 or 23 or 27 or 31
1,1 4 0 or 4 or 8 or 12 or 16 or 20 or 24 or 28 or 32
If a UE is configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = cc and if the UE transmits HARQ-
ACK using PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5 in subframe n, the UE shall determine the o~0ACK , o~1ACK ,..., o~OACK
ACK
1
according to the pseudo-code in subclause 5.2.3.1 in [4].
For a UE configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = cc, if the UE transmits HARQ-
ACK
1
according to the pseudo-code in
subclause 5.2.2.6 in [4].
7.3.2 TDD HARQ-ACK reporting procedure

For TDD and a UE not configured with the parameter EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 for any serving cell, if the UE is
configured with one serving cell, or if the UE is configured with more than one serving cell and the TDD UL/DL
configuration of all the configured serving cells is the same, UE procedure for reporting HARQ-ACK is given in
subclause 7.3.2.1.
For TDD, if a UE is configured with more than one serving cell and the TDD UL/DL configuration of at least two
configured serving cells is not the same, or if the UE is configured with the parameter EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12
for at least one serving cell, UE procedure for reporting HARQ-ACK is given in subclause 7.3.2.2.
5.4.1 in [3].
7.3.2.1 TDD HARQ-ACK reporting procedure for same UL/DL configuration

Unless otherwise stated, the procedure in this section applies to non-BL/CE UEs.
For TDD, the UE shall upon detection of a PDSCH transmission or a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS
release (defined in subclause 9.2) within subframe(s) n  k , where k  K and K is defined in Table 10.1.3.1-1
intended for the UE and for which HARQ-ACK response shall be provided, transmit the HARQ-ACK response in UL
subframe n.
For TDD, when PUCCH format 3/4/5 is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK, for special subframe
configurations 0 and 5 with normal downlink CP or configurations 0 and 4 with extended downlink CP in a serving cell,
shown in table 4.2-1 [3], the special subframe of the serving cell is excluded from the HARQ-ACK codebook size
determination. In this case, if the serving cell is the primary cell, there is no PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS
release in the special subframe.
For TDD UL/DL configurations 1-6 and one configured serving cell, if the UE is not configured with PUCCH format 3,
UL
the value of the Downlink Assignment Index (DAI) in DCI format 0/4, VDAI , detected by the UE according to Table
7.3-X in subframe n  k ' , where k ' is defined in Table 7.3-Y, represents the total number of subframes with PDSCH
transmissions and with PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release to the corresponding UE within all the
UL
subframe(s) n  k , where k  K . The value VDAI includes all PDSCH transmission with and without corresponding
PDCCH/EPDCCH within all the subframe(s) n  k . In case neither PDSCH transmission, nor PDCCH/EPDCCH
indicating the downlink SPS resource release is intended to the UE, the UE can expect that the value of the DAI in DCI
UL
format 0/4, VDAI , if transmitted, is set to 4.
For TDD UL/DL configuration 1-6 and a UE configured with more than one serving cell, or for TDD UL/DL
UL
configuration 1-6 and a UE configured with one serving cell and PUCCH format 3, a value WDAI is determined by the
3GPP
Release 13 186 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Downlink Assignment Index (DAI) in DCI format 0/4 according to Table 7.3-Z in subframe n  k ' , where k ' is
defined in Table 7.3-Y. In case neither PDSCH transmission, nor PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating the downlink SPS
UL
resource release is intended to the UE, the UE can expect that the value of WDAI is set to 4 by the DAI in DCI format
0/4 if transmitted.
If a UE is not configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai, for TDD UL/DL
configurations 1-6, the value of the DAI in DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D denotes the accumulative number
of PDCCH/EPDCCH (s) with assigned PDSCH transmission(s) and PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS
release up to the present subframe within subframe(s) n  k of each configured serving cell, where k  K , and shall
DL
be updated from subframe to subframe. Denote VDAI , c as the value of the DAI in PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format
1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D detected by the UE according to Table 7.3-X in subframe n  km in serving cell c , where
km is the smallest value in the set K (defined in Table 10.1.3.1-1) such that the UE detects a DCI format
DL
1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D. When configured with one serving cell, the subscript of c in VDAI , c can be omitted.
For all TDD UL/DL configurations, denote U DAI , c as the total number of PDCCH/EPDCCH (s) with assigned
PDSCH transmission(s) and PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release detected by the UE within the
subframe(s) n  k in serving cell c , where k  K . When configured with one serving cell, the subscript of c in
U DAI , c can be omitted. Denote N SPS , which can be zero or one, as the number of PDSCH transmissions without a
corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH within the subframe(s) n  k , where k  K .
For TDD HARQ-ACK bundling or HARQ-ACK multiplexing and a subframe n with M  1 , the UE shall generate
one or two HARQ-ACK bits by performing a logical AND operation per codeword across M downlink and special
subframes associated with a single UL subframe, of all the corresponding U DAI  N SPS individual PDSCH
transmission HARQ-ACKs and individual ACK in response to received PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS
release, where M is the number of elements in the set K defined in Table 10.1.3.1-1. The UE shall detect if at least
one downlink assignment has been missed, and for the case that the UE is transmitting on PUSCH the UE shall also
determine the parameter N bundled .
- For TDD UL/DL configuration 0, N bundled shall be 1 if the UE detects the PDSCH transmission with or
without corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH, or detects PDCCH indicating downlink SPS release within the
subframe n  k , where k  K . The UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive
PDSCH or PDCCH indicating downlink SPS release within the subframe(s) n  k , where k  K .
- For the case that the UE is not transmitting on PUSCH in subframe n and TDD UL/DL configurations 1-6, if
U DAI  0 and
DL
VDAI  U DAI  1 mod 4  1 , the UE detects that at least one downlink assignment has been
missed.
- For the case that the UE is transmitting on PUSCH and the PUSCH transmission is adjusted based on a detected
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 intended for the UE and TDD UL/DL configurations 1-6, if
UL
VDAI  U DAI  N SPS  1 mod 4  1 the UE detects that at least one downlink assignment has been missed
and the UE shall generate NACK for all codewords where N bundled is determined by the UE as
N bundled  V UL
DAI  2 . If the UE does not detect any downlink assignment missing, N bundled is determined by
N bundled  VDAI . UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK if U DAI  N SPS  0 and VDAI  4 .
UL UL
the UE as
- For the case that the UE is transmitting on PUSCH, and the PUSCH transmission is not based on a detected
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 intended for the UE and TDD UL/DL configurations 1-6, if U DAI  0
and VDL
DAI U DAI  1 mod 4  1 , the UE detects that at least one downlink assignment has been missed and
the UE shall generate NACK for all codewords. The UE determines N bundled  (U DAI  N SPS ) as the
number of assigned subframes. The UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK if U DAI  N SPS  0 .
3GPP
Release 13 187 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
For TDD, when PUCCH format 3 is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK without PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH
format 5 configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK, the HARQ-ACK feedback bits ocACK ACK ACK
,0 oc,1 ,..., oc,O ACK 1 for
c
the c-th serving cell configured by RRC are constructed as follows, where c≥0, O c
ACK
B DL
c if transmission mode
configured in the c-th serving cell supports one transport block or spatial HARQ-ACK bundling is applied and
OcACK  2 BcDL otherwise, where BcDL is the number of downlink and special subframes for which the UE needs to
feedback HARQ-ACK bits for the c-th serving cell.
- For the case that the UE is transmitting on PUCCH, BcDL  M where M is the number of elements in the set
K defined in Table 10.1.3.1-1 associated with subframe n and the set K does not include a special subframe
of configurations 0 and 5 with normal downlink CP or of configurations 0 and 4 with extended downlink CP;
otherwise BcDL  M  1 .
- For TDD UL/DL configuration 0 or for a PUSCH transmission not adjusted based on a detected
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4, the UE shall assume Bc
DL
 M where M is the number of elements
in the set K defined in Table 10.1.3.1-1 associated with subframe n and the set K does not include a special
subframe of configurations 0 and 5 with normal downlink CP or of configurations 0 and 4 with extended
downlink CP; otherwise BcDL  M  1 . The UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not
receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k , where k  K .
- For TDD UL/DL configurations {1, 2, 3, 4, 6} and a PUSCH transmission adjusted based on a detected
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4, the UE shall assume Bc
DL
 WDAI
UL
. The UE shall not transmit HARQ-
ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in
subframe(s) n  k where k  K and WDAI
UL
 4.
- For TDD UL/DL configurations 5 and a PUSCH transmission adjusted based on a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH
with DCI format 0/4, the UE shall assumeBcDL  WDAI
UL
 4 U  WDAI UL
 / 4 , where U denotes the
maximum value of U c among all the configured serving cells, U c is the total number of received PDSCHs and
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k on the c-th serving cell, k  K . The
UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH
indicating downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k where k  K and WDAI
UL
 4.
For TDD, when PUCCH format 4/5 is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK and if the UE is configured with
higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = cc, the HARQ-ACK feedback bits ocACK ACK ACK
,0 oc,1 ,..., oc,O ACK 1
c
for the c-th serving cell configured by RRC are constructed as follows, where c≥0, O c
ACK
B DL
- For the case that the UE is transmitting on PUCCH, BcDL  M where M is the number of elements in the set
K defined in Table 10.1.3.1-1 associated with subframe n and the set K does not include a special subframe
of configurations 0 and 5 with normal downlink CP or of configurations 0 and 4 with extended downlink CP;
otherwise BcDL  M  1 .
- For the case that UE is transmitting on PUSCH not adjusted based on a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI
format 0/4 or on PUSCH adjusted based on an associated detected DCI format 0/4, the UE shall assume
BcDL  M where M is the number of elements in the set K defined in Table 10.1.3.1-1 associated with
subframe n and the set K does not include a special subframe of configurations 0 and 5 with normal downlink
CP or of configurations 0 and 4 with extended downlink CP; otherwise BcDL  M  1 . The UE shall not
3GPP
Release 13 188 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink
SPS release in subframe(s) n  k , where k  K .
For TDD, when PUCCH format 3/4/5 is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK and if the UE is not configured
with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai,
- for TDD UL/DL configurations 1-6, the HARQ-ACK for a PDSCH transmission with a corresponding
PDCCH/EPDCCH or for a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe n  k is
associated with ocACK
, DAI ( k ) 1 if transmission mode configured in the c-th serving cell supports one transport
block or spatial HARQ-ACK bundling is applied, or associated with ocACK ACK

,2 DAI ( k )  2 and oc,2 DAI ( k ) 1
otherwise, where DAI(k) is the value of DAI in DCI format 1A/1B/1D/1/2/2A/2B/2C/2D detected in subframe
n  k , ocACK ACK
,2 DAI ( k )  2 and oc,2 DAI ( k ) 1 are the HARQ-ACK feedback for codeword 0 and codeword 1,
respectively. For the case with N SPS  0 , the HARQ-ACK associated with a PDSCH transmission without a
corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH is mapped to o ACKACK The HARQ-ACK feedback bits without any
c ,O c 1
detected PDSCH transmission or without detected PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release are set to
NACK;
- for TDD UL/DL configuration 0, the HARQ-ACK for a PDSCH transmission or for a PDCCH/EPDCCH
indicating downlink SPS release in subframe n  k is associated with ocACK
,0 if transmission mode configured
in the c-th serving cell supports one transport block or associated with ocACK
,0
ACK
and oc,1 otherwise, where
ocACK
,0
ACK
and oc,1 are the HARQ-ACK feedback for codeword 0 and codeword 1, respectively. The HARQ-
ACK feedback bits without any detected PDSCH transmission or without detected PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating
downlink SPS release are set to NACK.
For TDD when format 1b with channel selection is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK and for 2 configured
ACK
serving cells, the HARQ-ACK feedback bits o0 o1ACK ,..., oOACK
ACK
1
on PUSCH are constructed as follows.
- For TDD UL/DL configuration 0, o ACK

j = HARQ-ACK(j), 0  j  A  1 as defined in subclause 10.1.3.2.1. The
UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH
indicating downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k where k  K .
UL
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 with WDAI =1 or 2, o ACK
j is determined as if PUCCH format 3 is
configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK, except that spatial HARQ-ACK bundling across multiple
codewords within a downlink or special subframe is performed for all serving cells configured with a downlink
UL
transmission mode that supports up to two transport blocks in case WDAI =2.
UL
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 with WDAI =3 or 4, o ACK
j  o( j ) , 0  j  3 as defined in Table
UL
10.1.3.2-5 or in Table 10.1.3.2-6 respectively, where the value of M is replaced by WDAI . The UE shall not
transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink
SPS release in subframe(s) n  k where k  K and WDAI UL
 4.
- For TDD UL/DL configurations {1, 2, 3, 4, 6} and a PUSCH transmission not adjusted based on a detected
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 and a subframe n with M =1 or 2, o ACK
j = HARQ-ACK(j),
0  j  A  1 as defined in subclause 10.1.3.2.1. The UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE
does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k where
kK .
3GPP
Release 13 189 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- For TDD UL/DL configurations {1, 2, 3, 4, 6} and a PUSCH transmission not adjusted based on a detected
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 and a subframe n with M =3 or 4, o ACK
j  o( j ) , 0  j  3 as
defined in Table 10.1.3.2-5 or in Table 10.1.3.2-6 respectively. The UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on
PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in
subframe(s) n  k where k  K .
For TDD HARQ-ACK bundling, when the UE is configured by transmission mode 3, 4, 8, 9 or 10 defined in subclause
7.1 and HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted on PUSCH, the UE shall always generate 2 HARQ-ACK bits assuming both
codeword 0 and 1 are enabled. For the case that the UE detects only the PDSCH transmission associated with codeword
0 within the bundled subframes, the UE shall generate NACK for codeword 1.
Table 7.3-X: Value of Downlink Assignment Index
DAI UL DL Number of subframes with PDSCH transmission and

MSB, LSB VDAI or V DAI with PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating DL SPS release
0,0 1 1 or 5 or 9
0,1 2 2 or 6 or 10
1,0 3 3 or 7
1,1 4 0 or 4 or 8
Table 7.3-Y: Uplink association index k' for TDD
TDD UL/DL subframe number n

Configuration 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 6 4 6 4
2 4 4
3 4 4 4
4 4 4
5 4
6 7 7 5 7 7
UL
Table 7.3-Z: Value of WDAI determined by the DAI field in DCI format 0/4
DAI UL
MSB, LSB
WDAI
0,0 1
0,1 2
1,0 3
1,1 4
For TDD HARQ-ACK multiplexing and a subframe n with M  1 , spatial HARQ-ACK bundling across multiple
codewords within a downlink or special subframe is performed by a logical AND operation of all the corresponding
individual HARQ-ACKs. In case the UE is transmitting on PUSCH, the UE shall determine the number of HARQ-ACK
feedback bits O
ACK
and the HARQ-ACK feedback bits o nACK , n  0, , O ACK  1 to be transmitted in subframe
n.
- If the PUSCH transmission is adjusted based on a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 intended for
the UE, then O ACK  VDAI
UL
unless
UL
VDAI 4 and U DAI  N SPS  0 in which case the UE shall not
transmit HARQ-ACK. The spatially bundled HARQ-ACK for a PDSCH transmission with a corresponding
PDCCH/EPDCCH or for a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe n  k is associated
ACK
with oDAI ( k ) 1 where DAI(k) is the value of DAI in DCI format 1A/1B/1D/1/2/2A/2B/2C/2D detected in
subframe n  k . For the case with N SPS  0 , the HARQ-ACK associated with a PDSCH transmission
without a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH is mapped to oOACK
ACK
1
. The HARQ-ACK feedback bits without any
3GPP
Release 13 190 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
detected PDSCH transmission or without detected PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release are set to
NACK.
- If the PUSCH transmission is not adjusted based on a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 intended
for the UE, O
ACK
 M , and oiACK is associated with the spatially bundled HARQ-ACK for downlink or
special subframe n  ki , where ki  K . The HARQ-ACK feedback bits without any detected PDSCH
transmission or without detected PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release are set to NACK. The UE
shall not transmit HARQ-ACK if U DAI  N SPS  0 .
If a UE is configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai, the value of the counter
Downlink Assignment Indicator (DAI) in DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D denotes the accumulative number of
{serving cell, subframe}-pair(s) in which PDSCH transmission(s) associated with PDCCH/EPDCCH or
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release is present, up to the present serving cell and present subframe, first
in increasing order of serving cell index and then in increasing order of subframe index within subframe(s) n  k
where k  K ; the value of the total DAI in DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D denotes the total number of
{serving cell, subframe}-pair(s) in which PDSCH transmission(s) associated with PDCCH/EPDCCH(s) or
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release is present, up to the present subframe within subframe(s) n  k
where k  K , and shall be updated from subframe to subframe. Denote VCDL
 DAI ,c , k as the value of the counter DAI in
DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D scheduling PDSCH transmission or indicating downlink SPS release for
serving cell c in subframe n  k where k  K according to table 7.3.2.1-1. Denote VTDL
 DAI , k as the value of the total
DAI in subframe n  k where k  K , according to Table 7.3.2.1-1. The UE shall assume a same value of total DAI in
all PDCCH/EPDCCH scheduling PDSCH transmission(s) and PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in a
subframe.
ACK
1
Set m = 0 – subframe index: lower index corresponds to earlier subframe within subframe(s) n  k where k  K
Set j = 0
Set Vtemp  0
Set Vtemp2  0
Set Vs  
DL
Set M to the number of subframes within subframe(s) n  k where k  K
while m < M
DL
while c < N cells
if there is a PDSCH on serving cell c in subframe m associated with PDCCH/EPDCCH or there is a

PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release on serving cell c in subframe m,
if  DAI ,c , m  Vtemp
VCDL
j = j+1
3GPP
Release 13 191 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
end if
Vtemp  VCDL
 DAI ,c , m
if  DAI , m  
VTDL
Vtemp2  VCDL
 DAI , c , m
else
Vtemp2  VTDL
 DAI , m
end if
o~8ACK
j  2 V DL  = HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to the first codeword of this cell
C  DAI ,c ,m 1
o~8ACK
j  2V DL 1 = HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to the second codeword of this cell
C  DAI ,c ,m 1

Vs  Vs  8 j  2 VCDL   
 DAI ,c ,m  1 ,8 j  2 VC  DAI ,c ,m  1  1
DL
 
o~4ACK
j V DL
C  DAI ,c ,m 1

 DAI ,c ,m  1 
else
o~4ACK
j V DL
C  DAI ,c ,m 1

 DAI ,c ,m  1 
end if
c=c+1
end while
m=m+1
end while
if Vtemp 2  Vtemp
j = j+1
end if
O ACK  2  4  j  Vtemp2 
3GPP
Release 13 192 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
else
O ACK  4  j  Vtemp2
if SPS PDSCH transmission is activated for a UE and the UE is configured to receive SPS PDSCH in a subframe n  k
where k  K
oOACK
ACK
1
end if
ACK
1
Table 7.3.2.1-1: Value of counter DAI and total DAI
DAI
VCDL
 DAI ,c , k or Number of {serving cell, subframe}-pair(s) in which PDSCH
transmission(s) associated with PDCCH/EPDCCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH
MSB, LSB
VTDL
 DAI , k indicating downlink SPS release is present, denoted as Y and Y  1
0,0 1 mod Y 1,4  1  1

0,1 2 mod Y 1,4  1  2
1,0 3 mod Y 1,4 1  3
1,1 4 mod Y 1,4  1  4
ACK
1
ACK
1
For TDD when a PUCCH format 3 or a PUCCH format 4/5 configured with higher layer parameter
codebooksizeDetermination-r13 =cc transmission of HARQ-ACK coincides with a sub-frame configured to the UE by
higher layers for transmission of a scheduling request, the UE shall multiplex HARQ-ACK and SR bits on HARQ-ACK
PUCCH resource as defined in subclause 5.2.3.1 in [4], unless the HARQ-ACK corresponds to one of the following
cases
- a single PDSCH transmission only on the primary cell indicated by the detection of a corresponding
PDCCH/EPDCCH in subframe n  km , where km  K , and for TDD UL/DL configurations 1-6 the DAI value
in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3-X), or a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink
SPS release (defined in subclause 9.2) in subframe n  km , where km  K , and for TDD UL/DL configurations
1-6 the DAI value in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1', or
- a single PDSCH transmission only on the primary cell where there is not a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH
detected within subframe(s) n  k , where k  K and no PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release
(defined in subclause 9.2) within subframe(s) n  k , where k  K , or
3GPP
Release 13 193 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- a PDSCH transmission only on the primary cell where there is not a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH detected
within subframe(s) n  k , where k  K and an additional PDSCH transmission only on the primary cell
indicated by the detection of a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH in subframe n  km , where km  K with the
DAI value in the PDCCH/EPDCCH equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3-X) or a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating
downlink SPS release (defined in subclause 9.2) in the subframe n  km , where km  K with the DAI value in
the PDCCH/EPDCCH equal to '1',
in which case the UE shall transmit the HARQ-ACK and scheduling request according to the procedure for PUCCH
format 1b with channel selection in TDD.
For TDD when a PUCCH format 4/5 configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai
transmission of HARQ-ACK coincides with a sub-frame configured to the UE by higher layers for transmission of a
scheduling request, the UE shall multiplex HARQ-ACK and SR bits on HARQ-ACK PUCCH resource as defined in
subclause 5.2.3.1 in [4], unless the HARQ-ACK corresponds to one of the following cases
PDCCH/EPDCCH in subframe n  km , where km  K , and both the counter DAI value and the total DAI value
in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3.2.1-1), or a single PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating
downlink SPS release (defined in subclause 9.2) in subframe n  km , where km  K , and both the counter DAI
value and the total DAI value in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3.2.1-1), or
indicated by the detection of a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH in subframe n  km , where km  K with both
the counter DAI value and the total DAI value in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3.2.1-
1) or an additional PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release (defined in subclause 9.2) in the
subframe n  km , where km  K with both the counter DAI value and the total DAI value in the
PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3.2.1-1),
For TDD when the UE is configured with HARQ-ACK bundling, HARQ-ACK multiplexing or PUCCH format 1b with
channel selection, and when both HARQ-ACK and SR are transmitted in the same sub-frame, a UE shall transmit the
bundled HARQ-ACK or the multiple HARQ-ACK responses (according to subclause 10.1) on its assigned HARQ-
ACK PUCCH resources for a negative SR transmission. For a positive SR, the UE shall transmit b(0), b(1) on its
assigned SR PUCCH resource using PUCCH format 1b according to subclause 5.4.1 in [3]. The value of b(0), b(1) are
DL
N cells 1
generated according to Table 7.3-1 from the N SPS  U
c 0
DAI , c HARQ-ACK responses including ACK in response
to PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release by spatial HARQ-ACK bundling across multiple codewords
DL
N cells 1
DL
within each PDSCH transmission for all serving cells N cells . For TDD UL/DL configurations 1-6, if U
c 0
DAI , c 0
and VDAI ,c  U DAI ,c  1 mod 4  1 for a serving cell c, the UE detects that at least one downlink assignment has been
DL
missed.
3GPP
Release 13 194 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Table 7.3-1: Mapping between multiple HARQ-ACK responses and b(0), b(1)
DL
N cells 1
Number of ACK among multiple ( N SPS  U
c 0
DAI , c ) HARQ-ACK responses
b(0), b(1)
0 or None (UE detect at least one DL assignment is missed) 0, 0

1 1, 1
2 1, 0
3 0, 1
4 1, 1
5 1, 0
6 0, 1
7 1, 1
8 1, 0
9 0, 1
For TDD if the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI provided by higher layers is set TRUE, and if the UE is
configured with HARQ-ACK bundling, HARQ-ACK multiplexing or PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, and if
the UE receives PDSCH and/or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release only on the primary cell within
subframe(s) n  k , where k  K , a UE shall transmit the CSI and b(0), b(1) using PUCCH format 2b for normal CP
or PUCCH format 2 for extended CP, according to subclause 5.2.3.4 in [4] with a0 , a1 replaced by b(0), b(1) . The
DL
N cells 1
value of b(0), b(1) are generated according to Table 7.3-1 from the N SPS  U
c 0
DAI , c HARQ-ACK responses
including ACK in response to PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release by spatial HARQ-ACK bundling
DL
across multiple codewords within each PDSCH transmission for all serving cells N cells . For TDD UL/DL
DL
N cells 1
configurations 1-6, if U DAI , c  0 and VDAI
DL
 
,c  U DAI ,c  1 mod 4  1 for a serving cell c, the UE detects that at
c 0
least one downlink assignment has been missed.
For TDD if the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI provided by higher layers is set TRUE, and if the UE is
configured with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection and receives at least one PDSCH on the secondary cell
within subframe(s) n  k , where k  K , the UE shall drop the CSI and transmit HARQ-ACK according to subclause
10.1.3.
For TDD and a UE is configured with PUCCH format 3,
if the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI is set TRUE and if the UE receives,
PDCCH/EPDCCH in subframe n  km , where km  K , and for TDD UL/DL configurations 1-6 the DAI value
in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3-X), or a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink
SPS release (defined in subclause 9.2) in subframe n  km , where km  K , and for TDD UL/DL configurations
1-6 the DAI value in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1', or
(defined in subclause 9.2) within subframe(s) n  k , where k  K ,
then the UE shall transmit the CSI and HARQ-ACK using PUCCH format 2/2a/2b according to subclause 5.2.3.4 in [4];
else if
- the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3-r11 is set TRUE and if PUCCH format 3 resource is

determined according to subclause 10.1.3.1 or subclause 10.1.3.2.2 and
- if the total number of bits in the subframe corresponding to HARQ-ACKs, SR (if any), and the CSI is not
larger than 22, or
3GPP
Release 13 195 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- if the total number of bits in the subframe corresponding to spatially bundled HARQ-ACKs, SR (if any), and
the CSI is not larger than 22
then the UE shall transmit the HARQ-ACKs, SR (if any) and the CSI using the determined PUCCH format 3 resource
according to [4];
else,
- the UE shall drop the CSI and transmit the HARQ-ACK according to subclause 10.1.3.
For TDD and a UE configured with PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5, and if the UE has HARQ-ACK/SR and
periodic CSI reports to transmit in a subframe,
- if a PUCCH format 3 is determined to transmit the HARQ-ACK/SR according to subclause 10.1.3.2.3 or

10.1.3.2.4, the UE shall use the determined PUCCH format 3 for transmission of the HARQ-ACK/SR and
periodic CSI report(s) if the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3-r11 provided by higher
layers is set TRUE; otherwise, the UE shall drop the periodic CSI report(s) and transmit only HARQ-
ACK/SR;
- if a PUCCH format 4 is determined to transmit the HARQ-ACK/SR according to subclause 10.1.3.2.3 or a

PUCCH format 5 is determined to transmit the HARQ-ACK/SR according to 10.1.3.2.4, the UE shall use
the determined PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5 for transmission of the HARQ-ACK/SR and periodic
CSI report(s) if the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5-r13 provided by higher
layers is set TRUE; otherwise, the UE shall drop the periodic CSI report(s) and transmit only HARQ-
ACK/SR;
- if there is no PUCCH format 3 or 4 determined to transmit the HARQ-ACK/SR according to subclause

10.1.3.2.3 and there is no PUCCH format 3 or 5 determined to transmit the HARQ-ACK/SR according to
subclause 10.1.3.2.4 and there are more than one periodic CSI report(s) in the subframe,

set TRUE and if the UE is configured with a single PUCCH format 4 resource nPUCCH
( 4)
according to
higher layer parameter format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration, the PUCCH format 4 resource
( 4)
nPUCCH is used for transmission of the HARQ-ACK/SR and periodic CSI report(s);

set TRUE and if the UE is configured with a PUCCH format 5 resource nPUCCH
(5)
according to higher
layer parameter format5-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration, the PUCCH format 5 resource nPUCCH
(5)
is
used for transmission of the HARQ-ACK/SR and periodic CSI report(s);

set TRUE and if the UE is configured with two PUCCH format 4 resources nPUCCH
( 4)
，1
and nPUCCH
( 4)
，2
according to higher layer parameter format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration, if

O ACK  O SR  OPCSI  OCRC   min M RBPUCCH4
，
1
PUCCH4
, M RB，2  N scRB  Nsymb
PUCCH4
 2  r , the PUCCH format 4 resource
with the smaller M RB,i
PUCCH4
between nPUCCH
( 4)
，
1
and nPUCCH
( 4)
，
2
is used for transmission of the HARQ-
ACK/SR and periodic CSI report(s); otherwise, the PUCCH format 4 resource with the larger
PUCCH4
M RB,i between nPUCCH
( 4)
，1
and nPUCCH
( 4)
，2
is used for transmission of the HARQ-ACK/SR periodic
CSI report(s), where
 O ACK is the total number of HARQ-ACK bits in the subframe;
 O SR  0 if there is no scheduling request bit in the subframe and O SR  1 otherwise
 OPCSI is the total number of CSI report bits in the subframe;
 OCRC is the number of CRC bits;
 PUCCH4
M RB,i , i  1,2 , is the number of PRBs for nPUCCH
( 4)
，1
and nPUCCH
( 4)
，2
respectively, according
to higher layer parameter numberOfPRB-format4-r13 according to Table 10.1.1-2;
3GPP
Release 13 196 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
 PUCCH4
N symb 
 2  N symb
UL

 1  1 if shortened PUCCH format 4 is used in the subframe and
N PUCCH4
symb  1 otherwise; and
 r is the code rate given by higher layer parameter maximumPayloadCoderate-r13

o otherwise, the UE shall drop the periodic CSI reports and transmit only HARQ-ACK/SR.
- if there is no PUCCH format 3 or 4 determined to transmit the HARQ-ACK/SR according to subclause

10.1.3.2.3 and there is no PUCCH format 3 or 5 determined to transmit the HARQ-ACK/SR according to
subclause 10.1.3.2.4 and there is only one periodic CSI report in the subframe,
o if there is no positive SR and the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI is set TRUE and if the
UE receives,
 a single PDSCH transmission only on the primary cell indicated by the detection of a
corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH in subframe n  km , where km  K , and the counter
DAI value in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3-X), or a
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release (defined in subclause 9.2) in subframe
n  km , where km  K , and the counter DAI value in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1',
or
 a single PDSCH transmission only on the primary cell where there is not a corresponding
PDCCH/EPDCCH detected within subframe(s) n  k , where k  K and no
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release (defined in subclause 9.2) within
subframe(s) n  k , where k  K ,
then the UE shall transmit the CSI and HARQ-ACK using PUCCH format 2/2a/2b according to
subclause 5.2.3.4 in [4];
o else,
the UE shall drop the CSI and transmit the HARQ-ACK according to subclause 10.1.3.2.3 or
10.1.3.2.4 when UE shall transmit HARQ-ACK only or UE shall drop the CSI and transmit the
HARQ-ACK and SR according to the procedure for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection in
TDD when there is positive SR.
- If a UE transmits HARQ-ACK/SR and periodic CSI report(s) using either a PUCCH format 4 nPUCCH
( 4)
or
PUCCH format 5 nPUCCH in a subframe
(5)
o if O ACK

 O SR  OPCSI  OCRC  2  N RE  r , the UE shall transmit the HARQ-ACK/SR
and periodic CSI bits using the PUCCH format 4 nPUCCH
( 4)
or the PUCCH format 5 nPUCCH
(5)
;
o if O ACK

 O SR  OPCSI  OCRC  2  N RE  r , the UE shall select N CSI, reported CSI
report(s) for transmission together with HARQ-ACK/SR in ascending order of PriCSI  y, s, c, t  ,
where PriCSI  y, s, c, t  , NRE and r are determined according to subclause 7.2.2; the value of
 N CSI,reported

N CSI, reported satisfies  O ACK  O SR   OPCSI ,n  OCRC   2  N RE  r and
 n 1 
 ACK N CSI,reported1

O
  O SR
  O P  CSI , n  OCRC
  2  N RE  r , and OP  CSI , n is the number of CSI

 n 1 
report bits for the nth CSI report in ascending order of Pri CSI  y, s, c, t  .
For TDD and a BL/CE UE,
- if the UE is configured with csi-NumRepetitionCE equal to 1 and mPDCCH-NumRepetition equal to 1,
3GPP
Release 13 197 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- the UE behaviour for HARQ-ACK reporting is the same as that of a non-BL/CE UE with TDD, except:
- PDCCH/EPDCCH is replaced by MPDCCH; and
- DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D is replaced by DCI format 6-1A; and
- DCI format 0/4 is replaced by DCI format 6-0A; and
- PUCCH is transmitted in a set of BL/CE UL subframe(s) according to section 10.2 for TDD and BL/CE
UEs;
- else
- the UE is not expected to receive more than one PDSCH transmission, or more than one of PDSCH and
MPDCCH indicating downlink SPS releases, with transmission ending within subframe(s) n  k , where
k  K and K is defined in Table 10.1.3.1-1 intended for the UE;
- The UE behavior for HARQ-ACK reporting is the same as that of a BL/CE UE with FDD, except:
- PUCCH resource is determined according to section 10.1.3.1; and
- PUCCH is transmitted in a set of BL/CE UL subframe(s) according to section 10.2 for TDD and BL/CE
UEs.
If the BL/CE UE is configured in CEModeA, and if the PDSCH is assigned by or semi-statically scheduled by a
MPDCCH with DCI format 6-1A, the UE shall assume no PDSCH repetition if the higher layer parameter csi-
NumRepetitionCE-r13 indicates one subframe.
7.3.2.2 TDD HARQ-ACK reporting procedure for different UL/DL configurations

For a configured serving cell, the DL-reference UL/DL configuration as defined in subclause 10.2 is referred to as the
"DL-reference UL/DL configuration" in the rest of this subclause.
For a configured serving cell, if a UE is not configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 =
dai and if the DL-reference UL/DL configuration is 0, then the DAI in DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D is not
used.
The UE shall upon detection of a PDSCH transmission or a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release
(defined in subclause 9.2) within subframe(s) n  k for serving cell c, where k  Kc intended for the UE and for
which HARQ-ACK response shall be provided, transmit the HARQ-ACK response in UL subframe n, wherein set Kc
contains values of k  K such that subframe n-k corresponds to a downlink subframe or a special subframe for serving
cell c, where DL subframe or special subframe of serving cell c is according to the higher layer parameter eimta-HARQ-
ReferenceConfig-r12 if the UE is configured with the higher layer parameter EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 for
serving cell c; K defined in Table 10.1.3.1-1 (where "UL/DL configuration" in Table 10.1.3.1-1 refers to the DL-
reference UL/DL configuration) is associated with subframe n. M c is the number of elements in set K c associated
with subframe n for serving cell c.
For the remainder of this subclause K  Kc .

If the UE is configured with the parameter EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 for the primary cell, "UL/DL configuration
of the primary cell" in the rest of this subclause refers to "DL-reference UL/DL configuration of the primary cell".
When PUCCH format 3/4/5 is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK, for special subframe configurations 0 and 5
with normal downlink CP or configurations 0 and 4 with extended downlink CP in a serving cell, shown in table 4.2-1
[3], the special subframe of the serving cell is excluded from the HARQ-ACK codebook size determination. In this
case, if the serving cell is the primary cell, there is no PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in the special
subframe.
UL
If the UL-reference UL/DL configuration (defined in Sec 8.0) belongs to {1,2,3,4,5,6} for a serving cell, a value WDAI
is determined by the Downlink Assignment Index (DAI) in DCI format 0/4 corresponding to a PUSCH on the serving
cell according to Table 7.3-Z in subframe n  k ' , where k ' is defined in Table 7.3-Y and the "TDD UL/DL
Configuration" in Table 7.3-Y refers to the UL-reference UL/DL configuration (defined in subclause 8.0) for the
3GPP
Release 13 198 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
serving cell. In case neither PDSCH transmission, nor PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource release
UL
is intended to the UE, the UE can expect that the value of WDAI is set to 4 by the DAI in DCI format 0/4 if transmitted.
If a UE is not configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai and if the DL-reference
UL/DL configuration belongs to {1,2,3,4,5,6}, the value of the DAI in DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D
denotes the accumulative number of PDCCH/EPDCCH (s) with assigned PDSCH transmission(s) and
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release up to the present subframe within subframe(s) n  k of each
configured serving cell, where k  K , and shall be updated from subframe to subframe. Denote VDAI
DL
, c as the value of
the DAI in PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D detected by the UE according to Table
7.3-X in subframe n  km in serving cell c , where km is the smallest value in the set K such that the UE detects a
DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D.
For all TDD UL/DL configurations, denote U DAI , c as the total number of PDCCH/EPDCCH (s) with assigned
PDSCH transmission(s) and PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release detected by the UE within the
subframe(s) n  k in serving cell c , where k  K . Denote N SPS , which can be zero or one, as the number of PDSCH
transmissions without a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH within the subframe(s) n  k , where k  K .
If PUCCH format 3 is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK without PUCCH format 4/5 configured for
transmission of HARQ-ACK, the HARQ-ACK feedback bits ocACK ACK ACK
,0 oc,1 ,..., oc,O ACK 1 for the c-th serving cell
c
configured by RRC are constructed as follows, where c≥0, O c

ACK
B DL
c if transmission mode configured in the c-th
serving cell supports one transport block or spatial HARQ-ACK bundling is applied and OcACK  2 BcDL otherwise,
DL
where Bc is the number of downlink and special subframes for which the UE needs to feedback HARQ-ACK bits for
the c-th serving cell.
- For the case that the UE is transmitting in subframe n on PUCCH or a PUSCH transmission not adjusted based
on a detected DCI format 0/4 or a PUSCH transmission adjusted based on an associated detected DCI format 0/4
with UL-reference UL/DL configuration 0 (defined in Sec 8.0), then Bc
DL
 M c . The UE shall not transmit
HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS
release in subframe(s) n  k , where k  K .
- If DL-reference UL/DL configuration of each of the configured serving cells belongs to {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6} and for
a PUSCH transmission in a subframe n adjusted based on a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4
using UL-reference UL/DL configuration belonging to {1,2,3,4,5,6} (defined in Sec 8.0), the UE shall assume

BcDL  min W DAI
UL

, M c . The UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive
PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k where k  K and
UL
WDAI  4.
- If DL-reference UL/DL configuration of at least one configured serving cell belongs to {5} and for a PUSCH
transmission adjusted based on an associated detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 using UL-
reference UL/DL configuration belonging to {1,2,3,4,5,6} (defined in Sec 8.0), the UE shall assume

BcDL  min WDAI
UL

 4 U  WDAI
UL
 
4, M c , where U denotes the maximum value of U c among all the
configured serving cells, U c is the total number of received PDSCHs and PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating
downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k for the c-th serving cell, k  K . The UE shall not transmit HARQ-
ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in
subframe(s) n  k where k  K and WDAI UL
 4.
If PUCCH format 4/5 is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK and higher layer parameter
codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai is not configured, the HARQ-ACK feedback bits ocACK ACK ACK
,0 oc,1 ,..., oc,O ACK 1 for
c
the c-th serving cell configured by RRC are constructed as follows, where c≥0, O c
ACK
B DL
3GPP
Release 13 199 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
- For the case that the UE is transmitting in subframe n on PUCCH or a PUSCH transmission not adjusted based
on a detected DCI format 0/4 or a PUSCH transmission adjusted based on an associated detected DCI format
DL
0/4, then Bc  M c . The UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k , where k  K .
When PUCCH format 3/4/5 is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK and if the UE is not configured with higher
layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai,
- if DL-reference UL/DL configuration belongs to {1,2,3,4,5,6}, the HARQ-ACK for a PDSCH transmission
with a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH or for a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in
subframe n  k is associated with ocACK
, DAI ( k ) 1 if transmission mode configured in the c-th serving cell
supports one transport block or spatial HARQ-ACK bundling is applied, or associated with ocACK
,2 DAI ( k )  2 and
ocACK
,2 DAI ( k ) 1 otherwise, where DAI(k) is the value of DAI in DCI format 1A/1B/1D/1/2/2A/2B/2C/2D detected
in subframe n  k , ocACK ACK

,2 DAI ( k )  2 and oc,2 DAI ( k ) 1 are the HARQ-ACK feedback for codeword 0 and
codeword 1, respectively. For the case with N SPS  0 , the HARQ-ACK associated with a PDSCH
transmission without a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH is mapped to o ACKACK The HARQ-ACK feedback
c ,O c 1
bits without any detected PDSCH transmission or without detected PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS
release are set to NACK;
- if DL-reference UL/DL configuration is 0, the HARQ-ACK for a PDSCH transmission or for a

PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe n  k is associated with ocACK
,0 if transmission
mode configured in the c-th serving cell supports one transport block or spatial HARQ-ACK bundling is applied,
or associated with ocACK
,0
ACK ACK ACK
and oc,1 otherwise, where oc,0 and oc,1 are the HARQ-ACK feedback for
codeword 0 and codeword 1, respectively. The HARQ-ACK feedback bits without any detected PDSCH
transmission or without detected PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release are set to NACK.
If DL-reference UL/DL configuration of each of the serving cells belongs to {0,1,2,3,4,6} and if PUCCH format 1b
with channel selection is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK and for two configured serving cells, the HARQ-
ACK feedback bits o0ACK o1ACK ,..., oOACKACK
1
on PUSCH are constructed as follows
- if UL-reference UL/DL configuration (defined in Sec 8.0) belongs to {1, 2, 3, 4, 6}, for a PUSCH transmission
UL
adjusted based on a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 with WDAI =1 or 2, o ACK
j is determined
as if PUCCH format 3 is configured for transmission of HARQ-ACK, except that spatial HARQ-ACK bundling
across multiple codewords within a downlink or special subframe is performed for all serving cells configured
UL
with a downlink transmission mode that supports up to two transport blocks in case WDAI =2, where the UL-
reference UL/DL configuration is the UL-reference UL/DL configuration of the serving cell corresponding to the
PUSCH transmission.
- if UL-reference UL/DL configuration (defined in Sec 8.0) belongs to {1, 2, 3, 4, 6}, for a PUSCH transmission
UL
adjusted based on a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4 with WDAI =3 or 4, o ACK
j  o( j ) ,
0  j  3 as defined in Table 10.1.3.2-5 or in Table 10.1.3.2-6 respectively, where the value of M is replaced by
UL where the UL-reference UL/DL configuration is the UL-reference UL/DL configuration of the serving
W DAI
cell corresponding to the PUSCH transmission. The UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE
does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k where
k  K and WDAI UL
 4.
- if UL-reference UL/DL configuration (defined in Sec 8.0) is 0, or if UL-reference UL/DL configuration (defined
in Sec 8.0) belongs to {1, 2, 3, 4, 6}, for a PUSCH transmission not adjusted based on a detected
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4, for a subframe n with M =1 or 2 ( M defined in Sec 10.1.3.2.1),
3GPP
Release 13 200 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
o ACK
j = HARQ-ACK(j), 0  j  A  1 as defined in subclause 10.1.3.2.1, where the UL-reference UL/DL
configuration is the UL-reference UL/DL configuration of the serving cell corresponding to the PUSCH
transmission. The UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k where k  K .
- if UL-reference UL/DL configuration (defined in Sec 8.0) is 0, or if UL-reference UL/DL configuration (defined
in Sec 8.0) belongs to {1, 2, 3, 4, 6} and, for a PUSCH transmission not adjusted based on a detected
PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI format 0/4, for a subframe n with M =3 or 4 ( M defined in Sec 10.1.3.2.1),
o ACK
j  o( j ) , 0  j  3 as defined in Table 10.1.3.2-5 or in Table 10.1.3.2-6 respectively, where the UL-
reference UL/DL configuration is the UL-reference UL/DL configuration of the serving cell corresponding to the
PUSCH transmission. The UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH if the UE does not receive PDSCH or
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe(s) n  k where k  K .
If a UE is configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai, the value of the counter
Downlink Assignment Indicator (DAI) in DCI format 1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D denotes the accumulative number of
{serving cell, subframe}-pair(s) in which PDSCH transmission(s) associated with PDCCH/EPDCCH or
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release is present, up to the present serving cell and present subframe, first
in increasing order of serving cell index and then in increasing order of subframe index within subframe(s) n  k
where k   Ki and C is the set of configured serving cells; the value of the total DAI in DCI format
iC
1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D denotes the total number of {serving cell, subframe}-pair(s) in which PDSCH
transmission(s) associated with PDCCH/EPDCCH(s) or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release is present,
up to the present subframe within subframe(s) n  k where k   Ki and C is the set of configured serving cells,
iC
DL
and shall be updated from subframe to subframe. Denote V C  DAI ,c , k as the value of the counter DAI in DCI format
1/1A/1B/1D/2/2A/2B/2C/2D scheduling PDSCH transmission or indicating downlink SPS release for serving cell c in
subframe n  k where k   Ki according to table 7.3.2.1-1. Denote VTDL
 DAI , k as the value of the total DAI in
iC
subframe n  k where k   Ki , according to Table 7.3.2.1-1. The UE shall assume a same value of total DAI in all
iC
PDCCH/EPDCCH scheduling PDSCH transmission(s) and PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in a
subframe. For a serving cell c and a value k   Ki but k  K c , the {serving cell, subframe}-pair {c, n  k } is
iC
excluded when determining the values of counter DAI and total DAI for HARQ-ACK transmission in subframe n.
ACK
1
Set m = 0 – subframe index: lower index corresponds to earlier subframe within subframe(s) n  k where
k   Ki
iC
Set j = 0
Set Vtemp  0
Set Vtemp2  0
Set Vs  
DL
3GPP
Release 13 201 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
Set M to the number of subframes within subframe(s) n  k where k   Ki

iC
while m < M
DL
while c < N cells
if there is a PDSCH on serving cell c in subframe m associated with PDCCH/EPDCCH or there is a

PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release on serving cell c in subframe m, and if subframe m
belongs to the set of subframe(s) n  k where k  Kc ,
if  DAI ,c , m  Vtemp
VCDL
j = j+1
end if
Vtemp  VCDL
 DAI ,c , m
if  DAI , m  
VTDL
Vtemp2  VCDL
 DAI , c , m
else
Vtemp2  VTDL
 DAI , m
end if
o~8ACK
j  2 V DL  = HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to the first codeword of this cell
C  DAI ,c ,m 1
o~8ACK
j  2V DL 1 = HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to the second codeword of this cell
C  DAI ,c ,m 1

Vs  Vs  8 j  2 VCDL   
 DAI ,c ,m  1 ,8 j  2 VC  DAI ,c ,m  1  1
DL
 
o~4ACK
j V DL 1
C  DAI ,c ,m
Vs  Vs  4 j  VCDL
 DAI ,c ,m  1 
else
o~4ACK
j V DL 1
C  DAI ,c ,m
Vs  Vs  4 j  VCDL
 DAI ,c ,m  1 
end if
end if
3GPP
Release 13 202 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
c=c+1
end while
m=m+1
end while
if Vtemp 2  Vtemp
j = j+1
end if
O ACK  2  4  j  Vtemp2 
else
O ACK  4  j  Vtemp2
end if
if SPS PDSCH transmission is activated for a UE and the UE is configured to receive SPS PDSCH in a subframe n  k
where k   Ki
iC
oOACK
ACK
1
end if
ACK
1
ACK
1
ACK
1
When a PUCCH format 3 transmission of HARQ-ACK coincides with a sub-frame configured to the UE by higher
layers for transmission of a scheduling request, the UE shall multiplex HARQ-ACK and SR bits on HARQ-ACK
PUCCH resource as defined in subclause 5.2.3.1 in [4], unless the HARQ-ACK corresponds to one of the following
cases
PDCCH/EPDCCH in subframe n  km , where km  K , and for UL/DL configuration of the primary cell
belonging to {1,2,3,4,5,6}, the DAI value in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3-X), or a
3GPP
Release 13 203 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release (defined in subclause 9.2) in subframe n  km , where
km  K , and for UL/DL configuration of the primary cell belonging to {1,2,3,4,5,6} the DAI value in the
PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1', or
indicated by the detection of a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH in subframe n  km , where km  K with the
DAI value in the PDCCH/EPDCCH equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3-X) or a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating
downlink SPS release (defined in subclause 9.2) in the subframe n  km , where km  K with the DAI value in
the PDCCH/EPDCCH equal to '1',
When a PUCCH format 4/5 transmission of HARQ-ACK coincides with a sub-frame configured to the UE by higher
layers for transmission of a scheduling request, the UE shall follow the same procedure described in subclause 7.3.2.1.
If the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI provided by higher layers is set TRUE, and if the UE is configured with
PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, and if the UE receives PDSCH and/or PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating
downlink SPS release only on the primary cell within subframe(s) n  k , where k  K , a UE shall transmit the CSI
and b(0), b(1) using PUCCH format 2b for normal CP or PUCCH format 2 for extended CP, according to subclause
5.2.3.4 in [4] with a0 , a1 replaced by b(0), b(1) . The value of b(0), b(1) are generated according to Table 7.3-1 from
DL
N cells 1
the N SPS  U
c 0
DAI , c HARQ-ACK responses including ACK in response to PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating
downlink SPS release by spatial HARQ-ACK bundling across multiple codewords within each PDSCH transmission for
DL
N cells 1
DL
all serving cells N cells . If DL-reference UL/DL configuration belongs to {1,2,3,4,5,6} and, if U
c 0
DAI , c  0 and
,c  U DAI ,c  1 mod 4  1 for a serving cell c, the UE detects that at least one downlink assignment has been
DL
VDAI
missed.
If the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI provided by higher layers is set TRUE, and if the UE is configured with
PUCCH format 1b with channel selection and receives at least one PDSCH on the secondary cell within subframe(s)
n  k , where k  K , the UE shall drop the CSI and transmit HARQ-ACK according to subclause 10.1.3.
When both HARQ-ACK and CSI are configured to be transmitted in the same sub-frame and if a UE is configured with
PUCCH format 3 and not configured with PUCCH format 4/5,
if the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI is set TRUE and if the UE receives
PDCCH/EPDCCH in subframe n  km , where km  K , and for UL/DL configuration of the primary cell
belonging to {1,2,3,4,5,6} the DAI value in the PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1' (defined in Table 7.3-X), or a
PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release (defined in subclause 9.2) in subframe n  km , where
km  K , and for UL/DL configuration of the primary cell belonging to {1,2,3,4,5,6} the DAI value in the
PDCCH/EPDCCH is equal to '1', or
- a single PDSCH transmission only on the primary cell where there is not a corresponding PDCCH detected
within subframe(s) n  k , where k  K and no PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release (defined in
subclause 9.2) within subframe(s) n  k , where k  K ,
then the UE shall transmit the CSI and HARQ-ACK using PUCCH format 2/2a/2b according to subclause 5.2.3.4 in [4];
3GPP
Release 13 204 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
else if
- the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3-r11 is set TRUE and if PUCCH format 3 resource is

determined according to subclause 10.1.3.1 or subclause 10.1.3.2.2 and
- if the total number of bits in the subframe corresponding to HARQ-ACKs, SR (if any), and the CSI is not
larger than 22, or
- if the total number of bits in the subframe corresponding to spatially bundled HARQ-ACKs, SR (if any), and
the CSI is not larger than 22
then the UE shall transmit the HARQ-ACKs, SR (if any) and the CSI using the determined PUCCH format 3 resource
according to [4];
else,
- the UE shall drop the CSI and transmit the HARQ-ACK according to subclause 10.1.3.
For TDD and a UE configured with PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5, if the parameter
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5-r13 provided by higher layers is set TRUE, and if the UE has HARQ-
ACK/SR and periodic CSI reports to transmit in a subframe, the UE HARQ-ACK/SR and periodic CSI reporting
procedure follow the procedure described in subclause 7.3.2.1 with the parameter simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-
Format4-Format5-r13 provided by higher layers is set TRUE.
7.3.3 FDD-TDD HARQ-ACK reporting procedure for primary cell frame

structure type 1
For FDD-TDD and the primary cell is frame structure type 1, with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection,
- for a negative SR transmission,
- UE shall transmit the HARQ-ACK on its assigned HARQ-ACK PUCCH resource with channel selection as
defined in subclause 10.1.2A.
- for a positive SR transmission,
- if one transport block or two transport blocks or a PDCCH/EPDCCH indicating downlink SPS release is
detected on the primary cell in subframe i , and if subframe i is an uplink or a special subframe of
configurations 0 and 5 with normal downlink CP or of configurations 0 and 4 with extended downlink CP for
the secondary cell according to the higher layer parameter subframeAssignment for UE not configured with
the higher layer parameter EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 and according to the higher layer parameter
eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig-r12 for UE configured with the higher layer parameter EIMTA-
MainConfigServCell-r12,
- UE shall transmit the HARQ-ACK and SR as for FDD with PUCCH format 1a/1b as described in
subclause 7.3.1.
- otherwise
- UE shall transmit the HARQ-ACK and SR as for FDD with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection as
described in subclause 7.3.1.
For FDD-TDD and the primary cell is frame structure type 1, when PUCCH format 3/4/5 is configured for transmission
of HARQ-ACK, for special subframe configurations 0 and 5 with normal downlink CP or configurations 0 and 4 with
extended downlink CP in a serving cell, shown in table 4.2-1 [3], the special subframe of the serving cell is excluded
from the HARQ-ACK codebook size determination.
For FDD-TDD and the primary cell is frame structure type 1, when a PUCCH format 3/4/5 transmission of HARQ-
ACK coincides with a sub-frame configured to the UE by higher layers for transmission of a scheduling request, the UE
shall multiplex HARQ-ACK and SR bits on HARQ-ACK PUCCH resource as defined in subclause 5.2.3.1 in [4],
unless the HARQ-ACK corresponds to a PDSCH transmission on the primary cell only or a PDCCH/EPDCCH
indicating downlink SPS release on the primary cell only, in which case the SR shall be transmitted as for FDD with
PUCCH format 1a/1b as described in subclause 7.3.1.
3GPP
Release 13 205 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.0 (2019-06)
For FDD-TDD and for a PUSCH transmission, a UE shall not transmit HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in subframe n if the
UE does not receive PDSCH or PDCCH indicating downlink SPS release in subframe n-4.
5.4.1 in [3].
If a UE is configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai, the FDD-TDD HARQ-ACK
reporting procedure follows the HARQ-ACK procedure described in subclause 7.3.1 for a UE configured with higher
layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = dai.
If a UE is configured with higher layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = cc, the FDD-TDD HARQ-ACK
reporting procedure follows the HARQ-ACK procedure described in subclause 7.3.1 for a UE configured with higher
layer parameter codebooksizeDetermination-r13 = cc.
7.3.4 FDD-TDD HARQ-ACK reporting procedure for primary cell frame

structure type 2
5.4.1 in [3].
The FDD-TDD HARQ-ACK reporting procedure follows the HARQ-ACK procedure described in subclause 7.3.2.2
with the following exceptions:
- for a serving cell with frame structure type 1, and a UE not configured to monitor PDCCH/EPDCCH in another
serving cell for scheduling the serving cell, K is defined in Table 10.1.3A-1, otherwise K is defined in Table
10.1.3.1-1.
- for a serving cell with frame structure type 1 and a UE not configured to monitor PDCCH/EPDCCH in another
serving cell for scheduling the serving cell, if the DL-reference UL/DL configuration of the serving cell in Table
DL
10.1.3A-1 belongs to {2,3,4}, Bc is determined as in subclause 7.3.2.2 for a serving cell with DL-reference
UL/DL configuration {5}.
- for a serving cell with frame structure type 1, and if PUCCH format 3 is configured for transmission of HARQ-
ACK, and for a PUSCH transmission in a subframe n adjusted based on a detected PDCCH/EPDCCH with DCI
format 0/4, the UE shall assume the UL-reference UL/DL configuration of the serving cell belongs to
{1,2,3,4,5,6}.
- for a serving cell with frame structure type 1, and if DL-reference UL/DL configuration of each of the serving
cells belongs to {0,1,2,3,4,6}, and if PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is configured for transmission of
HARQ-ACK and for two configured serving cells, the UE shall assume the UL-reference UL/DL configuration
of the serving cell belongs to {1,2,3,4,6}.
UL
- for a serving cell with frame structure type 1, a value WDAI is determined by the Downlink Assignment Index
(DAI) in DCI format 0/4 corresponding to a PUSCH on the serving cell according to Table 7.3-Z in subframe
n  k ' , where k ' =4.
- for a serving cell with frame structure type 1, when PUCCH format 3 is configured for transmission of HARQ-
ACK, if the DL-reference UL/DL configuration of the serving cell is 0, the HARQ-ACK for a PDSCH
transmission with a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH in subframe n  k is associated with ocACK , DAI ( k ) 1 if
transmission mode configured in the c-th serving cell supports one transport block or spatial HARQ-ACK
bundling is applied, or associated with ocACK ACK
,2 DAI ( k )  2 and oc,2 DAI ( k ) 1 otherwise, where DAI(k) is the value of
DAI in DCI format 1A/1B/1D/1/2/2A/2B/2C/2D detected in subframe n  k , ocACK ACK

,2 DAI ( k )  2 and oc,2 DAI ( k ) 1
are the HARQ-ACK feedback for codeword 0 and codeword 1, respectively. For the case with N SPS  0 , the
HARQ-ACK associated with a PDSCH transmission without a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH is mapped to
o ACKACK . The HARQ-ACK feedback bits without any detected PDSCH transmission are set to NACK.
c ,O c 1
3GPP

6.1 Physical Non-Synchronized Random Access Procedure

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

6.1 Physical Non-Synchronized Random Access Procedure

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

6.1 Physical Non-Synchronized Random Access Procedure

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Release 13 45 3GPP TS 36.213 V13.14.

6 Random access procedure

- Random access channel parameters (PRACH configuration and frequency position)

6.1 Physical non-synchronized random access procedure

- Layer 1 procedure is triggered upon request of a preamble transmission by higher layers.

- A preamble index, a target preamble received power (PREAMBLE_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER), a

c) If the most recent PRACH coverage enhancement level for the UE is 0 or 1,

If the most recent PRACH coverage enhancement level for the UE is 2 or 3,

6.2 Random Access Response Grant

where N NB =  N RB / 6 and N NB  log 2 ( N NB ) 

Table 6-2: Random Access Response Grant Content field size

DCI contents CEmodeA CEmodeB

Table 6.2-A: Msg3 PUSCH Narrowband Value for CEmodeB.

Value of 'Msg3 narrowband index' Msg3 PUSCH Narrowband

Value of 'Msg3/4 MPDCCH narrowband index' Msg3/4 MPDCCH Narrowband

- Y A is determined by higher layer parameter pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-r13 if it is signaled,

- YB is determined by higher layer parameter pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-r13 if it is signaled,

Table 6.2-C: Msg3 PUSCH Repetition Level Value for CEmodeA.

Value of 'Repetition number' Msg3 PUSCH Repetition level

Table 6.2-D: Msg3 PUSCH Repetition Level Value for CEmodeB.

Value of 'Repetition number' Msg3 PUSCH Repetition level

Table 6.2-E: Narrowband ( NBRAR ) for MPDCCH RAR.

Mapped Preamble Index NBRAR

- The resource allocation field is interpreted as follows:

- Hopping flag – 1 bit

- Fixed size resource block assignment – 10 bits

- Truncated modulation and coding scheme – 4 bits

- TPC command for scheduled PUSCH – 3 bits

- CSI request – 1 bit

- The fixed size resource block assignment field is interpreted as follows:

Table 6.2-1: TPC Command  msg2 for Scheduled PUSCH

TPC Command Value (in dB)

7 Physical downlink shared channel related procedures

Table 7-1: Maximum number of DL HARQ processes for TDD

TDD UL/DL configuration Maximum number of HARQ processes

DL-reference UL/DL Maximum number of HARQ processes

Table 7-3: Maximum number of DL HARQ processes for TDD

TDD UL/DL configuration Maximum number of HARQ processes

7.1 UE procedure for receiving the physical downlink shared

Table 7.1-1: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by SI-RNTI

DCI format Search Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to PDCCH

Table 7.1-1A: PDSCH configured by SI-RNTI

Transmission scheme of PDSCH

Table 7.1-2: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by P-RNTI

DCI format Search Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to PDCCH

Table 7.1-2A: MPDCCH and PDSCH configured by P-RNTI

DCI format Search Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to MPDCCH

Table 7.1-3: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by RA-RNTI

DCI format Search Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to PDCCH

Table 7.1-3A: MPDCCH and PDSCH configured by RA-RNTI

DCI format Search Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to MPDCCH

Table 7.1-4: PDCCH and PDSCH configured by G-RNTI or SC-RNTI

DCI format Search Transmission scheme of PDSCH corresponding to PDCCH

Table 7.1-4A: PDCCH configured by SC-N-RNTI

DCI format Search

For frame structure type 1,

For frame structure type 2,